[I18N] Update translation terms from Transifex

This commit is contained in:
Odoo Translation Bot 2023-02-05 00:40:48 +01:00
parent e2b4e8ad84
commit 550c26010a
61 changed files with 29198 additions and 8433 deletions

View File

@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-19 15:37+0000\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-31 10:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-13 14:30+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Yannick Stahl, 2023\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
@ -4659,6 +4659,10 @@ msgstr "Nicht verfügbar"
msgid "March 2022"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:31
msgid "January 2023"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:33
msgid "Odoo saas~15.1"
msgstr ""
@ -4693,6 +4697,10 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "February 2022"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:33
msgid "July 2022"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:35
msgid "**Odoo 15.0**"
msgstr ""
@ -8260,7 +8268,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:29
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:148
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:252
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:251
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:81
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:92
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:119
@ -8596,7 +8604,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:218
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:257
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:256
msgid ":doc:`maintain/supported_versions`"
msgstr ""
@ -8610,7 +8618,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:228
msgid ""
"Databases hosted on Odoos Cloud platforms (Odoo Online and Odoo.sh) or On-"
"Databases hosted on Odoo's Cloud platforms (Odoo Online and Odoo.sh) or On-"
"Premise (Self-Hosting) enjoy the following services at all times."
msgstr ""
@ -8629,46 +8637,46 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:235
msgid ""
"customizations done by our consulting and developer services *if* they are "
"covered by a Maintenance of Customisations subscription"
"customizations *if* they are covered by a \"Maintenance of Customizations\" "
"subscription"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:238
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:237
msgid ""
"The Upgrade Service is limited to your database's technical conversion and "
"adaptation (standard modules and data) to make it compatible with the "
"targeted version."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:242
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:241
msgid "What upgrading does NOT cover"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:244
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:243
msgid "The cleaning of pre-existing data & configuration while upgrading"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:245
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:244
msgid ""
"Any new developments and/or upgrades of your own :ref:`custom modules "
"<upgrade-faq/custom-modules>`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:247
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:246
msgid "`Training <https://www.odoo.com/learn>`_ on the latest version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:249
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:248
msgid ""
"You can get more information about your Enterprise Licence on our :ref:`Odoo"
" Enterprise Subscription Agreement <upgrade>` page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:255
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:254
msgid ":doc:`upgrade/faq`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:256
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:255
msgid ":doc:`odoo_sh`"
msgstr ""

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -10,15 +10,16 @@
# Friederike Fasterling-Nesselbosch, 2022
# Martin Trigaux, 2022
# Chris Egal <sodaswed@web.de>, 2022
# philku79 <philip.kuss@gmx.de>, 2023
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-12-23 09:13+0000\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-31 10:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Chris Egal <sodaswed@web.de>, 2022\n"
"Last-Translator: philku79 <philip.kuss@gmx.de>, 2023\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -1107,6 +1108,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:33
msgid "Warehouse configuration"
msgstr ""
@ -6930,6 +6932,440 @@ msgid ""
"details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:3
msgid "Set up Sendcloud shipping services in Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:5
msgid ""
"Sendcloud is a shipping service aggregator that facilitates the integration "
"of European shipping carriers with Odoo. Once integrated, users can select "
"shipping carriers on inventory operations in their Odoo database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:10
msgid ""
"`Sendcloud integration documentation <https://support.sendcloud.com/hc/en-"
"us/articles /360059470491-Odoo-integration>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:14
msgid "Setup in Sendcloud"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:17
msgid "Create an account and activate carriers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:19
msgid ""
"To get started, go to `Sendcloud's platform <https://www.sendcloud.com>`_ to"
" configure the account and generate the connector credentials. Log in with "
"the Sendcloud account, or create a new one if needed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:24
msgid ""
"For new account creation, Sendcloud will ask for a :abbr:`VAT (Value-Added "
"Tax Identification)` number or :abbr:`EORI (Economic Operators' Registration"
" and Identification)` number. After completing the account setup, activate "
"(or deactivate) the shipping carriers that will be used in the Odoo "
"database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:30
msgid ""
"Odoo integration of Sendcloud does **not** work on free plans of Sendcloud."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:35
msgid ""
"Once logged into the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings"
" --> Shipping --> Addresses`, and fill in the field for :guilabel:`Warehouse"
" address`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rstNone
msgid "Adding addresses in the Sendcloud settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:42
msgid ""
"To allow Sendcloud to process returns as well, a :guilabel:`Return Address` "
"is required. Under the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous section`, there is a field "
"called :guilabel:`Address Name (optional)`. The Odoo warehouse name should "
"be entered here, and the characters should be exactly the same."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid "**SendClould configuration**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Address Name (optional)`: `Warehouse #1`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Brand`: `Default`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid "**Odoo warehouse configuration**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: `Warehouse #1`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Short Name`: `WH`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: `My company (San Francisco)`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: `My Company (San Francisco)`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:59
msgid ""
"Notice how the inputs for the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field, for both the Odoo"
" configuration and the Sendcloud configuration, are the exact same."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:63
msgid "Generate Sendcloud credentials"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:65
msgid ""
"In the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> "
"Integrations` in the menu on the right. Next, search for :guilabel:`Odoo "
"Native`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Connect`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:68
msgid ""
"After clicking on :guilabel:`Connect`, the page redirects to the "
":guilabel:`Sendcloud API` settings page, where the :guilabel:`Public and "
"Secret Keys` are produced. The next step is to name the "
":guilabel:`Integration`. The naming convention is as follows: `Odoo "
"CompanyName`, with the user's company name replacing `CompanyName` (e.g. "
"`Odoo StealthyWood`)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:73
msgid ""
"Then, check the box next to :guilabel:`Service Points` and select the "
"shipping services for this integration. After saving, the :guilabel:`Public "
"and Secret Keys` are generated."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rstNone
msgid "Configuring the Sendcloud integration and receiving the credentials."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:81
msgid "Setup in Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:84
msgid "Install the Sendcloud shipping module"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:86
msgid ""
"After the Sendcloud account is set up and configured, it's time to configure"
" the Odoo database. To get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, "
"search for the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` integration, and install it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rstNone
msgid "Sendcloud Shipping module in the Odoo Apps module."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:95
msgid "Sendcloud shipping connector configuration"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:97
msgid ""
"Once installed, activate the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` module in "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. The "
":guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector` setting is found under the "
":guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` section."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:101
msgid ""
"After activating the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector`, click on the "
":guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping Methods` link below the listed connector. Once"
" on the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, click :guilabel:`Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:106
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Shipping Methods` can also be accessed by going to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping "
"Methods`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:109
msgid ""
"Fill out the following fields in the :guilabel:`New Shipping Method` form:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:111
msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: type `Sendcloud DPD`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:112
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Provider`: select :guilabel:`Sendcloud` from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:113
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: set the product that was configured for this "
"shipping method or create a new product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:115
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the "
":guilabel:`Sendcloud Public Key`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:116
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the "
":guilabel:`Sendcloud Secret Key`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:117
msgid ""
"Manually :guilabel:`Save` the form by clicking the cloud icon next to the "
":guilabel:`Shipping Methods / New` breadcrumbs."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:120
msgid ""
"After configuring and saving the form, follow these steps to load the "
"shipping products:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:122
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab of the :guilabel:`New "
"Shipping Method` form, click on the :guilabel:`Load your SendCloud shipping "
"products` link."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:124
msgid ""
"Select the shipping products the company would like to use for deliveries "
"and returns."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:125
msgid "Click :guilabel:`Select`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:128
msgid "Sample Sendcloud shipping products configured in Odoo:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`DELIVERY`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Product`: `DPD Home 0-31.5kg`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Carrier`: `DPD`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Minimum Weight`: `0.00`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Maximum Weight`: `31.50`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:136
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Countries`: `Austria` `Belgium` `Bosnia` `Herzegovina` `Bulgaria`"
" `Croatia` `Czech` `Republic` `Denmark` `Estonia` `Finland` `France` "
"`Germany` `Greece` `Hungary` `Iceland` `Ireland` `Italy` `Latvia` "
"`Liechtenstein` `Lithuania` `Luxembourg` `Monaco` `Netherlands` `Norway` "
"`Poland` `Portugal` `Romania` `Serbia` `Slovakia` `Slovenia` `Spain` "
"`Sweden` `Switzerland`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`RETURN`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Shipping Product`: `DPD Return 0-20kg`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Carrier`: `DPD`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Minimum Weight`: `0.00`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Minimum Weight`: `20.00`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Countries`: `Belgium` `Netherlands`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rstNone
msgid "Example of shipping products configured in Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:154
msgid ""
"Sendcloud does not provide test keys when a company tests the sending of a "
"package in Odoo. This means if a package is created, the configured "
"Sendcloud account will be charged, unless the associated package is canceled"
" within 24 hours of creation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:158
msgid ""
"Odoo has a built-in layer of protection against unwanted charges when using "
"test environments. Within a test environment, if a shipping method is used "
"to create labels, then those labels are immediately canceled after the "
"creation — this occurs automatically. The test and production environment "
"settings can be toggled back and forth from the :guilabel:`Smart Buttons`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:164
msgid "Generate a label with Sendcloud"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:166
msgid ""
"When creating a quotation in Odoo, add shipping and a :guilabel:`Sendcloud "
"shipping product`. Then, :guilabel:`Validate` the delivery. Shipping label "
"documents are automatically generated in the chatter, which include the "
"following:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:170
msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping label(s)` depending on the number of packages."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:171
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Return label(s)` if the Sendcloud connector is configured for "
"returns."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:172
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Customs document(s)` should the destination country require them."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:174
msgid "Additionally, the tracking number is now available."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:177
msgid ""
"When return labels are created, Sendcloud will automatically charge the "
"configured Sendcloud account."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:181
msgid "FAQ"
msgstr "FAQ"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:184
msgid "Shipment is too heavy"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:186
msgid ""
"If the shipment is too heavy for the Sendcloud service that is configured, "
"then the weight is split to simulate multiple packages. Products will need "
"to be put in different :guilabel:`Packages` to :guilabel:`Validate` the "
"transfer and generate labels."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:190
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Rules` can also be set up in Sendcloud to use other shipping "
"methods when the weight is too heavy. However, note that these rules will "
"not apply to the shipping price calculation on the calculation on the sales "
"order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:195
msgid "When using a personal carrier contract"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:197
msgid ""
"When using a personal carrier contract in Sendcloud, if the the price is not"
" accurately reflected when creating a quotation in Odoo, then the pricing "
"information needs to be updated in Sendcloud."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:201
msgid "Measuring volumetric weight"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:203
msgid ""
"Many carriers have several measures for weight. There is the actual weight "
"of the products in the parcel, and there is the *volumetric weight* "
"(:dfn:`Volumetric weight is the volume that a package occupies when in "
"transit. In other words it is the physical size of a package`)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:208
msgid ""
"Check to see if selected carrier(s) already have defined formulas to compute"
" the volumetric weight."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:212
msgid ""
"`Sendcloud: How to calculate & automate parcel volumetric weight "
"<https://support.sendcloud.com/ hc/en-us/articles/360059644051-How-to-"
"calculate-automate-parcel-volumetric-weight>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:217
msgid "Unable to calculate shipping rate"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:219
msgid ""
"First, verify that product being shipped has a weight that is supported by "
"the selected shipping method. If this is set, then verify that the "
"destination country (from the customer address) is supported by the carrier."
" The country of origin (warehouse address) should also be supported by the "
"carrier."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3
msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?"
msgstr ""
@ -7712,83 +8148,123 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5
msgid ""
"With Odoo MRP, you can use semi-finished products to simplify a complex "
"*Bill of Materials* or to represent your manufacturing flow more accurately."
" A *semi-finished product* is a manufactured product that is used as a "
"component in a Bill of Material."
"A *semi-finished product*, also known as a *subassembly*, is a manufactured "
"product that is used as a component in another product's bill of materials "
"(BoM). Semi-finished products are used to simplify complex :abbr:`BoMs "
"(Bills of Materials)` or to more accurately represent a manufacturing flow. "
"A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` that contains semi-finished products is "
"referred to as a *multilevel BoM*, where the main *top-level product* and "
"its subassemblies are distinguished."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:10
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:12
msgid "Configure semi-finished products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:14
msgid ""
"A *BoM* that employs *semi-finished products* is referred to as a multi-"
"level BoM, where we distinguish between the *top level Product* and the "
"*sub-assemblies*."
"To set up a multilevel :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, the top-level "
"product and semi-finished products must be configured. Therefore, the first "
"step is to create the semi-finished products and their :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of"
" Materials)`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:15
msgid "Configure a Multi Level BoM"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19
msgid ":doc:`bill_configuration`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:17
msgid ""
"To configure a *multi-level BoM*, you will need the top-level product and "
"its sub-assemblies. Therefore, you must first create the sub-assembly "
"products and their respective Bill of Materials. Please refer to "
":doc:`bill_configuration` for more details on how to create a BOM."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rstNone
msgid "A bill of materials for a semi-finished product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:26
msgid "Configure the Main BoM"
msgid "Create the top-level bill of materials (BoM)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:28
msgid ""
"Then on the final product form, simply add your semi-finished products to "
"the Bill of Material."
"After the semi-finished products are fully configured, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`. Then, "
":guilabel:`Create` the top-level product. Configure the product's "
"specifications as desired, and be sure to :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:35
msgid "Manage your production planning"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:37
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:32
msgid ""
"There are several methods to manage the triggering of the various "
"manufacturing orders."
"Once the top-level product is configured, click the :guilabel:`Bill of "
"Materials` smart button on the product form, then click :guilabel:`Create` "
"to make a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` for the top-level product. Then, "
"simply add the semi-finished products to this :abbr:`BoM (Bill of "
"Materials)`, along with any other necessary components."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:39
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rstNone
msgid ""
"If every time a manufacturing order is confirmed for the main product, you'd"
" like one for the semi-finished products as well, you have two options:"
"A bill of materials for a top-level product, containing a subassembly "
"component."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:42
msgid "Manage production planning"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:44
msgid ""
"Option 1 : Create re-ordering rules for the semi-finished products, with "
"both the minimum and maximum desired stock quantities at 0."
"There are several methods to manage manufacturing order automation for "
"products with multilevel :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:48
msgid ""
"Option 2 : Use the Replenish on Order (MTO) route on the semi-finished "
"product, as well as the manufacturing one."
"Semi-finished products are specifically used to manage manufacturable "
"products with multilevel BoMs. If a BoM is being created simply to organize "
"components or bundle sellable products, using :doc:`Kits <kit_shipping>` is "
"the more appropriate option."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:51
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:52
msgid ""
"Note that Option 1 is usually recommended over Option 2 as it is more "
"flexible. The MTO route creates a unique link between the semi-finished and "
"the top level product, whereas the re-ordering rule allows you to simply "
"unreserve that production from the top level product production and redirect"
" it to another, more pressing demand, for example."
"To automatically trigger manufacturing orders for semi-finished products "
"after confirming a manufacturing order for the main product, there are two "
"options:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:56
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:55
msgid ""
"In any case, as soon as the semi-finished product is produced, it will "
"become available in the manufacturing order of the final product, as shown "
"below."
"**Option 1 (recommended):** Create *Reordering Rules* for the semi-finished "
"products and set both the minimum and maximum desired stock quantities to "
"`0`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:59
msgid ":doc:`../../purchase/products/reordering`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:61
msgid ""
"**Option 2:** Activate the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` and "
":guilabel:`Manufacture` routes under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the "
"semi-finished product's product form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:64
msgid ""
"Option 1 is more flexible than Option 2 and is therefore recommended. "
"Reordering rules do not directly link demand to replenishment, and therefore"
" allow stocks to be unreserved and redirected to other orders, if necessary."
" The Replenish on Order (MTO) route creates a unique link between the semi-"
"finished and top-level products, exclusively reserving quantities for the "
"confirmed top-level manufacturing order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:70
msgid ""
"Regardless of the method chosen, semi-finished products must be fully "
"manufactured before manufacturing can begin on the top-level product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rstNone
msgid "A manufacturing order for a top-level product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3

View File

@ -4,19 +4,17 @@
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Friederike Fasterling-Nesselbosch, 2022
# Oliver Roch <oliver.roch@d9t.de>, 2022
# philku79 <philip.kuss@gmx.de>, 2022
# Martin Trigaux, 2022
# Martin Trigaux, 2023
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-12-23 09:13+0000\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-31 10:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2022\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -975,267 +973,640 @@ msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Übersicht"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:3
msgid "Get Started with Surveys"
msgid "Survey essentials"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:5
msgid ""
"Surveys can be used for a range of purposes that can go from collecting "
"customer feedback, evaluate the success of an event, measure how pleased "
"customers are with your products/services, gauge whether employees are happy"
" and satisfied with their work environment, and even to find out what your "
"market is thinking."
"Companies often use surveys to collect valuable information from their "
"customers and employees, which in turn, allows them to make more informed "
"business decisions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:11
msgid "Get started"
msgstr "Jetzt loslegen"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:8
msgid ""
"In Odoo, surveys are used to collect customer feedback, evaluate the success"
" of a recent event, measure the satisfaction of customers (or employees), "
"and gain more insight into shifting market sentiments."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:13
msgid ""
"When creating your survey, choose a *Title* and *Category*. The *Category* "
"field is used to know in which context the survey is being conducted, as "
"different applications might use it for different purposes such as "
"recruitment, certification, or employee appraisal."
msgid "Getting started"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rstNone
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:15
msgid ""
"Form view of a survey with a title and category being chosen in Odoo Surveys"
"To begin, open the :guilabel:`Surveys` application and click "
":guilabel:`Create`. Odoo then redirects the page to a blank survey template "
"form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:18
msgid ""
"On the survey form, add a :guilabel:`Survey Title` and then add a cover "
"image to the survey by hovering over the photo icon and clicking on the "
":guilabel:`Edit (pencil)` icon. When the file explorer window opens, choose "
"an image from the local files."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:22
msgid "Tab: Questions"
msgid ""
"Below the :guilabel:`Survey Title` are various tabs in which the survey "
"questions and format can be created and customized. These tabs are labeled "
"as follows:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:24
msgid "Add sections and questions by clicking on the respective links."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:25
msgid ":guilabel:`Questions`: the list of questions to be asked in the survey"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:26
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Description`: contextual information to aid in understanding the "
"survey"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:27
msgid ""
"On the *Sections and Questions* form, once the question type is chosen and "
"the answer added, under the tab *Options*, enable *Mandatory Answer*, and "
"set an *Error message* to be shown when the user tries to submit the survey "
"without answering the respective question."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:29
msgid ""
"Depending on the *Question Type*, the tab *Options* aggregates extra and "
"different possibilities. Examples:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:31
msgid ""
"*Single Line Text Box* - can choose a minimum and maximum text length "
"(number of characters - spaces do not count), and its error message."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:33
msgid ""
"*Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed*: choose between radio buttons or"
" a dropdown menu list, and if you would like to have a comment field. If the"
" user select an answer and type a comment, the values are separately "
"recorded. Or, enable the comment field to be displayed as an answer choice, "
"with which a text type field is displayed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:37
msgid ""
"*Matrix Type*: choose if you would like to have one or multiple choices per "
"row."
":guilabel:`Options`: choices for survey respondents to answer the questions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rstNone
msgid "Sections and questions view of a survey in Odoo Surveys"
msgid "Various tabs that can be found on the survey template page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:44
msgid "Tab: Description"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:34
msgid "Questions tab"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:46
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:36
msgid ""
"Write a *Description* to be displayed under the title of the survey's "
"homepage."
"Add questions and sections to the survey in the :guilabel:`Questions` tab. A"
" section divides the survey into parts in order to visually group similar "
"questions together. To make a section, click :guilabel:`Add a section` and "
"type in a section name. Then, add questions or drag and drop questions into "
"the divided sections."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:41
msgid ""
"Clicking :guilabel:`Add a question` opens the :guilabel:`Create Sections and"
" Questions` pop-up to create and customize the survey question."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rstNone
msgid "The survey question pop-up window."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:49
msgid "Create questions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:51
msgid ""
"Frontend of a survey showing the title and description of a survey for Odoo "
"Surveys"
"In the :guilabel:`Create Sections and Questions` pop-up, type the question "
"in the :guilabel:`Question` field. Then, choose the :guilabel:`Question "
"Type`. A preview of how the question type looks is shown in the preview "
"window."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:53
msgid "Click on *Edit* to personalize your pages with the website builder."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:55
msgid "Choose from the following :guilabel:`Question Types`:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:56
msgid "Tab: Options"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:57
msgid ":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:58
msgid ""
"Under the tab *Options*, choose the *Layout* of your questions. If choosing "
"*One page per section* or *One page per question*, an option *Back Button* "
"becomes available, which allows the user to go back pages."
msgid ":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rstNone
msgid ""
"Form view of a survey emphasizing the layout feature under options in Odoo "
"Surveys"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:59
msgid ":guilabel:`Numerical Value`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:60
msgid ":guilabel:`Date`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:61
msgid ":guilabel:`Datetime`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:62
msgid ":guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:63
msgid ":guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:64
msgid ":guilabel:`Matrix`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:67
msgid "Test and share the survey"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:70
msgid ""
"Once your Survey is ready, *Test* it to avoid *Sharing* it with potential "
"errors. As answers get collected, click on *Answers* to access all the "
"details of the respondent and his answers."
"Different features appear in the :guilabel:`Answers` and :guilabel:`Options`"
" tabs, depending on the :guilabel:`Question Type` chosen. However, the "
":guilabel:`Description` tab always remains the same, regardless of what "
"question is chosen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:72
msgid "Create sections and questions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:74
msgid ""
"By default, a filter *Except Test Entries* is applied to keep the list of "
"entries clean with only real participants."
"Once a :guilabel:`Question Type` has been selected, there are three possible"
" tabs where information can be customized for the question. These include "
"the :guilabel:`Answers` (if applicable), :guilabel:`Description`, and "
":guilabel:`Options` tabs."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rstNone
msgid "View list of the participations of a survey in Odoo Surveys"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:79
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:78
msgid ""
"Another way to access detailed answers is by going to "
":menuselection:`Participations --> Participations`."
"Each tab offers a variety of different features depending on what "
":guilabel:`Question Type` was chosen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:80
msgid "Click on *See results* to be redirected to an analytical page."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:81
msgid ""
"For example, in the :guilabel:`Options` tab, the following options may "
"appear:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rstNone
msgid "View of an analytical page for Odoo Surveys"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:83
msgid ":guilabel:`Mandatory Answer`: the question must be answered."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:84
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Matrix Type`: for matrix-type questions, select if one choice or "
"multiple choices can be selected per row."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:86
msgid ":guilabel:`Number of columns`: select how many columns are displayed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:87
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:34
msgid ":doc:`scoring`"
msgid ":guilabel:`Images on answers`: allow images on the answer options."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:88
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:35
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Conditional Display`: determine if the question is displayed "
"based on the participant's answer to a previous question."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:90
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Show Comments Field`: allow the participant to type a comment in "
"a text box."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:91
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Question Time Limit`: for live session surveys, set a time limit "
"for the question."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:94
msgid "Conditional Display"
msgstr "Bedingte Anzeige"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:96
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Conditional Display` means the question is only displayed if the "
"specified conditional answer has been selected in a previous question."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:99
msgid ""
"When the box next to :guilabel:`Conditional Display` is selected, the "
":guilabel:`Triggering Question` field appears. Select a question from the "
"survey."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:102
msgid ""
"Then, a :guilabel:`Triggering Answer` field appears. Here, select which "
"answer will trigger this :guilabel:`Conditional Display` question."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:106
msgid "Options tab"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:108
msgid ""
"Back on the main survey template form, under the :guilabel:`Options` tab, "
"there are different sections of settings that can be modified."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:111
msgid "The sections include:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:113
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Questions`: focuses on the overall presentation of the survey"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:114
msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring`: decides how the survey is scored"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:115
msgid ":guilabel:`Candidates`: manages access to the survey"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:116
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Live Session`: enables the survey into a real-time group "
"activity."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:119
msgid "Questions"
msgstr "Fragen"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:121
msgid ""
"First, select the :guilabel:`Layout` of the survey. The following options "
"can be chosen:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:123
msgid ":guilabel:`One page with all the questions`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:124
msgid ":guilabel:`One page per section`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:125
msgid ":guilabel:`One page per question`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:127
msgid ""
"If either the :guilabel:`One page per section` or :guilabel:`One page per "
"question` options are chosen, then the :guilabel:`Back Button` option "
"appears. If selected, the :guilabel:`Back Button` option allows the "
"participant to go back to a question during the survey."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:131
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Layout` options is the :guilabel:`Progression Mode` "
"setting, which indicates how the participant's progress during the survey is"
" displayed. It is shown as either a :guilabel:`Percentage` or a "
":guilabel:`Number`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:135
msgid ""
"Next, there is an option available to add a :guilabel:`Survey Time Limit`. "
"To implement this option, simply check the box, and enter the amount of time"
" (in minutes) participants have to complete the survey."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:139
msgid ""
"After the :guilabel:`Survey Time Limit` option is a section labeled "
":guilabel:`Selection`. Here, questions can be :guilabel:`Randomized per "
"section`, in other words, the number of random questions can be configured "
"by section. This mode is ignored in a live session."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:144
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:56
msgid ":doc:`time_random`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:147
msgid "Scoring"
msgstr "Bewertung"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:149
msgid ""
"The following options are available when deciding how a :guilabel:`Scoring` "
"method:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:151
msgid ":guilabel:`No scoring`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:152
msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:153
msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:155
msgid ""
"If either the :guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end` or "
":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end` options are selected, a "
":guilabel:`Success %` field appears. Set the percentage of correct answers "
"needed to pass the survey."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:159
msgid ""
"Next, there is the option to make the survey a certification. To do so, "
"check the box next to the option labeled :guilabel:`Is a Certification`, and"
" two additional fields appear. Select a color theme in the "
":guilabel:`Certification Template` field and then choose an :guilabel:`Email"
" Template`. When a participant passes the certification with the required "
"score, an email from Odoo will automatically be sent to that person using "
"the selected email template."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:165
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Give Badge` feature is enabled and the "
":guilabel:`Certification Badge` is set, the survey participant also receives"
" a badge upon passing the certification."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:169
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:48
msgid ":doc:`scoring`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:172
msgid "Candidates"
msgstr "Bewerber"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:174
msgid ""
"To determine access to the survey, the :guilabel:`Access Mode` has two "
"options to choose between: :guilabel:`Anyone with the link` and "
":guilabel:`Invited people only`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:177
msgid ""
"Below the :guilabel:`Appraisal Managers Only` checkbox is the "
":guilabel:`Login Required` option to require a login to participate in the "
"survey. If this option is activated, an :guilabel:`Attempts Limit` field "
"also populates, in which the number of survey attempts is defined for the "
"participant."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:182
msgid "Live Session"
msgstr "Live-Sitzung"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:184
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Live Session` section is dedicated to users who are "
"conducting surveys in real-time, wherein they directly engage with and "
"collect answers from a live audience."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:187
msgid ""
"Customize the :guilabel:`Session Code` here; this code is needed for "
"participants to access the live session survey. Reward participants for "
"quick answers by selecting the checkbox labeled :guilabel:`Reward quick "
"answers`. By checking it, attendees will get more points if they answer "
"quickly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:193
msgid "Description tab"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:195
msgid ""
"Back on the main survey template page is the :guilabel:`Description` tab, "
"where a custom description of the survey can be added. This is displayed "
"beneath the title on the survey's homepage, which is on the front end of the"
" website made through the Odoo :guilabel:`Website` app."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:200
msgid "Test and share the survey"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:202
msgid ""
"Once the survey is created and saved, run a test to check for possible "
"errors before finally sending it out to the participants by clicking "
":guilabel:`Test` in the upper left corner of the survey template page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:206
msgid ""
"When activated, Odoo redirects the page to a test version of the survey on "
"the front end of the website. This page displays how the survey will look to"
" participants. Proceed to run through the survey, like a normal participant,"
" to check for errors."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:210
msgid ""
"To return to the survey template form in the backend, simply click the "
":guilabel:`This is a test survey. Edit Survey` link in the blue banner along"
" the top of the page. Once Odoo redirects the page to the survey template in"
" the backend, make any further changes, as needed, before officially sending"
" the survey out to participants."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:215
msgid ""
"When the survey is ready to be shared with the audience, click the "
":guilabel:`Start Survey` button in the upper-left corner of the survey "
"template form. Then, click :guilabel:`Share`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:218
msgid ""
"In the pop-up window, add the survey recipients in the "
":guilabel:`Recipients` field (for existing contacts in the Odoo database) or"
" the :guilabel:`Additional emails` field (for contacts that do not want to "
"be listed in the Odoo database). Finally, click :guilabel:`Send`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:222
msgid ""
"As answers are received, check them by clicking the :guilabel:`Answers` "
"smart button on the survey template form, or the :guilabel:`See Results` "
"button in the upper left corner. To end the survey, click the "
":guilabel:`Close` button on the survey template form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:3
msgid "Scoring Surveys"
msgid "Scoring surveys"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:5
msgid ""
"To measure your respondents performance, knowledge of a subject, or overall"
" satisfaction, attach points to the answers of specific questions. The "
"points are summed up to give your respondent a final score."
"To measure a survey participant's performance, knowledge, or overall "
"satisfaction, Odoo ascribes points to survey answers. At the end of the "
"survey, these points are summed up, resulting in the participant's final "
"score."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:9
msgid ""
"On your surveys form, click on *Add a question* and, under the tab "
"*Options*, choose between *Scoring with answers at the end* or *Scoring "
"without answers at the end*. Now, on your questions form, set the right "
"answer and score."
"To add points to questions, open the :guilabel:`Surveys` application, choose"
" the desired survey form, and then click on the :guilabel:`Options` tab. "
"Under the :guilabel;`Scoring` section, choose between :guilabel:`Scoring "
"with answers at the end` or :guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rstNone
msgid "Form view of a survey showing a list of answers in Odoo Surveys"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:17
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:14
msgid ""
"Set the percentage score the user needs to achieve to have successfully "
"taken the survey. If enabling *Certificate*, choose its template. The "
"certification is automatically sent by email to the users who successfully "
"finish it."
":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end` shows the survey participant "
"their answers after completing the survey, and displays which questions they"
" got right or wrong. On questions where there was an incorrect answer, the "
"correct answer will be highlighted."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rstNone
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:18
msgid ""
"Form view of a survey emphasizing the scoring and candidates section in Odoo"
" Surveys"
":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end` does not show the survey "
"participant their answer choices after completing the survey, only their "
"final score."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:21
msgid ""
"To indicate correct answers, click on the :guilabel:`Questions tab` and "
"choose a question. In the question form, check the :guilabel:`Is a correct "
"answer` box for the choice that is the correct answer and attach a score "
"value."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:25
msgid ""
"Enable *Login required* to be able to *Give Badges*. Badges are related to "
"the eLearning section of your website. Besides the logged-in user, visitors "
"of the website that access the page *Courses* can also see the granted "
"badges."
"Back on the :guilabel:`Options` tab of the survey, set the "
":guilabel:`Success %`. The percentage entered determines what percentage of "
"correct answers is needed to pass the survey."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:28
msgid ""
"Further on the :guilabel:`Options` tab of the survey, survey administrators "
"can also choose to make the survey a certification. A certification "
"indicates that the survey asks questions to test the participants' knowledge"
" level on a subject."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:32
msgid ""
"When enabling the :guilabel:`Is a certification` option, choose a "
":guilabel:`Certification email template`. The certification will "
"automatically be emailed using this email template to users who pass the "
"survey with a final score that is greater than or equal to the set "
":guilabel:`Success %`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:36
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Candidates` section, participants can be required to log "
"in to take the survey. If the :guilabel:`Login Required` setting is enabled,"
" two new options appear: the :guilabel:`Attempts Limit` checkbox, which "
"limits the number of times a participant can attempt the survey, and the "
"option to :guilabel:`Give Badge`, located beneath the "
":guilabel:`Certification` options in the :guilabel:`Scoring` section."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rstNone
msgid ""
"View of the courses tab emphasizing the latest achievements section on the website for\n"
"Odoo Surveys"
"Setting the Required Score (percentage), login required, and certification "
"template."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:46
msgid ""
"Badges are displayed on the eLearning portion of a given user's portal, and "
"are a way to set milestones and reward participants for passing surveys or "
"gaining points. Besides the awardee, website visitors who access the "
":guilabel:`Courses` page will also be able to see the granted badges."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rstNone
msgid "Example of how a badge looks on the eLearning portion of the website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:3
msgid "Time and Randomize Questions"
msgid "Timed and randomized questions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:6
msgid "Time Limit"
msgstr "Zeitlimit"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:10
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:5
msgid ""
"On timed surveys, respondents need to complete the survey within a certain "
"period of time. It can be used to ensure that all respondents get the same "
"amount of time to find the answers, or to decrease the chance of having them"
" looking at external resources."
"When creating a survey in Odoo, there are options to set a time limit on the"
" survey and randomize the questions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:9
msgid "Time limit"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:11
msgid "Set the *Time limit* under the tab *Options*."
msgid ""
"During a timed survey, participants must finish the survey within a "
"specified period of time. A common use case for implementing a time limit is"
" that it greatly reduces the chance of participants looking up responses via"
" external resources (e.g. web search), and reduces the survey to a \"closed "
"book\" testing environment."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:16
msgid ""
"Find the :guilabel:`Survey Time Limit` setting in the :guilabel:`Options` "
"tab of the survey form, under the :guilabel:`Questions` section."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rstNone
msgid ""
"View of a survey form emphasizing the time limit feature in Odoo Surveys"
msgid "Time limit field in the options tab of a survey template form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:17
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:23
msgid ""
"A timer is shown on the pages so the user can keep track of the remaining "
"time. Surveys not \\ submitted by the *Time limit* do not have their answers"
" saved."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:21
msgid "Selection"
msgstr "Auswahl"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:25
msgid ""
"When you randomize a survey, you allow for the questions to be shuffled in a"
" random order every time someone opens the questionnaire. This can be useful"
" to avoid having respondents looking at each others' answers."
"When the :guilabel:`Survey Time Limit` option is checked, a timer will be "
"displayed on every page of the survey, letting participants keep track of "
"the time remaining while the survey is active."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:27
msgid ""
"To do so, under the tab *Options*, enable *Randomized per section*. Now, "
"under the tab *Questions*, set how many of the questions in that section "
"should be taken into account during the shuffling."
"Participants that do not submit their survey by the preconfigured time limit"
" will *not* have their answers saved."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:31
msgid "Randomized selection"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:33
msgid ""
"When a survey is randomized, Odoo shuffles the questions and reveals them in"
" a random order every time a participant begins the questionnaire. Using "
"randomization as a survey method discourages participants from looking at "
"each other's responses, and helps control for individual testing."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:37
msgid ""
"To randomize a survey, click the :guilabel:`Options` tab on the survey form."
" In the :guilabel:`Questions` section, select :guilabel:`Randomized per "
"section` for the :guilabel:`Selection` field. After enabling, navigate to "
"the :guilabel:`Questions` tab and look in the :guilabel:`Random questions "
"count` column. From there, determine how many questions (per section) Odoo "
"should select and display during the shuffling of questions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rstNone
msgid ""
"View of a survey form emphasizing the random questions count column in Odoo "
"Surveys"
msgid "Randomized question count in the questions tab of a survey."
msgstr ""

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -11,15 +11,17 @@
# Thomas, 2023
# Florian Pose <fp@igh.de>, 2023
# Martin Trigaux, 2023
# Chris Egal <sodaswed@web.de>, 2023
# Anja Funk <anja.funk@afimage.de>, 2023
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-19 15:37+0000\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-31 10:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n"
"Last-Translator: Anja Funk <anja.funk@afimage.de>, 2023\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -88,7 +90,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:14
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:11
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:9
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:10
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:17
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:8
#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:20
@ -3706,52 +3708,107 @@ msgid "Shop Features"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:3
msgid "Using barcodes in PoS"
msgstr ""
msgid "Barcodes"
msgstr "Barcodes"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:5
msgid ""
"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your "
"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers."
"Using a barcode scanner to process point-of-sale orders improves your "
"efficiency in providing quicker customer service. Barcode scanners can be "
"used both to scan products or to log employees into a POS session."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:11
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:12
msgid ""
"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> "
"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
"To use a barcode scanner, you must enable the feature in the Inventory app. "
"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, in the "
":guilabel:`Barcode` section, tick :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` and save."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:14
msgid ""
"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* "
"select it."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rstNone
msgid "barcode setting in the Inventory application"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:21
msgid "Add barcodes to product"
msgid ""
":doc:`Set up a barcode "
"scanner<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware>`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:23
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:22
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a "
"product."
":doc:`Activate barcode "
"scanners<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software>`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:26
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:24
msgid ""
"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you "
"can input any barcode."
"Once enabled in **Inventory**, you can use the barcode feature in **Point of"
" Sale** with products that have a barcode number assigned."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:28
msgid "Assign barcodes"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:31
msgid "To your products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:33
msgid "Scanning products"
msgid ""
"To use this feature in POS, your products must have barcodes assigned. To do"
" so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Products` and open"
" a **product form**. Add a barcode number in the :guilabel:`Barcode` field "
"in the :guilabel:`General Information` tab."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:35
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:38
msgid "To your employees"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:40
msgid ""
"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The "
"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple "
"times or change the quantity manually on the screen."
"To add an identification number to an employee, go to the **Employees** app "
"and open an **employee form**. Choose an identification number for your "
"employee and fill in the :guilabel:`PIN Code` field in the :guilabel:`HR "
"Settings` tab."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:45
msgid "Use barcodes"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:48
msgid "Scan products"
msgstr "Produkte scannen"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:50
msgid ""
"Scan a product's barcode using a barcode scanner. Doing so adds it directly "
"to the cart. To change the quantity, scan a product as many times as needed,"
" or click :guilabel:`Qty` and enter the number of products using the keypad."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:54
msgid ""
"You can also enter the barcode number manually in the search bar to look for"
" the product. Then, click it to add it to the cart."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:58
msgid ":doc:`Get started <../overview/getting_started>`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:61
msgid "Log employees"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:63
msgid ""
"You can also use a barcode scanner to log your employees. To do so, "
":ref:`restrict access <restrict-employee-pos>` to the POS and :ref:`use "
"barcodes to log your employees in <employee-barcode>` your POS."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:3
@ -3943,71 +4000,71 @@ msgid ""
"To manage multiple cashiers, you need several employees (at least two)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:16
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:18
msgid "Set up log in with employees"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:18
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:20
msgid ""
"To enable the feature, go to your *PoS settings* and check log in with "
"employees on your *PoS form*. Then, add the employees that have access to "
"the cash register."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:25
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:27
msgid "Now, you can switch cashier easily."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:28
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:30
msgid "Switch without pin codes"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:30
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:32
msgid ""
"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. To do so, click on the"
" cashier name in your PoS interface."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:36
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:38
msgid "Now, you just have to click on your name."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:42
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:46
msgid "Switch cashier with pin codes"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:44
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:48
msgid ""
"You can set a pin code on each cashier. To set up a pin code, go to the "
"employee form and add a security PIN, in the *HR settings tab*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:50
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:54
msgid "Now, when switching cashier, a PIN password will be asked."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:56
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:62
msgid "Switch cashier with barcodes"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:58
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:64
msgid ""
"You can ask your employees to log themselves with their badges. To do so, "
"set up a barcode at the same place you add the PIN code. Print the badge and"
" when they will scan it, the cashier will be switched to that employee."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:67
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:73
msgid "Find who was the cashier"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:69
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:75
msgid ""
"Once you have closed your *PoS session*, you can have an overview of the "
"amount each cashier sold for. To do so, go to the orders menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:75
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:81
msgid "Now, you can open the order and have a summary of the sold products."
msgstr ""
@ -6928,7 +6985,7 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ""
"Sometimes, customers return an item after they receive and/or pay for their "
"invoice. In these cases, a return using only *Reverse Transfers* is "
"impossible since validated or sent invoices cannot be changed. However, "
"insufficient since validated or sent invoices cannot be changed. However, "
"*Reverse Transfers* can be used in conjunction with *Credit Notes* to "
"complete the customer's return."
msgstr ""
@ -6956,29 +7013,9 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:61
msgid ""
"Since the returned products have already been paid for, the validated "
"invoice must be modified to reflect the return. Navigate to the relevant "
"invoice (from the sales order, click on the :guilabel:`Invoices` smart "
"button). Then, click on the :guilabel:`i` icon next to the :guilabel:`Paid` "
"line at the bottom of the invoice to open the :guilabel:`Payment Info` "
"window. Next, click :guilabel:`Unreconcile`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rstNone
msgid "The \"Unreconcile\" button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:71
msgid ""
"After the invoice is unreconciled, the options for :guilabel:`Send & Print` "
"and :guilabel:`Register Payment` become available again alongside a note "
"that there are outstanding payments for the customer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:75
msgid ""
"To process a refund, click :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` from the validated "
"invoice."
"To process a refund, navigate to the relevant invoice (from the sales order,"
" click on the :guilabel:`Invoices` smart button). Click :guilabel:`Add "
"Credit Note` from the validated invoice."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rstNone
@ -6987,34 +7024,19 @@ msgid ""
"invoicing."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:81
msgid ""
"Choose whether to issue a :guilabel:`Partial Refund`, :guilabel:`Full "
"Refund`, or :guilabel:`Full refund and new draft invoice`. The "
":guilabel:`Partial Refund` option creates a draft credit note that can be "
"edited before posting. The :guilabel:`Full refund and new draft invoice` "
"option validates the credit note and duplicates the original invoice as a "
"new draft."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:86
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:68
msgid ""
"A :guilabel:`Reason` for the credit and a :guilabel:`Specific Journal` to "
"use to process the credit can also be specified. If a :guilabel:`Specific "
"use to process the credit can be specified. If a :guilabel:`Specific "
"Reversal Date` is selected, then a :guilabel:`Refund Date` must also be "
"selected."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:90
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:72
msgid ""
"After the information is filled, click :guilabel:`Reverse`. Then, for a "
":guilabel:`Partial Refund` or :guilabel:`Full refund and new draft invoice`,"
" :guilabel:`Edit` the draft as needed, and finally, click "
":guilabel:`Confirm`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rstNone
msgid "The \"outstanding payments\" banner."
"After the information is filled in, click :guilabel:`Reverse`. Then, "
":guilabel:`Edit` the draft as needed, and finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm`"
" to confirm the credit note."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:5

View File

@ -5,17 +5,17 @@
#
# Translators:
# Leon Grill <leg@odoo.com>, 2022
# Martin Trigaux, 2022
# Friederike Fasterling-Nesselbosch, 2022
# Martin Trigaux, 2023
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-04 12:47+0000\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-31 10:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Friederike Fasterling-Nesselbosch, 2022\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -236,76 +236,80 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:3
msgid "Allow Customers to Close their Tickets"
msgstr ""
msgid "Allow customers to close their tickets"
msgstr "Kunden erlauben, ihre Tickets zu schließen"
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:5
msgid ""
"Allowing customers to close their tickets gives them autonomy and minimize "
"misunderstandings about when an issue is considered solved, or not. It makes"
" communication and actions more efficient."
"Allowing customers to close their own tickets gives them autonomy and "
"minimizes misunderstandings around when an issue is considered solved or "
"not. This results in operational capacity for support teams, and higher "
"satisfaction for the customer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:9
msgid "Configure the feature"
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:10
msgid "Enable ticket closing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:11
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:12
msgid ""
"To configure the feature go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> "
"Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable *Ticket closing*."
"Start by navigating to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> "
"Helpdesk Teams` and choose the appropriate team. Then click :guilabel:`Edit`"
" and enable :guilabel:`Ticket closing` by checking the field box."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rstNone
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rstNone
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rstNone
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rstNone
msgid "Ticket closing in Odoo Helpdesk"
msgid "Ticket closing feature in Odoo Helpdesk."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:18
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:19
msgid ""
"In order to designate to which stage the ticket migrates to once it is "
"closed, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Overview --> Tickets`."
"To designate which stage the ticket migrates to once it is closed, navigate "
"to the ticket pipeline by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Overview` "
"and clicking :guilabel:`Tickets` on the team's card."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:25
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:23
msgid ""
"You can either create a new Kanban stage or work with an existing one. For "
"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> Edit Stage` "
"and enable *Closing Stage*."
"There are two options: create a new Kanban stage or work with an existing "
"one. For both scenarios, click the :guilabel:`Settings (gear)` icon next to "
"the stage name, select :guilabel:`Edit Stage`, and enable :guilabel:`Closing"
" Stage`. After checking the field box, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:32
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:29
msgid ""
"If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket is moved to the "
"last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage set as closing, the "
"ticket is put in the first one."
"last stage in the kanban. If more than one stage is set as a closing stage, "
"the ticket is placed in the first closing stage column."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:36
msgid "The Costumer Portal"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:38
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:33
msgid ""
"Now, once the user logs into his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is "
"available."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:45
msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by costumers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:47
msgid ""
"To do an analysis of the tickets that have been closed by costumers go to "
":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add "
"Custom filter --> Closed by partner --> Applied`."
"With the ticket closing settings now complete, customers can now view the "
"option to :guilabel:`Close this ticket` when they log into their portal."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rstNone
msgid "Reports on Ticket closing in Odoo Helpdesk"
msgid "Customer view of ticket closing in Odoo Helpdesk."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:40
msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by customers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:42
msgid ""
"To analyze the tickets that have been closed by customers, go to "
":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Tickets`. Then, click on the "
":guilabel:`Filters` menu and choose :guilabel:`Add Custom filter`. Next, set"
" the custom filter parameters to :guilabel:`Closed by partner` and "
":guilabel:`is true`. Finally, click :guilabel:`Apply`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rstNone
msgid ""
"Filter for tickets closed by customers on Odoo Helpdesk's reporting page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview.rst:5
@ -1315,7 +1319,14 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Project"
msgstr "Projekt"
#: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:11
#: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:10
msgid ""
"Odoo Project is a tool to manage your ongoing projects. Schedule tasks, "
"assign activities to coworkers, and keep track of each project's "
"profitability."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:14
#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets.rst:11
msgid ""
"`Odoo Tutorials: Project and Timesheets "

View File

@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-19 15:37+0000\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-31 10:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Yannick Stahl, 2023\n"
"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"

View File

@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-19 15:37+0000\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-31 10:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-13 14:30+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Braulio D. López Vázquez <bdl@odoo.com>, 2023\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
@ -5898,6 +5898,10 @@ msgstr "N/A"
msgid "March 2022"
msgstr "Marzo de 2022"
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:31
msgid "January 2023"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:33
msgid "Odoo saas~15.1"
msgstr "Odoo saas~15.1"
@ -5932,6 +5936,10 @@ msgstr "|red|"
msgid "February 2022"
msgstr "Febrero de 2022"
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:33
msgid "July 2022"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:35
msgid "**Odoo 15.0**"
msgstr "**Odoo 15.0**"
@ -10326,7 +10334,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:29
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:148
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:252
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:251
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:81
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:92
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:119
@ -10662,7 +10670,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:218
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:257
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:256
msgid ":doc:`maintain/supported_versions`"
msgstr ""
@ -10676,7 +10684,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:228
msgid ""
"Databases hosted on Odoos Cloud platforms (Odoo Online and Odoo.sh) or On-"
"Databases hosted on Odoo's Cloud platforms (Odoo Online and Odoo.sh) or On-"
"Premise (Self-Hosting) enjoy the following services at all times."
msgstr ""
@ -10695,46 +10703,46 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:235
msgid ""
"customizations done by our consulting and developer services *if* they are "
"covered by a Maintenance of Customisations subscription"
"customizations *if* they are covered by a \"Maintenance of Customizations\" "
"subscription"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:238
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:237
msgid ""
"The Upgrade Service is limited to your database's technical conversion and "
"adaptation (standard modules and data) to make it compatible with the "
"targeted version."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:242
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:241
msgid "What upgrading does NOT cover"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:244
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:243
msgid "The cleaning of pre-existing data & configuration while upgrading"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:245
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:244
msgid ""
"Any new developments and/or upgrades of your own :ref:`custom modules "
"<upgrade-faq/custom-modules>`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:247
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:246
msgid "`Training <https://www.odoo.com/learn>`_ on the latest version"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:249
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:248
msgid ""
"You can get more information about your Enterprise Licence on our :ref:`Odoo"
" Enterprise Subscription Agreement <upgrade>` page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:255
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:254
msgid ":doc:`upgrade/faq`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:256
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:255
msgid ":doc:`odoo_sh`"
msgstr ""

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -1960,7 +1960,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:105
msgid "Check the DMARC policy"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Verificar la política DMARC"
#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:107
msgid ""
@ -1972,24 +1972,36 @@ msgid ""
" with an incoming email that fails the :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)`"
" and/or :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)` check."
msgstr ""
"El registro de autenticación de mensajes basada en dominios, reportes y "
"conformidad (DMARC, por sus siglas en inglés) es un protocolo que une el "
":abbr:`SPF (Convenio de remitentes, por sus siglas en inglés)` y el "
":abbr:`DKIM (Correo Identificado con Claves de Dominio, por sus siglas en "
"inglés)`. Las instrucciones en el registro :abbr:`DMARC (autenticación de "
"mensajes basada en dominios, reportes y conformidad, por sus siglas en "
"inglés)` de un nombre de dominio indican al servidor destino qué hacer con "
"un correo entrante que no pasan las verificaciones de :abbr:`SPF (Convenio "
"de remitentes, por sus siglas en inglés)` y/o :abbr:`DKIM (Correo "
"Identificado con Claves de Dominio, por sus siglas en inglés)`."
#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:114
msgid ""
"There are three :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, "
"Reporting, & Conformance)` policies:"
msgstr ""
"Hay tres políticas :abbr:`DMARC (autenticación de mensajes basada en "
"dominios, reportes y conformidad, por sus siglas en inglés)`:"
#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:117
msgid "`p=none`"
msgstr ""
msgstr "`p=none`"
#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:118
msgid "`p=quarantine`"
msgstr ""
msgstr "`p=quarantine`"
#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:119
msgid "`p=reject`"
msgstr ""
msgstr "`p=reject`"
#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:121
msgid ""
@ -1997,6 +2009,11 @@ msgid ""
"quarantine that email or ignore it if the :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy "
"Framework)` and/or :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)` check fails."
msgstr ""
"`p=quarantine` y `p=reject` indican al servidor que recibe un correo "
"electrónico que debe ponerlo en cuarentena o ignorarlo si no pasó las "
"verificaciones de :abbr:`SPF (Convenio de remitentes, por sus siglas en "
"inglés)` y/o :abbr:`DKIM (Correo Identificado con Claves de Dominio, por sus"
" siglas en inglés)`."
#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:125
msgid ""
@ -2005,6 +2022,12 @@ msgid ""
" must be :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` compliant or enable "
":abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)`."
msgstr ""
"Si el nombre de dominio utiliza la :abbr:`DMARC (autenticación de mensajes "
"basada en dominios, reportes y conformidad, por sus siglas en inglés)` y se "
"le definió una de estas políticas, el dominio debe cumplir con el :abbr:`SPF"
" (Convenio de remitentes, por sus siglas en inglés)` o se le debe habilitar "
"la :abbr:`DKIM (Correo Identificado con Claves de Dominio, por sus siglas en"
" inglés)`."
#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:130
msgid ""
@ -2014,6 +2037,12 @@ msgid ""
"*@aol.com* address for the database users. These emails will never reach "
"their recipient."
msgstr ""
"Yahoo y AOL son ejemplos de proveedores de correo electrónico con una "
"política :abbr:`DMARC (autenticación de mensajes basada en dominios, "
"reportes y conformidad, por sus siglas en inglés)` establecida como "
"`p=reject`. Odoo recomienda ampliamente no utilizar direcciones *@yahoo.com*"
" o *@aol.com* con los usuarios de su base de datos. Estos correos "
"electrónicos jamás llegarán a su destinatario."
#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:135
msgid ""
@ -2022,6 +2051,10 @@ msgid ""
":abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & "
"Conformance)` check fails."
msgstr ""
"El propiertario del dominio utiliza `p=none` para recibir reportes sobre "
"entidades que utilizan su dominio. No pasar la verificación :abbr:`DMARC "
"(autenticación de mensajes basada en dominios, reportes y conformidad)` no "
"debería afectar la entrega."
#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:139
msgid ""
@ -2029,6 +2062,10 @@ msgid ""
"Conformance)` record of a domain name with a tool like `MXToolbox DMARC "
"<https://mxtoolbox.com/DMARC.aspx>`_."
msgstr ""
"Compruebe el registro :abbr:`DMARC (autenticación de mensajes basada en "
"dominios, reportes y conformidad, por sus siglas en inglés)` de un nombre de"
" dominio con una herramienta como `MXToolbox DMARC "
"<https://mxtoolbox.com/DMARC.aspx>`_."
#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:142
msgid ""
@ -2037,6 +2074,11 @@ msgid ""
"policies, the Odoo server cannot relay emails from this partner to the "
"database users."
msgstr ""
"Si un partner, cliente o proveedor utiliza la :abbr:`DMARC (autenticación de"
" mensajes basada en dominios, reportes y conformidad, por sus siglas en "
"inglés)` y se le definió una de estas políticas, el servidor de Odoo no "
"puede retransmitir correos electrónicos de este partner a los usuarios de la"
" base de datos."
#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:146
msgid ""
@ -2044,6 +2086,10 @@ msgid ""
"<discuss_app/notification_preferences>`, or replace the email address of the"
" partner with a default email address."
msgstr ""
"Para resolver este problema, :ref:`gestione las notificaciones de usuario en"
" Odoo <discuss_app/notification_preferences>`, o remplace la dirección de "
"correo electrónico del partner con una dirección de correo electrónico "
"predeterminada."
#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:153
msgid "SPF, DKIM & DMARC documentation of common providers"
@ -2085,6 +2131,9 @@ msgid ""
"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/317/2237/how-"
"do-i-add- txtspfdkimdmarc-records-for-my-domain/>`_"
msgstr ""
"`NameCheap "
"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/317/2237/how-"
"do-i-add- txtspfdkimdmarc-records-for-my-domain/>`_"
#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:162
msgid ""
@ -2115,6 +2164,10 @@ msgid ""
"configuration in one sent email. Mail-Tester can also be used for other, "
"lesser-known providers."
msgstr ""
"Utilice la herramienta `Mail-Tester <https://www.mail-tester.com/>`_ para "
"probar por completo la configuración. Le da un resumen completo del "
"contenido y configuración de un correo enviado. También puede utilizar Mail-"
"Tester con otros proveedores menos conocidos."
#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:171
msgid "Use a default email address"
@ -2126,24 +2179,35 @@ msgid ""
"<developer-mode>` and going to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> "
"Parameters --> System Parameters` menu."
msgstr ""
"Puede acceder a los :guilabel:`parámetros del sistema` al activar el "
":ref:`modo de desarrollador <developer-mode>` e ir al menú "
":menuselection:`Ajustes --> Técnico --> Parámetros --> Parámetros del "
"sistema`."
#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:176
msgid ""
"To force the email address from which emails are sent, a combination of the "
"following keys needs to be set in the system parameters of the database:"
msgstr ""
"Para forzar la dirección de correo electrónico de la que se envían correos, "
"debe establecer una combinación de las siguientes claves en los parámetros "
"de sistema de la base de datos:"
#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:179
msgid ""
"`mail.default.from`: accepts the local part or a complete email address as "
"value"
msgstr ""
"`mail.default.from`: acepta la parte local o una dirección de correo "
"electrónico completa como valor."
#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:180
msgid ""
"`mail.default.from_filter`: accepts a domain name or a full email address as"
" value"
msgstr ""
"`mail.default.from_filter`: acepta un nombre de dominio o una dirección de "
"correo electrónico como valor."
#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:183
msgid ""
@ -2151,6 +2215,9 @@ msgid ""
"otherwise this parameter can be set using the `from_filter` field on "
"`ir.mail_server`."
msgstr ""
"`mail.default.from_filter` solo funciona con configuraciones `odoo-bin`, de "
"otra forma este parámetro se puede establecer mediante el campo "
"`from_filter` field en `ir.mail_server`."
#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:186
msgid ""
@ -2159,6 +2226,10 @@ msgid ""
"`mail.default.from` (if it contains a full email address) or a combination "
"of `mail.default.from` and `mail.catchall.domain`."
msgstr ""
"Si la dirección de correo electrónico del autor no coincide con "
"`mail.default.from_filter`, la dirección de correo electrónico se cambia por"
" `mail.default.from` (si contiene una dirección de correo electrónico "
"completa) o una combinación de `mail.default.from` y `mail.catchall.domain`."
#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:190
msgid ""
@ -2167,6 +2238,10 @@ msgid ""
"addresses that are different from `mail.default.from` will be encapsulated "
"in `mail.default.from`."
msgstr ""
"Si `from_filter` contiene una dirección de correo electrónico completa, y si"
" `mail.default.from` es igual a la dirección, entonces todas las direcciones"
" de correo electrónico que son diferentes a `mail.default.from` se "
"encapsularán en `mail.default.from`."
#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:3
msgid "Send and receive emails in Odoo with an email server"
@ -2367,6 +2442,9 @@ msgid ""
"Please note that port 25 is blocked for security reasons on Odoo Online and "
"Odoo.sh platforms. Try using ports 465, 587, or 2525 instead."
msgstr ""
"Tome en cuenta que el puerto 25 se bloquea por motivos de seguridad en las "
"plataformas de Odoo en línea y Odoo.sh. Intente usar los puertos 465, 587 o "
"2525."
#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:90
msgid "Use a default \"From\" email address"
@ -2522,6 +2600,8 @@ msgid ""
"Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/ crm>`__),"
msgstr ""
"Canal de ventas (para crear leads u oportunidades en la aplicación de `CRM "
"de Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/page/ crm>`__),"
#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:142
msgid ""
@ -2662,6 +2742,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:191
msgid "Utilizing the From Filter on an outgoing email server"
msgstr ""
"Utilizar el filtro De en un servidor de correos electrónicos salientes"
#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:193
msgid ""
@ -2674,16 +2755,29 @@ msgid ""
"field in Odoo by navigating to :menuselection:`Settings --> Custom Mail "
"Servers --> Outgoing Mail Servers --> New`."
msgstr ""
"El campo de :guilabel:`filtro DE` le permite utilizar un servidor de correo "
"electrónico saliente dependiendo de la dirección de correo electrónico "
":guilabel:`De` o el dominio por el que Odoo envía correos electrónicos. Este"
" ajuste se puede utilizar para mejorar la entrega o tasa de éxito de envío "
"de los correos electrónicos que envía desde su base de datos. También puede "
"establecer el campo de :guilabel:`filtro DE` para enviar correos desde "
"distintos dominios en un entorno multiempresa. Puede acceder a este campo en"
" Odoo al ir a :menuselection:`Ajustes --> Servidores de correo "
"personalizados --> Servidores de correo saliente --> Nuevo`."
#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rstNone
msgid "Outgoing email server settings and the FROM filter settings."
msgstr ""
"Ajustes del servidor de correos electrónicos salientes y del filtro DE."
#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:204
msgid ""
"When an email is sent from Odoo while the :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` field "
"is set, an email server is chosen in the following sequence:"
msgstr ""
"Cuando se envía un correo electrónico desde Odoo mientras el campo de "
":guilabel:`filtro DE` está establecido, se elige un servidor de correo "
"electrónico según la siguiente secuencia:"
#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:207
msgid ""
@ -2693,6 +2787,12 @@ msgid ""
"address) is `test\\@example.com`, only the email servers that have the "
":guilabel:`FROM Filtering` value equal to `test\\@example.com` are returned."
msgstr ""
"Primero, Odoo busca un servidor de correo electrónico con el mismo valor de "
":guilabel:`filtr DE` que el valor :guilabel:`De` (dirección de correo "
"electrónico) definido en el correo electrónico saliente. Por ejemplo, si el "
"valor :guilabel:`De` (dirección de correo electrónico) es "
"`test\\@ejemplo.com`, solo se obtienen los servidores de correo electrónico "
"cuyo valor de :guilabel:`filtro DE` es igual a `test\\@example.com`."
#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:211
msgid ""
@ -2703,6 +2803,13 @@ msgid ""
" the email servers that have the :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` value equal to "
"`example.com` are returned."
msgstr ""
"Sin embargo, si no se encontraron servidores de correo electrónico que "
"utilicen el valor :guilabel:`De`, entonces Odoo buscara un servidor de "
"correo electrónico que tenga el mismo *dominio* que el valor :guilabel:`De` "
"(dirección de correo electrónico) definida en el correo electrónico "
"saliente. Por ejemplo, si la dirección de correo electrónico :guilabel:`De` "
"es `test\\@ejemplo.com`, solo se obtienen los servidores de correo "
"electrónico cuyo valor de :guilabel:`filtro DE` sea igual a `ejemplo.com`."
#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:217
msgid ""
@ -2710,6 +2817,9 @@ msgid ""
"returns all email servers that do not have any :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` "
"value(s) set."
msgstr ""
"Si no se encontraron servidores de correo electrónico después de comprobar "
"el dominio, entonces Odoo obtiene todos los servidores de correo electrónico"
" que no tengan establecido ningún valor o valores de :guilabel:`filtro DE`."
#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:220
msgid ""
@ -2719,6 +2829,13 @@ msgid ""
"attempts to find a match. If no email server is found, Odoo returns the "
"first outgoing email server (sorted by priority)."
msgstr ""
"Si esta consulta no devuelve ningún resultado, entonces Odoo realiza una "
"búsqueda de un servidor de correo electrónico que utilice el parámetro de "
"sistema: `mail.default.from`. Primero, la dirección de correo electrónico "
"indicada intenta buscar una coincidencia con un servidor de correo "
"electrónico, y posteriormente el dominio intenta encontrar una coincidencia."
" Si no se encuentra ningún servidor de correo electrónico, Odoo devuelve el "
"primer servidor de correo electrónico (según la prioridad)."
#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:226
msgid ""
@ -2727,6 +2844,11 @@ msgid ""
"priority of `10` and the other with a priority of `20`, then the email "
"server with a priority of `10` is used first."
msgstr ""
"Si se encuentran varios servidores de correo electrónico, entonces Odoo "
"utiliza el primero según su prioridad. Por ejemplo, si hay dos servidores de"
" correo electrónico, uno con prioridad de `10` y el otro con prioridad de "
"`20`, entonces el servidor de correo electrónico con prioridad de `10` es el"
" que se utiliza primero."
#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:231
msgid "Set up different dedicated servers for transactional and mass mails"
@ -3366,6 +3488,9 @@ msgid ""
" contact `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ , if you have a "
"recurring issue with the same client or domain."
msgstr ""
"Los usuarios de **Odoo en línea** no tendrán acceso a sus registros. Sin "
"embargo, puede contactar al `soporte de Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ "
"si tiene un problema recurrente con el mismo cliente o dominio."
#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:143
msgid "Get help from support"

View File

@ -13,7 +13,6 @@
# miguelchuga <miguelchuga@gmail.com>, 2022
# Paloma Yazmin Reyes Morales <paloma.reyes@jarsa.com.mx>, 2022
# José Cabrera Lozano <jose.cabrera@edukative.es>, 2022
# Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo <pagc@odoo.com>, 2022
# AleEscandon <alejandra.escandon@jarsa.com.mx>, 2022
# Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2022
# jabelchi, 2022
@ -22,15 +21,17 @@
# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2022
# Martin Trigaux, 2022
# Mariela Moreno <mam@odoo.com>, 2022
# Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo <pagc@odoo.com>, 2023
# Raquel Iciarte <ric@odoo.com>, 2023
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-19 15:37+0000\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-31 10:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Mariela Moreno <mam@odoo.com>, 2022\n"
"Last-Translator: Raquel Iciarte <ric@odoo.com>, 2023\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -1508,6 +1509,7 @@ msgstr ""
"antes de enviarse."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:33
msgid "Warehouse configuration"
msgstr "Configuración del almacén"
@ -8240,6 +8242,440 @@ msgstr ""
"cuenta, como el número de cuenta, la región, la dirección, etc., para "
"obtener el acceso a la API."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:3
msgid "Set up Sendcloud shipping services in Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:5
msgid ""
"Sendcloud is a shipping service aggregator that facilitates the integration "
"of European shipping carriers with Odoo. Once integrated, users can select "
"shipping carriers on inventory operations in their Odoo database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:10
msgid ""
"`Sendcloud integration documentation <https://support.sendcloud.com/hc/en-"
"us/articles /360059470491-Odoo-integration>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:14
msgid "Setup in Sendcloud"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:17
msgid "Create an account and activate carriers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:19
msgid ""
"To get started, go to `Sendcloud's platform <https://www.sendcloud.com>`_ to"
" configure the account and generate the connector credentials. Log in with "
"the Sendcloud account, or create a new one if needed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:24
msgid ""
"For new account creation, Sendcloud will ask for a :abbr:`VAT (Value-Added "
"Tax Identification)` number or :abbr:`EORI (Economic Operators' Registration"
" and Identification)` number. After completing the account setup, activate "
"(or deactivate) the shipping carriers that will be used in the Odoo "
"database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:30
msgid ""
"Odoo integration of Sendcloud does **not** work on free plans of Sendcloud."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:35
msgid ""
"Once logged into the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings"
" --> Shipping --> Addresses`, and fill in the field for :guilabel:`Warehouse"
" address`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rstNone
msgid "Adding addresses in the Sendcloud settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:42
msgid ""
"To allow Sendcloud to process returns as well, a :guilabel:`Return Address` "
"is required. Under the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous section`, there is a field "
"called :guilabel:`Address Name (optional)`. The Odoo warehouse name should "
"be entered here, and the characters should be exactly the same."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid "**SendClould configuration**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Address Name (optional)`: `Warehouse #1`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Brand`: `Default`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid "**Odoo warehouse configuration**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: `Warehouse #1`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Short Name`: `WH`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: `My company (San Francisco)`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: `My Company (San Francisco)`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:59
msgid ""
"Notice how the inputs for the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field, for both the Odoo"
" configuration and the Sendcloud configuration, are the exact same."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:63
msgid "Generate Sendcloud credentials"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:65
msgid ""
"In the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> "
"Integrations` in the menu on the right. Next, search for :guilabel:`Odoo "
"Native`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Connect`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:68
msgid ""
"After clicking on :guilabel:`Connect`, the page redirects to the "
":guilabel:`Sendcloud API` settings page, where the :guilabel:`Public and "
"Secret Keys` are produced. The next step is to name the "
":guilabel:`Integration`. The naming convention is as follows: `Odoo "
"CompanyName`, with the user's company name replacing `CompanyName` (e.g. "
"`Odoo StealthyWood`)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:73
msgid ""
"Then, check the box next to :guilabel:`Service Points` and select the "
"shipping services for this integration. After saving, the :guilabel:`Public "
"and Secret Keys` are generated."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rstNone
msgid "Configuring the Sendcloud integration and receiving the credentials."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:81
msgid "Setup in Odoo"
msgstr "Configuración en Odoo"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:84
msgid "Install the Sendcloud shipping module"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:86
msgid ""
"After the Sendcloud account is set up and configured, it's time to configure"
" the Odoo database. To get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, "
"search for the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` integration, and install it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rstNone
msgid "Sendcloud Shipping module in the Odoo Apps module."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:95
msgid "Sendcloud shipping connector configuration"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:97
msgid ""
"Once installed, activate the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` module in "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. The "
":guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector` setting is found under the "
":guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` section."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:101
msgid ""
"After activating the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector`, click on the "
":guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping Methods` link below the listed connector. Once"
" on the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, click :guilabel:`Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:106
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Shipping Methods` can also be accessed by going to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping "
"Methods`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:109
msgid ""
"Fill out the following fields in the :guilabel:`New Shipping Method` form:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:111
msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: type `Sendcloud DPD`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:112
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Provider`: select :guilabel:`Sendcloud` from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:113
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: set the product that was configured for this "
"shipping method or create a new product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:115
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the "
":guilabel:`Sendcloud Public Key`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:116
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the "
":guilabel:`Sendcloud Secret Key`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:117
msgid ""
"Manually :guilabel:`Save` the form by clicking the cloud icon next to the "
":guilabel:`Shipping Methods / New` breadcrumbs."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:120
msgid ""
"After configuring and saving the form, follow these steps to load the "
"shipping products:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:122
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab of the :guilabel:`New "
"Shipping Method` form, click on the :guilabel:`Load your SendCloud shipping "
"products` link."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:124
msgid ""
"Select the shipping products the company would like to use for deliveries "
"and returns."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:125
msgid "Click :guilabel:`Select`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:128
msgid "Sample Sendcloud shipping products configured in Odoo:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`DELIVERY`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Product`: `DPD Home 0-31.5kg`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Carrier`: `DPD`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Minimum Weight`: `0.00`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Maximum Weight`: `31.50`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:136
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Countries`: `Austria` `Belgium` `Bosnia` `Herzegovina` `Bulgaria`"
" `Croatia` `Czech` `Republic` `Denmark` `Estonia` `Finland` `France` "
"`Germany` `Greece` `Hungary` `Iceland` `Ireland` `Italy` `Latvia` "
"`Liechtenstein` `Lithuania` `Luxembourg` `Monaco` `Netherlands` `Norway` "
"`Poland` `Portugal` `Romania` `Serbia` `Slovakia` `Slovenia` `Spain` "
"`Sweden` `Switzerland`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`RETURN`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Shipping Product`: `DPD Return 0-20kg`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Carrier`: `DPD`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Minimum Weight`: `0.00`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Minimum Weight`: `20.00`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Countries`: `Belgium` `Netherlands`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rstNone
msgid "Example of shipping products configured in Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:154
msgid ""
"Sendcloud does not provide test keys when a company tests the sending of a "
"package in Odoo. This means if a package is created, the configured "
"Sendcloud account will be charged, unless the associated package is canceled"
" within 24 hours of creation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:158
msgid ""
"Odoo has a built-in layer of protection against unwanted charges when using "
"test environments. Within a test environment, if a shipping method is used "
"to create labels, then those labels are immediately canceled after the "
"creation — this occurs automatically. The test and production environment "
"settings can be toggled back and forth from the :guilabel:`Smart Buttons`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:164
msgid "Generate a label with Sendcloud"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:166
msgid ""
"When creating a quotation in Odoo, add shipping and a :guilabel:`Sendcloud "
"shipping product`. Then, :guilabel:`Validate` the delivery. Shipping label "
"documents are automatically generated in the chatter, which include the "
"following:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:170
msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping label(s)` depending on the number of packages."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:171
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Return label(s)` if the Sendcloud connector is configured for "
"returns."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:172
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Customs document(s)` should the destination country require them."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:174
msgid "Additionally, the tracking number is now available."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:177
msgid ""
"When return labels are created, Sendcloud will automatically charge the "
"configured Sendcloud account."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:181
msgid "FAQ"
msgstr "Preguntas frecuentes"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:184
msgid "Shipment is too heavy"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:186
msgid ""
"If the shipment is too heavy for the Sendcloud service that is configured, "
"then the weight is split to simulate multiple packages. Products will need "
"to be put in different :guilabel:`Packages` to :guilabel:`Validate` the "
"transfer and generate labels."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:190
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Rules` can also be set up in Sendcloud to use other shipping "
"methods when the weight is too heavy. However, note that these rules will "
"not apply to the shipping price calculation on the calculation on the sales "
"order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:195
msgid "When using a personal carrier contract"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:197
msgid ""
"When using a personal carrier contract in Sendcloud, if the the price is not"
" accurately reflected when creating a quotation in Odoo, then the pricing "
"information needs to be updated in Sendcloud."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:201
msgid "Measuring volumetric weight"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:203
msgid ""
"Many carriers have several measures for weight. There is the actual weight "
"of the products in the parcel, and there is the *volumetric weight* "
"(:dfn:`Volumetric weight is the volume that a package occupies when in "
"transit. In other words it is the physical size of a package`)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:208
msgid ""
"Check to see if selected carrier(s) already have defined formulas to compute"
" the volumetric weight."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:212
msgid ""
"`Sendcloud: How to calculate & automate parcel volumetric weight "
"<https://support.sendcloud.com/ hc/en-us/articles/360059644051-How-to-"
"calculate-automate-parcel-volumetric-weight>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:217
msgid "Unable to calculate shipping rate"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:219
msgid ""
"First, verify that product being shipped has a weight that is supported by "
"the selected shipping method. If this is set, then verify that the "
"destination country (from the customer address) is supported by the carrier."
" The country of origin (warehouse address) should also be supported by the "
"carrier."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3
msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?"
msgstr "¿Cómo integrar un transportista externo?"

View File

@ -5,20 +5,20 @@
#
# Translators:
# Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo <pagc@odoo.com>, 2022
# Lucia Pacheco <lpo@odoo.com>, 2022
# Antonio Trueba, 2022
# Raquel Iciarte <ric@odoo.com>, 2022
# Martin Trigaux, 2022
# Braulio D. López Vázquez <bdl@odoo.com>, 2023
# Lucia Pacheco <lpo@odoo.com>, 2023
# Martin Trigaux, 2023
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-12-23 09:13+0000\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-31 10:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Braulio D. López Vázquez <bdl@odoo.com>, 2023\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -1146,356 +1146,640 @@ msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Información general"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:3
msgid "Get Started with Surveys"
msgstr "Empezar a usar Encuestas"
msgid "Survey essentials"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:5
msgid ""
"Surveys can be used for a range of purposes that can go from collecting "
"customer feedback, evaluate the success of an event, measure how pleased "
"customers are with your products/services, gauge whether employees are happy"
" and satisfied with their work environment, and even to find out what your "
"market is thinking."
"Companies often use surveys to collect valuable information from their "
"customers and employees, which in turn, allows them to make more informed "
"business decisions."
msgstr ""
"Las encuestas se pueden utilizar para una serie de propósitos que van desde "
"recolectar opiniones de los clientes, evaluar el éxito de un evento, medir "
"el grado de satisfacción de los clientes con sus productos o servicios, "
"medir si los empleados están contentos y satisfechos con su entorno de "
"trabajo e incluso para averiguar lo que piensa su mercado."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:11
msgid "Get started"
msgstr "Empezar"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:8
msgid ""
"In Odoo, surveys are used to collect customer feedback, evaluate the success"
" of a recent event, measure the satisfaction of customers (or employees), "
"and gain more insight into shifting market sentiments."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:13
msgid ""
"When creating your survey, choose a *Title* and *Category*. The *Category* "
"field is used to know in which context the survey is being conducted, as "
"different applications might use it for different purposes such as "
"recruitment, certification, or employee appraisal."
msgstr ""
"Al crear su encuesta, elija un *Título* y una *Categoría*. El campo de "
"*Categoría* se utiliza para saber en qué contexto se está realizando la "
"encuesta, ya que diferentes aplicaciones podrían utilizarla para diferentes "
"fines, como la contratación, certificación o evaluación de empleados."
msgid "Getting started"
msgstr "Empezando"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rstNone
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:15
msgid ""
"Form view of a survey with a title and category being chosen in Odoo Surveys"
"To begin, open the :guilabel:`Surveys` application and click "
":guilabel:`Create`. Odoo then redirects the page to a blank survey template "
"form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:18
msgid ""
"On the survey form, add a :guilabel:`Survey Title` and then add a cover "
"image to the survey by hovering over the photo icon and clicking on the "
":guilabel:`Edit (pencil)` icon. When the file explorer window opens, choose "
"an image from the local files."
msgstr ""
"Vista de formulario de una encuesta en la que se seleccionan el título y la "
"categoría en la aplicación de Encuestas de Odoo"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:22
msgid "Tab: Questions"
msgstr "Pestaña: preguntas"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:24
msgid "Add sections and questions by clicking on the respective links."
msgid ""
"Below the :guilabel:`Survey Title` are various tabs in which the survey "
"questions and format can be created and customized. These tabs are labeled "
"as follows:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:25
msgid ":guilabel:`Questions`: the list of questions to be asked in the survey"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:26
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Description`: contextual information to aid in understanding the "
"survey"
msgstr ""
"Agregue secciones y preguntas al hacer clic en los respectivos enlaces."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:27
msgid ""
"On the *Sections and Questions* form, once the question type is chosen and "
"the answer added, under the tab *Options*, enable *Mandatory Answer*, and "
"set an *Error message* to be shown when the user tries to submit the survey "
"without answering the respective question."
":guilabel:`Options`: choices for survey respondents to answer the questions"
msgstr ""
"En el formulario *Secciones y preguntas*, una vez que elija el tipo de "
"pregunta y agregue la respuesta, en la pestaña de *Opciones*, habilite la "
"opción *Respuesta obligatoria*, y establezca un *Mensaje de error* que se "
"mostrará cuando el usuario intente enviar la encuesta sin responder la "
"pregunta correspondiente."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:29
msgid ""
"Depending on the *Question Type*, the tab *Options* aggregates extra and "
"different possibilities. Examples:"
msgstr ""
"Dependiendo del *Tipo de pregunta*, la pestaña *Opciones* agrega diferentes "
"opciones. Por ejemplo:"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:31
msgid ""
"*Single Line Text Box* - can choose a minimum and maximum text length "
"(number of characters - spaces do not count), and its error message."
msgstr ""
"*Cuadro de texto de una sola línea* - puede elegir una longitud de texto "
"mínima y máxima (número de caracteres, los espacios no cuentan), y su "
"mensaje de error."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:33
msgid ""
"*Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed*: choose between radio buttons or"
" a dropdown menu list, and if you would like to have a comment field. If the"
" user select an answer and type a comment, the values are separately "
"recorded. Or, enable the comment field to be displayed as an answer choice, "
"with which a text type field is displayed."
msgstr ""
"*Respuestas de opción múltiple*: elija entre botones de opción múltiple o "
"una lista de menú desplegable, también puede decidir si desea tener un campo"
" de comentarios o no. Si el usuario selecciona una respuesta y escribe un "
"comentario, se registrarán los valores por separado. O, habilite el campo de"
" comentarios para que se muestre como una opción de respuesta, esto mostrará"
" un campo de texto."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:37
msgid ""
"*Matrix Type*: choose if you would like to have one or multiple choices per "
"row."
msgstr "*Tipo matriz*: elija si desea tener una o varias opciones por fila."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rstNone
msgid "Sections and questions view of a survey in Odoo Surveys"
msgstr "Vista de secciones y preguntas en una encuesta de Odoo."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:44
msgid "Tab: Description"
msgstr "Pestaña: Descripción"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:46
msgid ""
"Write a *Description* to be displayed under the title of the survey's "
"homepage."
msgid "Various tabs that can be found on the survey template page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:34
msgid "Questions tab"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:36
msgid ""
"Add questions and sections to the survey in the :guilabel:`Questions` tab. A"
" section divides the survey into parts in order to visually group similar "
"questions together. To make a section, click :guilabel:`Add a section` and "
"type in a section name. Then, add questions or drag and drop questions into "
"the divided sections."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:41
msgid ""
"Clicking :guilabel:`Add a question` opens the :guilabel:`Create Sections and"
" Questions` pop-up to create and customize the survey question."
msgstr ""
"Escriba una *Descripción* que se mostrará bajo el título de la página de "
"inicio de la encuesta."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rstNone
msgid "The survey question pop-up window."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:49
msgid "Create questions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:51
msgid ""
"Frontend of a survey showing the title and description of a survey for Odoo "
"Surveys"
"In the :guilabel:`Create Sections and Questions` pop-up, type the question "
"in the :guilabel:`Question` field. Then, choose the :guilabel:`Question "
"Type`. A preview of how the question type looks is shown in the preview "
"window."
msgstr ""
"Frontend de una encuesta en la que se muestra el título y descripción de una"
" encuesta de Odoo."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:53
msgid "Click on *Edit* to personalize your pages with the website builder."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:55
msgid "Choose from the following :guilabel:`Question Types`:"
msgstr ""
"Haga clic en *Editar* para personalizar sus páginas con el constructor de "
"sitios web."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:56
msgid "Tab: Options"
msgstr "Pestaña: Opciones"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:57
msgid ":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:58
msgid ""
"Under the tab *Options*, choose the *Layout* of your questions. If choosing "
"*One page per section* or *One page per question*, an option *Back Button* "
"becomes available, which allows the user to go back pages."
msgid ":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`"
msgstr ""
"En la pestaña *Opciones*, elija el *Diseño* de sus preguntas. Si elige *Una "
"página por sección* o *Una página por pregunta*, aparecerá la opción *Botón "
"de retroceso*, que permite al usuario retroceder páginas."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rstNone
msgid ""
"Form view of a survey emphasizing the layout feature under options in Odoo "
"Surveys"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:59
msgid ":guilabel:`Numerical Value`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:60
msgid ":guilabel:`Date`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:61
msgid ":guilabel:`Datetime`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:62
msgid ":guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:63
msgid ":guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:64
msgid ":guilabel:`Matrix`"
msgstr ""
"Vista de formulario de una encuesta en la que se destaca la función de "
"diseño en las opciones de encuesta."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:67
msgid "Test and share the survey"
msgstr "Poner a prueba y compartir la encuesta"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:70
msgid ""
"Once your Survey is ready, *Test* it to avoid *Sharing* it with potential "
"errors. As answers get collected, click on *Answers* to access all the "
"details of the respondent and his answers."
"Different features appear in the :guilabel:`Answers` and :guilabel:`Options`"
" tabs, depending on the :guilabel:`Question Type` chosen. However, the "
":guilabel:`Description` tab always remains the same, regardless of what "
"question is chosen."
msgstr ""
"Una vez que su encuesta esté lista, *realice pruebas* para evitar "
"*compartirla* con posibles errores. En cuanto reciba las respuestas, haga "
"clic en *respuestas* para acceder a todos los datos de la persona que la "
"tomó y sus respuestas."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:72
msgid "Create sections and questions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:74
msgid ""
"By default, a filter *Except Test Entries* is applied to keep the list of "
"entries clean with only real participants."
"Once a :guilabel:`Question Type` has been selected, there are three possible"
" tabs where information can be customized for the question. These include "
"the :guilabel:`Answers` (if applicable), :guilabel:`Description`, and "
":guilabel:`Options` tabs."
msgstr ""
"De forma predeterminada, se aplica el filtro *Excepto las entradas de "
"prueba* para mantener la lista de entradas solo con participantes reales."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rstNone
msgid "View list of the participations of a survey in Odoo Surveys"
msgstr ""
"Vista de lista de las participaciones de una encuesta en la aplicación de "
"Encuestas de Odoo."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:79
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:78
msgid ""
"Another way to access detailed answers is by going to "
":menuselection:`Participations --> Participations`."
"Each tab offers a variety of different features depending on what "
":guilabel:`Question Type` was chosen."
msgstr ""
"Otra forma de acceder a los detalles de las respuestas es ir a "
":menuselection:`Participaciones --> Participaciones`."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:80
msgid "Click on *See results* to be redirected to an analytical page."
msgstr "Haga clic en *Ver resultados* para ir a una página de análisis."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:81
msgid ""
"For example, in the :guilabel:`Options` tab, the following options may "
"appear:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rstNone
msgid "View of an analytical page for Odoo Surveys"
msgstr "Vista de una página analítica de la aplicación de Encuestas de Odoo."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:83
msgid ":guilabel:`Mandatory Answer`: the question must be answered."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:84
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Matrix Type`: for matrix-type questions, select if one choice or "
"multiple choices can be selected per row."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:86
msgid ":guilabel:`Number of columns`: select how many columns are displayed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:87
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:34
msgid ":doc:`scoring`"
msgstr ":doc:`scoring`"
msgid ":guilabel:`Images on answers`: allow images on the answer options."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:88
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:35
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Conditional Display`: determine if the question is displayed "
"based on the participant's answer to a previous question."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:90
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Show Comments Field`: allow the participant to type a comment in "
"a text box."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:91
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Question Time Limit`: for live session surveys, set a time limit "
"for the question."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:94
msgid "Conditional Display"
msgstr "Visualización condicional"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:96
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Conditional Display` means the question is only displayed if the "
"specified conditional answer has been selected in a previous question."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:99
msgid ""
"When the box next to :guilabel:`Conditional Display` is selected, the "
":guilabel:`Triggering Question` field appears. Select a question from the "
"survey."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:102
msgid ""
"Then, a :guilabel:`Triggering Answer` field appears. Here, select which "
"answer will trigger this :guilabel:`Conditional Display` question."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:106
msgid "Options tab"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:108
msgid ""
"Back on the main survey template form, under the :guilabel:`Options` tab, "
"there are different sections of settings that can be modified."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:111
msgid "The sections include:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:113
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Questions`: focuses on the overall presentation of the survey"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:114
msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring`: decides how the survey is scored"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:115
msgid ":guilabel:`Candidates`: manages access to the survey"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:116
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Live Session`: enables the survey into a real-time group "
"activity."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:119
msgid "Questions"
msgstr "Cuestionario"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:121
msgid ""
"First, select the :guilabel:`Layout` of the survey. The following options "
"can be chosen:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:123
msgid ":guilabel:`One page with all the questions`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:124
msgid ":guilabel:`One page per section`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:125
msgid ":guilabel:`One page per question`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:127
msgid ""
"If either the :guilabel:`One page per section` or :guilabel:`One page per "
"question` options are chosen, then the :guilabel:`Back Button` option "
"appears. If selected, the :guilabel:`Back Button` option allows the "
"participant to go back to a question during the survey."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:131
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Layout` options is the :guilabel:`Progression Mode` "
"setting, which indicates how the participant's progress during the survey is"
" displayed. It is shown as either a :guilabel:`Percentage` or a "
":guilabel:`Number`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:135
msgid ""
"Next, there is an option available to add a :guilabel:`Survey Time Limit`. "
"To implement this option, simply check the box, and enter the amount of time"
" (in minutes) participants have to complete the survey."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:139
msgid ""
"After the :guilabel:`Survey Time Limit` option is a section labeled "
":guilabel:`Selection`. Here, questions can be :guilabel:`Randomized per "
"section`, in other words, the number of random questions can be configured "
"by section. This mode is ignored in a live session."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:144
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:56
msgid ":doc:`time_random`"
msgstr ":doc:`time_random`"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:147
msgid "Scoring"
msgstr "Puntuación"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:149
msgid ""
"The following options are available when deciding how a :guilabel:`Scoring` "
"method:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:151
msgid ":guilabel:`No scoring`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:152
msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:153
msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:155
msgid ""
"If either the :guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end` or "
":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end` options are selected, a "
":guilabel:`Success %` field appears. Set the percentage of correct answers "
"needed to pass the survey."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:159
msgid ""
"Next, there is the option to make the survey a certification. To do so, "
"check the box next to the option labeled :guilabel:`Is a Certification`, and"
" two additional fields appear. Select a color theme in the "
":guilabel:`Certification Template` field and then choose an :guilabel:`Email"
" Template`. When a participant passes the certification with the required "
"score, an email from Odoo will automatically be sent to that person using "
"the selected email template."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:165
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Give Badge` feature is enabled and the "
":guilabel:`Certification Badge` is set, the survey participant also receives"
" a badge upon passing the certification."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:169
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:48
msgid ":doc:`scoring`"
msgstr ":doc:`scoring`"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:172
msgid "Candidates"
msgstr "Candidatos"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:174
msgid ""
"To determine access to the survey, the :guilabel:`Access Mode` has two "
"options to choose between: :guilabel:`Anyone with the link` and "
":guilabel:`Invited people only`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:177
msgid ""
"Below the :guilabel:`Appraisal Managers Only` checkbox is the "
":guilabel:`Login Required` option to require a login to participate in the "
"survey. If this option is activated, an :guilabel:`Attempts Limit` field "
"also populates, in which the number of survey attempts is defined for the "
"participant."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:182
msgid "Live Session"
msgstr "Sesión en vivo"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:184
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Live Session` section is dedicated to users who are "
"conducting surveys in real-time, wherein they directly engage with and "
"collect answers from a live audience."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:187
msgid ""
"Customize the :guilabel:`Session Code` here; this code is needed for "
"participants to access the live session survey. Reward participants for "
"quick answers by selecting the checkbox labeled :guilabel:`Reward quick "
"answers`. By checking it, attendees will get more points if they answer "
"quickly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:193
msgid "Description tab"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:195
msgid ""
"Back on the main survey template page is the :guilabel:`Description` tab, "
"where a custom description of the survey can be added. This is displayed "
"beneath the title on the survey's homepage, which is on the front end of the"
" website made through the Odoo :guilabel:`Website` app."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:200
msgid "Test and share the survey"
msgstr "Poner a prueba y compartir la encuesta"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:202
msgid ""
"Once the survey is created and saved, run a test to check for possible "
"errors before finally sending it out to the participants by clicking "
":guilabel:`Test` in the upper left corner of the survey template page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:206
msgid ""
"When activated, Odoo redirects the page to a test version of the survey on "
"the front end of the website. This page displays how the survey will look to"
" participants. Proceed to run through the survey, like a normal participant,"
" to check for errors."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:210
msgid ""
"To return to the survey template form in the backend, simply click the "
":guilabel:`This is a test survey. Edit Survey` link in the blue banner along"
" the top of the page. Once Odoo redirects the page to the survey template in"
" the backend, make any further changes, as needed, before officially sending"
" the survey out to participants."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:215
msgid ""
"When the survey is ready to be shared with the audience, click the "
":guilabel:`Start Survey` button in the upper-left corner of the survey "
"template form. Then, click :guilabel:`Share`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:218
msgid ""
"In the pop-up window, add the survey recipients in the "
":guilabel:`Recipients` field (for existing contacts in the Odoo database) or"
" the :guilabel:`Additional emails` field (for contacts that do not want to "
"be listed in the Odoo database). Finally, click :guilabel:`Send`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:222
msgid ""
"As answers are received, check them by clicking the :guilabel:`Answers` "
"smart button on the survey template form, or the :guilabel:`See Results` "
"button in the upper left corner. To end the survey, click the "
":guilabel:`Close` button on the survey template form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:3
msgid "Scoring Surveys"
msgstr "Puntaje de las encuestas"
msgid "Scoring surveys"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:5
msgid ""
"To measure your respondents performance, knowledge of a subject, or overall"
" satisfaction, attach points to the answers of specific questions. The "
"points are summed up to give your respondent a final score."
"To measure a survey participant's performance, knowledge, or overall "
"satisfaction, Odoo ascribes points to survey answers. At the end of the "
"survey, these points are summed up, resulting in the participant's final "
"score."
msgstr ""
"Para medir el rendimiento, los conocimientos sobre un tema o la satisfacción"
" general de su encuestado, asigne puntos a las respuestas de preguntas "
"específicas. La suma de los puntos da un puntaje final."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:9
msgid ""
"On your surveys form, click on *Add a question* and, under the tab "
"*Options*, choose between *Scoring with answers at the end* or *Scoring "
"without answers at the end*. Now, on your questions form, set the right "
"answer and score."
"To add points to questions, open the :guilabel:`Surveys` application, choose"
" the desired survey form, and then click on the :guilabel:`Options` tab. "
"Under the :guilabel;`Scoring` section, choose between :guilabel:`Scoring "
"with answers at the end` or :guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`."
msgstr ""
"En el formulario de su encuesta, haga clic en *Añadir una pregunta* y, en la"
" pestaña *Opciones*, elija entre *Puntaje con respuestas al final* o "
"*Puntaje sin respuestas al final*. Lo siguiente es establecer la respuesta y"
" puntaje correcto en el formulario de su pregunta."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rstNone
msgid "Form view of a survey showing a list of answers in Odoo Surveys"
msgstr ""
"Vista de formulario de una encuesta en la que se muestra una lista de "
"respuestas desde la aplicación de Encuestas de Odoo."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:17
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:14
msgid ""
"Set the percentage score the user needs to achieve to have successfully "
"taken the survey. If enabling *Certificate*, choose its template. The "
"certification is automatically sent by email to the users who successfully "
"finish it."
":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end` shows the survey participant "
"their answers after completing the survey, and displays which questions they"
" got right or wrong. On questions where there was an incorrect answer, the "
"correct answer will be highlighted."
msgstr ""
"Establezca el porcentaje de puntaje que el usuario debe alcanzar para pasar "
"la encuesta con éxito. Si habilita la opción de *Certificado*, elija su "
"plantilla. La certificación se envía automáticamente por correo electrónico "
"a los usuarios que la aprueben."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rstNone
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:18
msgid ""
"Form view of a survey emphasizing the scoring and candidates section in Odoo"
" Surveys"
":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end` does not show the survey "
"participant their answer choices after completing the survey, only their "
"final score."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:21
msgid ""
"To indicate correct answers, click on the :guilabel:`Questions tab` and "
"choose a question. In the question form, check the :guilabel:`Is a correct "
"answer` box for the choice that is the correct answer and attach a score "
"value."
msgstr ""
"Vista de formulario de una encuesta en la que se destacan las secciones de "
"puntaje y candidatos desde la aplicación de Encuestas de Odoo."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:25
msgid ""
"Enable *Login required* to be able to *Give Badges*. Badges are related to "
"the eLearning section of your website. Besides the logged-in user, visitors "
"of the website that access the page *Courses* can also see the granted "
"badges."
"Back on the :guilabel:`Options` tab of the survey, set the "
":guilabel:`Success %`. The percentage entered determines what percentage of "
"correct answers is needed to pass the survey."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:28
msgid ""
"Further on the :guilabel:`Options` tab of the survey, survey administrators "
"can also choose to make the survey a certification. A certification "
"indicates that the survey asks questions to test the participants' knowledge"
" level on a subject."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:32
msgid ""
"When enabling the :guilabel:`Is a certification` option, choose a "
":guilabel:`Certification email template`. The certification will "
"automatically be emailed using this email template to users who pass the "
"survey with a final score that is greater than or equal to the set "
":guilabel:`Success %`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:36
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Candidates` section, participants can be required to log "
"in to take the survey. If the :guilabel:`Login Required` setting is enabled,"
" two new options appear: the :guilabel:`Attempts Limit` checkbox, which "
"limits the number of times a participant can attempt the survey, and the "
"option to :guilabel:`Give Badge`, located beneath the "
":guilabel:`Certification` options in the :guilabel:`Scoring` section."
msgstr ""
"Habilite *Inicio de sesión obligatorio* para poder *Dar insignias*. Las "
"insignias están relacionadas con la sección de eLearning de su sitio web. "
"Además del usuario conectado, los visitantes del sitio web que accedan a la "
"página *Cursos* también pueden ver las insignias dadas."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rstNone
msgid ""
"View of the courses tab emphasizing the latest achievements section on the website for\n"
"Odoo Surveys"
"Setting the Required Score (percentage), login required, and certification "
"template."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:46
msgid ""
"Badges are displayed on the eLearning portion of a given user's portal, and "
"are a way to set milestones and reward participants for passing surveys or "
"gaining points. Besides the awardee, website visitors who access the "
":guilabel:`Courses` page will also be able to see the granted badges."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rstNone
msgid "Example of how a badge looks on the eLearning portion of the website."
msgstr ""
"Vista de la pestaña de cursos que destaca la sección de logros en el sitio web desde\n"
"la aplicación de Encuestas de Odoo."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:3
msgid "Time and Randomize Questions"
msgstr "Tiempo y aleatorización de preguntas"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:6
msgid "Time Limit"
msgstr "Tiempo límite"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:10
msgid ""
"On timed surveys, respondents need to complete the survey within a certain "
"period of time. It can be used to ensure that all respondents get the same "
"amount of time to find the answers, or to decrease the chance of having them"
" looking at external resources."
msgid "Timed and randomized questions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:5
msgid ""
"When creating a survey in Odoo, there are options to set a time limit on the"
" survey and randomize the questions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:9
msgid "Time limit"
msgstr ""
"En las encuestas temporizadas, los encuestados tienen que completar la "
"encuesta en un periodo de tiempo determinado. Puede utilizarse para "
"garantizar que todos los encuestados dispongan del mismo tiempo para "
"responder, o para disminuir la posibilidad de que consulten recursos "
"externos."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:11
msgid "Set the *Time limit* under the tab *Options*."
msgstr "Establezca el *Tiempo límite* en la pestaña de *Opciones*."
msgid ""
"During a timed survey, participants must finish the survey within a "
"specified period of time. A common use case for implementing a time limit is"
" that it greatly reduces the chance of participants looking up responses via"
" external resources (e.g. web search), and reduces the survey to a \"closed "
"book\" testing environment."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:16
msgid ""
"Find the :guilabel:`Survey Time Limit` setting in the :guilabel:`Options` "
"tab of the survey form, under the :guilabel:`Questions` section."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rstNone
msgid ""
"View of a survey form emphasizing the time limit feature in Odoo Surveys"
msgid "Time limit field in the options tab of a survey template form."
msgstr ""
"Vista de un formulario de encuesta que destaca la función de límite de "
"tiempo en la aplicación de Encuestas de Odoo."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:17
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:23
msgid ""
"A timer is shown on the pages so the user can keep track of the remaining "
"time. Surveys not \\ submitted by the *Time limit* do not have their answers"
" saved."
"When the :guilabel:`Survey Time Limit` option is checked, a timer will be "
"displayed on every page of the survey, letting participants keep track of "
"the time remaining while the survey is active."
msgstr ""
"Se muestra un temporizador en las páginas para que el usuario pueda conocer "
"el tiempo restante. Las encuestas que no se envíen antes del *límite de "
"tiempo* no se guardarán."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:21
msgid "Selection"
msgstr "Selección"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:25
msgid ""
"When you randomize a survey, you allow for the questions to be shuffled in a"
" random order every time someone opens the questionnaire. This can be useful"
" to avoid having respondents looking at each others' answers."
msgstr ""
"Cuando se aleatoriza una encuesta, las preguntas se ordenan de forma "
"aleatoria cada vez que alguien abre el cuestionario. Esto puede ser útil "
"para evitar que los encuestados revisen las respuestas de los demás."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:27
msgid ""
"To do so, under the tab *Options*, enable *Randomized per section*. Now, "
"under the tab *Questions*, set how many of the questions in that section "
"should be taken into account during the shuffling."
"Participants that do not submit their survey by the preconfigured time limit"
" will *not* have their answers saved."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:31
msgid "Randomized selection"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:33
msgid ""
"When a survey is randomized, Odoo shuffles the questions and reveals them in"
" a random order every time a participant begins the questionnaire. Using "
"randomization as a survey method discourages participants from looking at "
"each other's responses, and helps control for individual testing."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:37
msgid ""
"To randomize a survey, click the :guilabel:`Options` tab on the survey form."
" In the :guilabel:`Questions` section, select :guilabel:`Randomized per "
"section` for the :guilabel:`Selection` field. After enabling, navigate to "
"the :guilabel:`Questions` tab and look in the :guilabel:`Random questions "
"count` column. From there, determine how many questions (per section) Odoo "
"should select and display during the shuffling of questions."
msgstr ""
"Para hacer esto, debe hacer clic en la pestaña *Opciones* y activar la "
"opción *Aleatorio por sección*. Ahora, en la pestaña de *Preguntas*, "
"establezca cuántas de las preguntas de esa sección deben ordenarse de forma "
"aleatoria."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rstNone
msgid ""
"View of a survey form emphasizing the random questions count column in Odoo "
"Surveys"
msgid "Randomized question count in the questions tab of a survey."
msgstr ""
"Vista de un formulario de encuesta que destaca la columna de número de "
"preguntas aleatorias en la aplicación de Encuestas de Odoo."

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -7,7 +7,6 @@
# Marian Cuadra, 2022
# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal <lina8823@gmail.com>, 2022
# AleEscandon <alejandra.escandon@jarsa.com.mx>, 2022
# Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez <alan.ramos@jarsa.com.mx>, 2022
# Vivian Montana <vmo@odoo.com>, 2022
# José Cabrera Lozano <jose.cabrera@edukative.es>, 2022
# David Arnold <blaggacao@users.noreply.github.com>, 2022
@ -20,15 +19,17 @@
# Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo <pagc@odoo.com>, 2022
# Nelson Ramírez <info@konos.cl>, 2023
# Martin Trigaux, 2023
# Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez <alan.ramos@jarsa.com.mx>, 2023
# Pedro M. Baeza <pedro.baeza@tecnativa.com>, 2023
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-19 15:37+0000\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-31 10:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n"
"Last-Translator: Pedro M. Baeza <pedro.baeza@tecnativa.com>, 2023\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -108,7 +109,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:14
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:11
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:9
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:10
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:17
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:8
#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:20
@ -4325,67 +4326,108 @@ msgid "Shop Features"
msgstr "Funciones de tienda"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:3
msgid "Using barcodes in PoS"
msgstr "Usar códigos de barras en PdV"
msgid "Barcodes"
msgstr "Códigos de barras"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:5
msgid ""
"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your "
"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers."
"Using a barcode scanner to process point-of-sale orders improves your "
"efficiency in providing quicker customer service. Barcode scanners can be "
"used both to scan products or to log employees into a POS session."
msgstr ""
"Usar un lector de códigos de barras para procesar las órdenes de punto de "
"venta mejora su eficiencia y le ayuda a ahorrar su tiempo y el de sus "
"clientes."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:11
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:12
msgid ""
"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> "
"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
"To use a barcode scanner, you must enable the feature in the Inventory app. "
"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, in the "
":guilabel:`Barcode` section, tick :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` and save."
msgstr ""
"Para usar un lector de códigos de barras, vaya a :menuselection:`Punto de "
"venta --> Configuración --> Punto de venta` y seleccione su interfaz de PdV."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:14
msgid ""
"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* "
"select it."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rstNone
msgid "barcode setting in the Inventory application"
msgstr ""
"En la categoría de Caja IoT/Hardware encontrará la función de *Código de "
"barras* y selecciónela."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:21
msgid "Add barcodes to product"
msgstr "Agregar códigos de barras al producto"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:23
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a "
"product."
":doc:`Set up a barcode "
"scanner<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware>`"
msgstr ""
"Vaya a :menuselection:`Punto de venta --> Catálogo --> Productos` y "
"seleccione un producto."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:26
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:22
msgid ""
"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you "
"can input any barcode."
":doc:`Activate barcode "
"scanners<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software>`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:24
msgid ""
"Once enabled in **Inventory**, you can use the barcode feature in **Point of"
" Sale** with products that have a barcode number assigned."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:28
msgid "Assign barcodes"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:31
msgid "To your products"
msgstr ""
"En la pestaña de información general puede encontrar un campo de código de "
"barras donde puede introducir cualquier código de barras."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:33
msgid "Scanning products"
msgid ""
"To use this feature in POS, your products must have barcodes assigned. To do"
" so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Products` and open"
" a **product form**. Add a barcode number in the :guilabel:`Barcode` field "
"in the :guilabel:`General Information` tab."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:38
msgid "To your employees"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:40
msgid ""
"To add an identification number to an employee, go to the **Employees** app "
"and open an **employee form**. Choose an identification number for your "
"employee and fill in the :guilabel:`PIN Code` field in the :guilabel:`HR "
"Settings` tab."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:45
msgid "Use barcodes"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:48
msgid "Scan products"
msgstr "Escanear productos"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:35
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:50
msgid ""
"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The "
"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple "
"times or change the quantity manually on the screen."
"Scan a product's barcode using a barcode scanner. Doing so adds it directly "
"to the cart. To change the quantity, scan a product as many times as needed,"
" or click :guilabel:`Qty` and enter the number of products using the keypad."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:54
msgid ""
"You can also enter the barcode number manually in the search bar to look for"
" the product. Then, click it to add it to the cart."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:58
msgid ":doc:`Get started <../overview/getting_started>`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:61
msgid "Log employees"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:63
msgid ""
"You can also use a barcode scanner to log your employees. To do so, "
":ref:`restrict access <restrict-employee-pos>` to the POS and :ref:`use "
"barcodes to log your employees in <employee-barcode>` your POS."
msgstr ""
"En su interfaz de PdV, escanee cualquier código de barras con su lector. El "
"producto se agregará, puede escanear el mismo producto para agregarlo varias"
" veces o cambiar la cantidad manualmente en la pantalla."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:3
msgid "Cash Rounding"
@ -4605,11 +4647,11 @@ msgstr ""
"Necesita varios empleados (por lo menos dos) para gestionar múltiples "
"cajeros."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:16
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:18
msgid "Set up log in with employees"
msgstr "Configurar el inicio de sesión con Empleados"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:18
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:20
msgid ""
"To enable the feature, go to your *PoS settings* and check log in with "
"employees on your *PoS form*. Then, add the employees that have access to "
@ -4620,15 +4662,15 @@ msgstr ""
"Posteriormente, agregue los empleados que tendrán acceso a la caja "
"registradora."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:25
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:27
msgid "Now, you can switch cashier easily."
msgstr "Ahora puede cambiar de cajero con facilidad."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:28
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:30
msgid "Switch without pin codes"
msgstr "Cambiar sin códigos NIP"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:30
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:32
msgid ""
"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. To do so, click on the"
" cashier name in your PoS interface."
@ -4636,15 +4678,15 @@ msgstr ""
"La forma más fácil de cambiar cajeros es sin un código. Para hacer esto, "
"haga clic en el nombre del cajero en su interfaz de PdV."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:36
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:38
msgid "Now, you just have to click on your name."
msgstr "Ahora solo debe hacer clic en su nombre."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:42
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:46
msgid "Switch cashier with pin codes"
msgstr "Cambiar cajeros con códigos NIP"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:44
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:48
msgid ""
"You can set a pin code on each cashier. To set up a pin code, go to the "
"employee form and add a security PIN, in the *HR settings tab*."
@ -4653,15 +4695,15 @@ msgstr ""
"NIP, vaya al formulario del empleado y agregue un NIP de seguridad en la "
"*pestaña de ajustes de RR. HH.*."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:50
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:54
msgid "Now, when switching cashier, a PIN password will be asked."
msgstr "Ahora se solicitará una contraseña NIP al cambiar de cajero."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:56
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:62
msgid "Switch cashier with barcodes"
msgstr "Cambiar cajeros con códigos de barras"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:58
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:64
msgid ""
"You can ask your employees to log themselves with their badges. To do so, "
"set up a barcode at the same place you add the PIN code. Print the badge and"
@ -4672,11 +4714,11 @@ msgstr ""
"mismo lugar en el que agregó el código NIP. Imprima la identificación y "
"cuando la escaneen, el cajero se cambiará a ese empleado."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:67
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:73
msgid "Find who was the cashier"
msgstr "Encontrar quién fue el cajero"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:69
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:75
msgid ""
"Once you have closed your *PoS session*, you can have an overview of the "
"amount each cashier sold for. To do so, go to the orders menu."
@ -4684,7 +4726,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Una vez que haya cerrado su *sesión de PdV* puede obtener un resumen de la "
"cantidad vendida por cada cajero. Para hacer esto, vaya al menú de órdenes."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:75
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:81
msgid "Now, you can open the order and have a summary of the sold products."
msgstr ""
"Ahora puede abrir la orden y obtener un resumen de los productos vendidos."
@ -8311,7 +8353,7 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ""
"Sometimes, customers return an item after they receive and/or pay for their "
"invoice. In these cases, a return using only *Reverse Transfers* is "
"impossible since validated or sent invoices cannot be changed. However, "
"insufficient since validated or sent invoices cannot be changed. However, "
"*Reverse Transfers* can be used in conjunction with *Credit Notes* to "
"complete the customer's return."
msgstr ""
@ -8339,29 +8381,9 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:61
msgid ""
"Since the returned products have already been paid for, the validated "
"invoice must be modified to reflect the return. Navigate to the relevant "
"invoice (from the sales order, click on the :guilabel:`Invoices` smart "
"button). Then, click on the :guilabel:`i` icon next to the :guilabel:`Paid` "
"line at the bottom of the invoice to open the :guilabel:`Payment Info` "
"window. Next, click :guilabel:`Unreconcile`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rstNone
msgid "The \"Unreconcile\" button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:71
msgid ""
"After the invoice is unreconciled, the options for :guilabel:`Send & Print` "
"and :guilabel:`Register Payment` become available again alongside a note "
"that there are outstanding payments for the customer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:75
msgid ""
"To process a refund, click :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` from the validated "
"invoice."
"To process a refund, navigate to the relevant invoice (from the sales order,"
" click on the :guilabel:`Invoices` smart button). Click :guilabel:`Add "
"Credit Note` from the validated invoice."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rstNone
@ -8370,34 +8392,19 @@ msgid ""
"invoicing."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:81
msgid ""
"Choose whether to issue a :guilabel:`Partial Refund`, :guilabel:`Full "
"Refund`, or :guilabel:`Full refund and new draft invoice`. The "
":guilabel:`Partial Refund` option creates a draft credit note that can be "
"edited before posting. The :guilabel:`Full refund and new draft invoice` "
"option validates the credit note and duplicates the original invoice as a "
"new draft."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:86
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:68
msgid ""
"A :guilabel:`Reason` for the credit and a :guilabel:`Specific Journal` to "
"use to process the credit can also be specified. If a :guilabel:`Specific "
"use to process the credit can be specified. If a :guilabel:`Specific "
"Reversal Date` is selected, then a :guilabel:`Refund Date` must also be "
"selected."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:90
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:72
msgid ""
"After the information is filled, click :guilabel:`Reverse`. Then, for a "
":guilabel:`Partial Refund` or :guilabel:`Full refund and new draft invoice`,"
" :guilabel:`Edit` the draft as needed, and finally, click "
":guilabel:`Confirm`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rstNone
msgid "The \"outstanding payments\" banner."
"After the information is filled in, click :guilabel:`Reverse`. Then, "
":guilabel:`Edit` the draft as needed, and finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm`"
" to confirm the credit note."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:5

View File

@ -7,22 +7,22 @@
# José Cabrera Lozano <jose.cabrera@edukative.es>, 2022
# Antonio Trueba, 2022
# Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo <pagc@odoo.com>, 2022
# Martin Trigaux, 2022
# marcescu, 2022
# Jesse Garza <jga@odoo.com>, 2022
# Alejandro Kutulas <alk@odoo.com>, 2022
# Braulio D. López Vázquez <bdl@odoo.com>, 2022
# Pedro M. Baeza <pedro.baeza@tecnativa.com>, 2022
# Lucia Pacheco <lpo@odoo.com>, 2022
# Martin Trigaux, 2023
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-04 12:47+0000\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-31 10:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Lucia Pacheco <lpo@odoo.com>, 2022\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -303,96 +303,80 @@ msgstr ""
"programs-640?fullscreen=1>`_"
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:3
msgid "Allow Customers to Close their Tickets"
msgstr "Permita que sus clientes cierren sus tickets"
msgid "Allow customers to close their tickets"
msgstr "Permitir a los clientes cerrar sus tickets"
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:5
msgid ""
"Allowing customers to close their tickets gives them autonomy and minimize "
"misunderstandings about when an issue is considered solved, or not. It makes"
" communication and actions more efficient."
"Allowing customers to close their own tickets gives them autonomy and "
"minimizes misunderstandings around when an issue is considered solved or "
"not. This results in operational capacity for support teams, and higher "
"satisfaction for the customer."
msgstr ""
"Permitir que los clientes cierren sus tickets les da autonomía y minimiza "
"los malentendidos que tienen que ver con cuándo se considera que un problema"
" se resolvió o no. Hace que la acción y las comunicaciones sean más "
"eficientes."
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:9
msgid "Configure the feature"
msgstr "Configure las funciones"
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:10
msgid "Enable ticket closing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:11
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:12
msgid ""
"To configure the feature go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> "
"Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable *Ticket closing*."
msgstr ""
"Para configurar la función vaya a :menuselection:`Servicio de asistencia -->"
" Ajustes --> Equipos del servicio de asistencia --> Editar` y active el "
"*cierre de tickets*."
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rstNone
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rstNone
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rstNone
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rstNone
msgid "Ticket closing in Odoo Helpdesk"
"Start by navigating to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> "
"Helpdesk Teams` and choose the appropriate team. Then click :guilabel:`Edit`"
" and enable :guilabel:`Ticket closing` by checking the field box."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:18
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rstNone
msgid "Ticket closing feature in Odoo Helpdesk."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:19
msgid ""
"In order to designate to which stage the ticket migrates to once it is "
"closed, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Overview --> Tickets`."
"To designate which stage the ticket migrates to once it is closed, navigate "
"to the ticket pipeline by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Overview` "
"and clicking :guilabel:`Tickets` on the team's card."
msgstr ""
"Para designar a qué etapa migrará el ticket una vez que se cierre, vaya a "
":menuselection:`Servicio de asistencia --> Vista general --> Tickets`."
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:25
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:23
msgid ""
"You can either create a new Kanban stage or work with an existing one. For "
"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> Edit Stage` "
"and enable *Closing Stage*."
"There are two options: create a new Kanban stage or work with an existing "
"one. For both scenarios, click the :guilabel:`Settings (gear)` icon next to "
"the stage name, select :guilabel:`Edit Stage`, and enable :guilabel:`Closing"
" Stage`. After checking the field box, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish."
msgstr ""
"Puede crear una nueva etapa de Kanbak o trabajar con una existente, Para "
"ambos escenarios, vaya a :menuselection:`Servicios de asistencia --> Ajustes"
" --> Editar etapa` y active *Etapa de cierre*."
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:32
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:29
msgid ""
"If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket is moved to the "
"last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage set as closing, the "
"ticket is put in the first one."
"last stage in the kanban. If more than one stage is set as a closing stage, "
"the ticket is placed in the first closing stage column."
msgstr ""
"Si no se especifica una etapa de cierre, el ticket se moverá a la última "
"etapa automáticamente. Sin embargo, si tiene más de una etapa configurada "
"como etapa de cierre, el ticket se moverá a la primera de estas."
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:36
msgid "The Costumer Portal"
msgstr "El portal del cliente"
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:38
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:33
msgid ""
"Now, once the user logs into his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is "
"available."
"With the ticket closing settings now complete, customers can now view the "
"option to :guilabel:`Close this ticket` when they log into their portal."
msgstr ""
"Ahora, cuando el usuario ingrese a su portal, la opción de *Cerrar este "
"ticket* estará disponible."
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:45
msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by costumers"
msgstr "Obtener reportes en los tickets que los clientes cerraron."
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:47
msgid ""
"To do an analysis of the tickets that have been closed by costumers go to "
":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add "
"Custom filter --> Closed by partner --> Applied`."
msgstr ""
"Para analizar los tickets que los clientes cerraron, vaya a "
":menuselection:`Servicio de asistencia --> Reportes --> Tickets --> Filtros "
"--> Agregar filtros personalizados --> Cerrados por partners --> Aplicados`."
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rstNone
msgid "Reports on Ticket closing in Odoo Helpdesk"
msgid "Customer view of ticket closing in Odoo Helpdesk."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:40
msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by customers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:42
msgid ""
"To analyze the tickets that have been closed by customers, go to "
":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Tickets`. Then, click on the "
":guilabel:`Filters` menu and choose :guilabel:`Add Custom filter`. Next, set"
" the custom filter parameters to :guilabel:`Closed by partner` and "
":guilabel:`is true`. Finally, click :guilabel:`Apply`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rstNone
msgid ""
"Filter for tickets closed by customers on Odoo Helpdesk's reporting page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview.rst:5
@ -1745,7 +1729,14 @@ msgstr ":doc:`invoice_time`"
msgid "Project"
msgstr "Proyecto"
#: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:11
#: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:10
msgid ""
"Odoo Project is a tool to manage your ongoing projects. Schedule tasks, "
"assign activities to coworkers, and keep track of each project's "
"profitability."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:14
#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets.rst:11
msgid ""
"`Odoo Tutorials: Project and Timesheets "

View File

@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-19 15:37+0000\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-31 10:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Braulio D. López Vázquez <bdl@odoo.com>, 2023\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"

View File

@ -25,15 +25,16 @@
# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2023
# Martin Trigaux, 2023
# Jolien De Paepe, 2023
# Rémi CAZENAVE, 2023
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-19 15:37+0000\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-31 10:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-13 14:30+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2023\n"
"Last-Translator: Rémi CAZENAVE, 2023\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -239,9 +240,12 @@ msgid ""
"multiple databases accessible Odoo needs a rule to know which one it should "
"use."
msgstr ""
"Cependant, c'est un problème pour les utilisateurs non connectés (portail, site web) qui ne sont pas liés à une base de données : Odoo doit savoir quelle base de données doit être utilisée pour charger la page du site web ou effectuer l'opération. Si la multi-location n'est pas utilisée, ce n'est pas un problème, il n'y a qu'une seule base de données à utiliser, mais s'il y a plusieurs bases de données accessibles, Odoo a besoin d'une règle pour savoir laquelle il doit utiliser.\n"
"\n"
"Traduit avec www.DeepL.com/Translator (version gratuite)"
"Cependant, c'est un problème pour les utilisateurs non connectés (portail, "
"site web) qui ne sont pas liés à une base de données : Odoo doit savoir "
"quelle base de données doit être utilisée pour charger la page du site web "
"ou effectuer l'opération. Si une seule base de données est utilisée, ce "
"n'est pas un problème, mais s'il y a plusieurs bases de données accessibles,"
" Odoo a besoin d'une règle pour savoir laquelle il doit utiliser."
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:31
msgid ""
@ -329,11 +333,11 @@ msgid ""
"and PostgreSQL to execute on different machines [#different-machines]_ it "
"will need to `listen to network interfaces`_ [#remote-socket]_, either:"
msgstr ""
"UNIX socket est très bien si vous voulez que Odoo et PostgreSQL s'exécutent "
"sur la même machine, et c'est la valeur par défaut quand aucun hôte n'est "
"fourni, mais si vous voulez que Odoo et PostgreSQL s'exécutent sur des "
"machines différentes [#different-machines]_ il devra `listen to network "
"interfaces`_ [#remote-socket]_, soit :"
"Vous pouvez utiliser la socket UNIX si vous voulez qu'Odoo et PostgreSQL "
"s'exécutent sur la même machine, et c'est la valeur par défaut quand aucun "
"hôte n'est fourni, mais si vous voulez que Odoo et PostgreSQL s'exécutent "
"sur des machines différentes [#different-machines]_ il devra `configurer une"
" interfaceseau`_ [#remote-socket]_, soit :"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:87
msgid ""
@ -374,11 +378,15 @@ msgstr "Autoriser la connexion TCP à partir du réseau 192.168.1.x"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:100
msgid "in ``/etc/postgresql/<YOUR POSTGRESQL VERSION>/main/pg_hba.conf`` set:"
msgstr ""
"dans ``/etc/postgresql/<YOUR POSTGRESQL VERSION>/main/pg_hba.conf`` "
"configurer :"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:108
msgid ""
"in ``/etc/postgresql/<YOUR POSTGRESQL VERSION>/main/postgresql.conf`` set:"
msgstr ""
"dans ``/etc/postgresql/<YOUR POSTGRESQL VERSION>/main/postgresql.conf`` "
"configurer :"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:119
msgid "Configuring Odoo"
@ -402,6 +410,9 @@ msgid ""
"The :ref:`packaged installers <setup/install/packaged>` will automatically "
"create a new user (``odoo``) and set it as the database user."
msgstr ""
"Les :ref:`packaged installers <setup/install/packaged>` vont créer "
"automatiquement un nouvel utilisateur (``odoo``) et l'utiliser comme "
"utilisateur pour la base de données."
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:129
msgid ""
@ -411,6 +422,12 @@ msgid ""
" randomly generated value to ensure third parties can not use this "
"interface."
msgstr ""
"Les pages d'administration de la base de données sont protégées par l'entrée"
" de configuration ``admin_passwd``. Cette valeur peut uniquement être "
"configurée dans le fichier de configuration, et est vérifié avant de "
"modifier la base de données. Il devrait être généré aléatoirement pour "
"éviter que cette interface ne puisse être utilisée par des tiers non "
"autorisés."
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:134
msgid ""
@ -419,6 +436,10 @@ msgid ""
"screen. For the database management screen to work requires that the "
"PostgreSQL user have ``createdb`` right."
msgstr ""
"Toutes les opérations en base de données utilisent les :ref:`database "
"options <reference/cmdline/server/database>`, ainsi que la page "
"d'administration de la base de données. Pour que cette dernière fonctionne, "
"il est nécessaire que l'utilisateur PostgreSQL ait les droits ``createdb``."
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:138
msgid ""
@ -427,6 +448,11 @@ msgid ""
"with ``no-createdb`` and the database must be owned by a different "
"PostgreSQL user."
msgstr ""
"Les utilisateurs peuvent supprimer des bases de données qui leur "
"appartiennent. Pour rendre non fonctionnelle la page d'administration des "
"bases de données, l'utilisateur PostgreSQL doit être créé avec les droits "
"``no-createdb`` et le propriétaire de la base de données doit être un autre "
"utilisateur."
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:142
msgid "the PostgreSQL user *must not* be a superuser"
@ -434,7 +460,7 @@ msgstr "l'utilisateur PostgreSQL *ne doit pas* être un superutilisateur"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:147
msgid "connect to a PostgreSQL server on 192.168.1.2"
msgstr ""
msgstr "se connecter au serveur PostgreSQL à l'adresse 192.168.1.2"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:148
msgid "port 5432"
@ -451,6 +477,7 @@ msgstr "avec 'pwd' comme mot de passe"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:151
msgid "filtering only db with a name beginning with 'mycompany'"
msgstr ""
"n'afficher que les bases de données dont le nom commence par 'mycompany'"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:168
msgid "SSL Between Odoo and PostgreSQL"
@ -475,7 +502,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:180
msgid "Builtin server"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Serveur intégré"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:182
msgid ""
@ -586,6 +613,9 @@ msgid ""
" listening on :option:`the gevent port <odoo-bin --gevent-port>` but the "
"client will not connect to it."
msgstr ""
"En configuration multiprocessing, un worker LiveChat dédié est "
"automatiquement démarré et écoute sur :option:`le port gevent <odoo-bin "
"--gevent-port>` mais le client ne s'y connectera pas."
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:221
msgid ""
@ -593,6 +623,10 @@ msgid ""
"``/websocket/`` to the gevent port. Other request should be proxied to the "
":option:`normal HTTP port <odoo-bin --http-port>`"
msgstr ""
"A la place, vous devez avoir un proxy qui redirige les requêtes dont l'URL "
"commence par ``/websocket/`` vers le port gevent. Les autres requêtes "
"doivent être redirigées par le proxy vers le :option:`port HTTP <odoo-bin "
"--http-port>`"
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:225
msgid ""
@ -661,6 +695,8 @@ msgid ""
"Enable Odoo's :option:`proxy mode <odoo-bin --proxy-mode>`. This should only"
" be enabled when Odoo is behind a reverse proxy"
msgstr ""
"Activer dans Odoo l' :option:`proxy mode <odoo-bin --proxy-mode>`. A activer"
" uniquement quand Odoo est derrière un proxy inverse."
#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:265
msgid "Set up the SSL termination proxy (`Nginx termination example`_)"
@ -3437,8 +3473,8 @@ msgid ""
"--> Technical --> System Parameters`."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez également le faire manuellement. Pour cela, activez le "
":ref:`mode développeur`, puis allez dans :menuselection:`Paramètres --> "
"Technique --> Paramètres du système`."
":ref:`mode développeur <developer-mode>`, puis allez dans "
":menuselection:`Paramètres --> Technique --> Paramètres du système`."
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:285
msgid ""
@ -5317,6 +5353,10 @@ msgstr "N/D"
msgid "March 2022"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:31
msgid "January 2023"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:33
msgid "Odoo saas~15.1"
msgstr ""
@ -5351,6 +5391,10 @@ msgstr "|red|"
msgid "February 2022"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:33
msgid "July 2022"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:35
msgid "**Odoo 15.0**"
msgstr ""
@ -8932,7 +8976,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:29
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:148
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:252
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:251
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:81
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:92
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:119
@ -9268,7 +9312,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:218
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:257
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:256
msgid ":doc:`maintain/supported_versions`"
msgstr ""
@ -9282,7 +9326,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:228
msgid ""
"Databases hosted on Odoos Cloud platforms (Odoo Online and Odoo.sh) or On-"
"Databases hosted on Odoo's Cloud platforms (Odoo Online and Odoo.sh) or On-"
"Premise (Self-Hosting) enjoy the following services at all times."
msgstr ""
@ -9301,28 +9345,28 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:235
msgid ""
"customizations done by our consulting and developer services *if* they are "
"covered by a Maintenance of Customisations subscription"
"customizations *if* they are covered by a \"Maintenance of Customizations\" "
"subscription"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:238
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:237
msgid ""
"The Upgrade Service is limited to your database's technical conversion and "
"adaptation (standard modules and data) to make it compatible with the "
"targeted version."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:242
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:241
msgid "What upgrading does NOT cover"
msgstr "Ce que la mise à niveau ne couvre PAS"
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:244
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:243
msgid "The cleaning of pre-existing data & configuration while upgrading"
msgstr ""
"Le nettoyage des données et de la configuration préexistantes lors de la "
"mise à niveau."
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:245
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:244
msgid ""
"Any new developments and/or upgrades of your own :ref:`custom modules "
"<upgrade-faq/custom-modules>`"
@ -9330,11 +9374,11 @@ msgstr ""
"Tout nouveau développement et/ou mise à niveau de vos propres :ref:`modules "
"personnalisés <upgrade-faq/custom-modules>`."
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:247
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:246
msgid "`Training <https://www.odoo.com/learn>`_ on the latest version"
msgstr "`Formation <https://www.odoo.com/learn>`_ sur la dernière version"
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:249
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:248
msgid ""
"You can get more information about your Enterprise Licence on our :ref:`Odoo"
" Enterprise Subscription Agreement <upgrade>` page."
@ -9342,11 +9386,11 @@ msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez obtenir plus d'informations sur votre licence Enterprise sur "
"notre page :ref:`Contrat d'abonnement d'Odoo Enterprise <upgrade>`."
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:255
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:254
msgid ":doc:`upgrade/faq`"
msgstr ":doc:`upgrade/faq`"
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:256
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:255
msgid ":doc:`odoo_sh`"
msgstr ":doc:`odoo_sh`"

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -23,15 +23,17 @@
# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2022
# Martin Trigaux, 2022
# Marie Willemyns <mwi@odoo.com>, 2022
# William Henrotin <whe@odoo.com>, 2023
# Renaud de Colombel <rdecolombel@sgen.cfdt.fr>, 2023
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-12-23 09:13+0000\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-31 10:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Marie Willemyns <mwi@odoo.com>, 2022\n"
"Last-Translator: Renaud de Colombel <rdecolombel@sgen.cfdt.fr>, 2023\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -1346,6 +1348,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:33
msgid "Warehouse configuration"
msgstr "Configuration de l'entrepôt"
@ -7224,6 +7227,440 @@ msgid ""
"details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:3
msgid "Set up Sendcloud shipping services in Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:5
msgid ""
"Sendcloud is a shipping service aggregator that facilitates the integration "
"of European shipping carriers with Odoo. Once integrated, users can select "
"shipping carriers on inventory operations in their Odoo database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:10
msgid ""
"`Sendcloud integration documentation <https://support.sendcloud.com/hc/en-"
"us/articles /360059470491-Odoo-integration>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:14
msgid "Setup in Sendcloud"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:17
msgid "Create an account and activate carriers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:19
msgid ""
"To get started, go to `Sendcloud's platform <https://www.sendcloud.com>`_ to"
" configure the account and generate the connector credentials. Log in with "
"the Sendcloud account, or create a new one if needed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:24
msgid ""
"For new account creation, Sendcloud will ask for a :abbr:`VAT (Value-Added "
"Tax Identification)` number or :abbr:`EORI (Economic Operators' Registration"
" and Identification)` number. After completing the account setup, activate "
"(or deactivate) the shipping carriers that will be used in the Odoo "
"database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:30
msgid ""
"Odoo integration of Sendcloud does **not** work on free plans of Sendcloud."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:35
msgid ""
"Once logged into the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings"
" --> Shipping --> Addresses`, and fill in the field for :guilabel:`Warehouse"
" address`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rstNone
msgid "Adding addresses in the Sendcloud settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:42
msgid ""
"To allow Sendcloud to process returns as well, a :guilabel:`Return Address` "
"is required. Under the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous section`, there is a field "
"called :guilabel:`Address Name (optional)`. The Odoo warehouse name should "
"be entered here, and the characters should be exactly the same."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid "**SendClould configuration**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Address Name (optional)`: `Warehouse #1`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Brand`: `Default`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid "**Odoo warehouse configuration**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: `Warehouse #1`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Short Name`: `WH`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: `My company (San Francisco)`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: `My Company (San Francisco)`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:59
msgid ""
"Notice how the inputs for the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field, for both the Odoo"
" configuration and the Sendcloud configuration, are the exact same."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:63
msgid "Generate Sendcloud credentials"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:65
msgid ""
"In the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> "
"Integrations` in the menu on the right. Next, search for :guilabel:`Odoo "
"Native`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Connect`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:68
msgid ""
"After clicking on :guilabel:`Connect`, the page redirects to the "
":guilabel:`Sendcloud API` settings page, where the :guilabel:`Public and "
"Secret Keys` are produced. The next step is to name the "
":guilabel:`Integration`. The naming convention is as follows: `Odoo "
"CompanyName`, with the user's company name replacing `CompanyName` (e.g. "
"`Odoo StealthyWood`)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:73
msgid ""
"Then, check the box next to :guilabel:`Service Points` and select the "
"shipping services for this integration. After saving, the :guilabel:`Public "
"and Secret Keys` are generated."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rstNone
msgid "Configuring the Sendcloud integration and receiving the credentials."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:81
msgid "Setup in Odoo"
msgstr "Configuration dans Odoo"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:84
msgid "Install the Sendcloud shipping module"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:86
msgid ""
"After the Sendcloud account is set up and configured, it's time to configure"
" the Odoo database. To get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, "
"search for the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` integration, and install it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rstNone
msgid "Sendcloud Shipping module in the Odoo Apps module."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:95
msgid "Sendcloud shipping connector configuration"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:97
msgid ""
"Once installed, activate the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` module in "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. The "
":guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector` setting is found under the "
":guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` section."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:101
msgid ""
"After activating the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector`, click on the "
":guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping Methods` link below the listed connector. Once"
" on the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, click :guilabel:`Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:106
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Shipping Methods` can also be accessed by going to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping "
"Methods`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:109
msgid ""
"Fill out the following fields in the :guilabel:`New Shipping Method` form:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:111
msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: type `Sendcloud DPD`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:112
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Provider`: select :guilabel:`Sendcloud` from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:113
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: set the product that was configured for this "
"shipping method or create a new product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:115
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the "
":guilabel:`Sendcloud Public Key`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:116
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the "
":guilabel:`Sendcloud Secret Key`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:117
msgid ""
"Manually :guilabel:`Save` the form by clicking the cloud icon next to the "
":guilabel:`Shipping Methods / New` breadcrumbs."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:120
msgid ""
"After configuring and saving the form, follow these steps to load the "
"shipping products:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:122
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab of the :guilabel:`New "
"Shipping Method` form, click on the :guilabel:`Load your SendCloud shipping "
"products` link."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:124
msgid ""
"Select the shipping products the company would like to use for deliveries "
"and returns."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:125
msgid "Click :guilabel:`Select`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:128
msgid "Sample Sendcloud shipping products configured in Odoo:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`DELIVERY`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Product`: `DPD Home 0-31.5kg`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Carrier`: `DPD`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Minimum Weight`: `0.00`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Maximum Weight`: `31.50`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:136
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Countries`: `Austria` `Belgium` `Bosnia` `Herzegovina` `Bulgaria`"
" `Croatia` `Czech` `Republic` `Denmark` `Estonia` `Finland` `France` "
"`Germany` `Greece` `Hungary` `Iceland` `Ireland` `Italy` `Latvia` "
"`Liechtenstein` `Lithuania` `Luxembourg` `Monaco` `Netherlands` `Norway` "
"`Poland` `Portugal` `Romania` `Serbia` `Slovakia` `Slovenia` `Spain` "
"`Sweden` `Switzerland`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`RETURN`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Shipping Product`: `DPD Return 0-20kg`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Carrier`: `DPD`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Minimum Weight`: `0.00`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Minimum Weight`: `20.00`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Countries`: `Belgium` `Netherlands`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rstNone
msgid "Example of shipping products configured in Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:154
msgid ""
"Sendcloud does not provide test keys when a company tests the sending of a "
"package in Odoo. This means if a package is created, the configured "
"Sendcloud account will be charged, unless the associated package is canceled"
" within 24 hours of creation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:158
msgid ""
"Odoo has a built-in layer of protection against unwanted charges when using "
"test environments. Within a test environment, if a shipping method is used "
"to create labels, then those labels are immediately canceled after the "
"creation — this occurs automatically. The test and production environment "
"settings can be toggled back and forth from the :guilabel:`Smart Buttons`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:164
msgid "Generate a label with Sendcloud"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:166
msgid ""
"When creating a quotation in Odoo, add shipping and a :guilabel:`Sendcloud "
"shipping product`. Then, :guilabel:`Validate` the delivery. Shipping label "
"documents are automatically generated in the chatter, which include the "
"following:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:170
msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping label(s)` depending on the number of packages."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:171
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Return label(s)` if the Sendcloud connector is configured for "
"returns."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:172
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Customs document(s)` should the destination country require them."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:174
msgid "Additionally, the tracking number is now available."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:177
msgid ""
"When return labels are created, Sendcloud will automatically charge the "
"configured Sendcloud account."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:181
msgid "FAQ"
msgstr "FAQ"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:184
msgid "Shipment is too heavy"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:186
msgid ""
"If the shipment is too heavy for the Sendcloud service that is configured, "
"then the weight is split to simulate multiple packages. Products will need "
"to be put in different :guilabel:`Packages` to :guilabel:`Validate` the "
"transfer and generate labels."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:190
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Rules` can also be set up in Sendcloud to use other shipping "
"methods when the weight is too heavy. However, note that these rules will "
"not apply to the shipping price calculation on the calculation on the sales "
"order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:195
msgid "When using a personal carrier contract"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:197
msgid ""
"When using a personal carrier contract in Sendcloud, if the the price is not"
" accurately reflected when creating a quotation in Odoo, then the pricing "
"information needs to be updated in Sendcloud."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:201
msgid "Measuring volumetric weight"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:203
msgid ""
"Many carriers have several measures for weight. There is the actual weight "
"of the products in the parcel, and there is the *volumetric weight* "
"(:dfn:`Volumetric weight is the volume that a package occupies when in "
"transit. In other words it is the physical size of a package`)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:208
msgid ""
"Check to see if selected carrier(s) already have defined formulas to compute"
" the volumetric weight."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:212
msgid ""
"`Sendcloud: How to calculate & automate parcel volumetric weight "
"<https://support.sendcloud.com/ hc/en-us/articles/360059644051-How-to-"
"calculate-automate-parcel-volumetric-weight>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:217
msgid "Unable to calculate shipping rate"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:219
msgid ""
"First, verify that product being shipped has a weight that is supported by "
"the selected shipping method. If this is set, then verify that the "
"destination country (from the customer address) is supported by the carrier."
" The country of origin (warehouse address) should also be supported by the "
"carrier."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3
msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?"
msgstr "Comment intégrer un expéditeur tiers ?"
@ -8019,83 +8456,123 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5
msgid ""
"With Odoo MRP, you can use semi-finished products to simplify a complex "
"*Bill of Materials* or to represent your manufacturing flow more accurately."
" A *semi-finished product* is a manufactured product that is used as a "
"component in a Bill of Material."
"A *semi-finished product*, also known as a *subassembly*, is a manufactured "
"product that is used as a component in another product's bill of materials "
"(BoM). Semi-finished products are used to simplify complex :abbr:`BoMs "
"(Bills of Materials)` or to more accurately represent a manufacturing flow. "
"A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` that contains semi-finished products is "
"referred to as a *multilevel BoM*, where the main *top-level product* and "
"its subassemblies are distinguished."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:10
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:12
msgid "Configure semi-finished products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:14
msgid ""
"A *BoM* that employs *semi-finished products* is referred to as a multi-"
"level BoM, where we distinguish between the *top level Product* and the "
"*sub-assemblies*."
"To set up a multilevel :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, the top-level "
"product and semi-finished products must be configured. Therefore, the first "
"step is to create the semi-finished products and their :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of"
" Materials)`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:15
msgid "Configure a Multi Level BoM"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19
msgid ":doc:`bill_configuration`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:17
msgid ""
"To configure a *multi-level BoM*, you will need the top-level product and "
"its sub-assemblies. Therefore, you must first create the sub-assembly "
"products and their respective Bill of Materials. Please refer to "
":doc:`bill_configuration` for more details on how to create a BOM."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rstNone
msgid "A bill of materials for a semi-finished product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:26
msgid "Configure the Main BoM"
msgid "Create the top-level bill of materials (BoM)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:28
msgid ""
"Then on the final product form, simply add your semi-finished products to "
"the Bill of Material."
"After the semi-finished products are fully configured, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`. Then, "
":guilabel:`Create` the top-level product. Configure the product's "
"specifications as desired, and be sure to :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:35
msgid "Manage your production planning"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:37
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:32
msgid ""
"There are several methods to manage the triggering of the various "
"manufacturing orders."
"Once the top-level product is configured, click the :guilabel:`Bill of "
"Materials` smart button on the product form, then click :guilabel:`Create` "
"to make a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` for the top-level product. Then, "
"simply add the semi-finished products to this :abbr:`BoM (Bill of "
"Materials)`, along with any other necessary components."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:39
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rstNone
msgid ""
"If every time a manufacturing order is confirmed for the main product, you'd"
" like one for the semi-finished products as well, you have two options:"
"A bill of materials for a top-level product, containing a subassembly "
"component."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:42
msgid "Manage production planning"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:44
msgid ""
"Option 1 : Create re-ordering rules for the semi-finished products, with "
"both the minimum and maximum desired stock quantities at 0."
"There are several methods to manage manufacturing order automation for "
"products with multilevel :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:48
msgid ""
"Option 2 : Use the Replenish on Order (MTO) route on the semi-finished "
"product, as well as the manufacturing one."
"Semi-finished products are specifically used to manage manufacturable "
"products with multilevel BoMs. If a BoM is being created simply to organize "
"components or bundle sellable products, using :doc:`Kits <kit_shipping>` is "
"the more appropriate option."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:51
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:52
msgid ""
"Note that Option 1 is usually recommended over Option 2 as it is more "
"flexible. The MTO route creates a unique link between the semi-finished and "
"the top level product, whereas the re-ordering rule allows you to simply "
"unreserve that production from the top level product production and redirect"
" it to another, more pressing demand, for example."
"To automatically trigger manufacturing orders for semi-finished products "
"after confirming a manufacturing order for the main product, there are two "
"options:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:56
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:55
msgid ""
"In any case, as soon as the semi-finished product is produced, it will "
"become available in the manufacturing order of the final product, as shown "
"below."
"**Option 1 (recommended):** Create *Reordering Rules* for the semi-finished "
"products and set both the minimum and maximum desired stock quantities to "
"`0`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:59
msgid ":doc:`../../purchase/products/reordering`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:61
msgid ""
"**Option 2:** Activate the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` and "
":guilabel:`Manufacture` routes under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the "
"semi-finished product's product form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:64
msgid ""
"Option 1 is more flexible than Option 2 and is therefore recommended. "
"Reordering rules do not directly link demand to replenishment, and therefore"
" allow stocks to be unreserved and redirected to other orders, if necessary."
" The Replenish on Order (MTO) route creates a unique link between the semi-"
"finished and top-level products, exclusively reserving quantities for the "
"confirmed top-level manufacturing order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:70
msgid ""
"Regardless of the method chosen, semi-finished products must be fully "
"manufactured before manufacturing can begin on the top-level product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rstNone
msgid "A manufacturing order for a top-level product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3

View File

@ -7,21 +7,21 @@
# Jolien De Paepe, 2022
# Richard Mathot <rim@odoo.com>, 2022
# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2022
# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2022
# Priscilla (prs) Odoo <prs@odoo.com>, 2022
# Camille Dantinne <cmd@odoo.com>, 2022
# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2022
# ShevAbam, 2022
# Florent de Labarre <florent@iguanayachts.com>, 2022
# Martin Trigaux, 2022
# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2023
# Martin Trigaux, 2023
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-12-23 09:13+0000\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-31 10:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2022\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -1027,343 +1027,640 @@ msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Vue d'ensemble"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:3
msgid "Get Started with Surveys"
msgstr "Démarrer avec Sondages"
msgid "Survey essentials"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:5
msgid ""
"Surveys can be used for a range of purposes that can go from collecting "
"customer feedback, evaluate the success of an event, measure how pleased "
"customers are with your products/services, gauge whether employees are happy"
" and satisfied with their work environment, and even to find out what your "
"market is thinking."
"Companies often use surveys to collect valuable information from their "
"customers and employees, which in turn, allows them to make more informed "
"business decisions."
msgstr ""
"Les sondages peuvent être utilisés à diverses fins qui peuvent aller de la "
"collecte des commentaires des clients, évaluer le succès d'un événement, "
"mesurer le degré de satisfaction des clients avec vos produits/services, "
"évaluer si les employés sont contents et satisfaits de leur environnement de"
" travail, et même jusqu'à découvrir ce que pense votre marché."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:11
msgid "Get started"
msgstr "Démarrer"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:8
msgid ""
"In Odoo, surveys are used to collect customer feedback, evaluate the success"
" of a recent event, measure the satisfaction of customers (or employees), "
"and gain more insight into shifting market sentiments."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:13
msgid ""
"When creating your survey, choose a *Title* and *Category*. The *Category* "
"field is used to know in which context the survey is being conducted, as "
"different applications might use it for different purposes such as "
"recruitment, certification, or employee appraisal."
msgstr ""
"Lors de la création de votre sondage, choisissez un *Titre* et une "
"*Catégorie*. Le champ *Catégorie* est utilisé pour savoir dans quel contexte"
" l'enquête est menée, car différentes applications peuvent l'utiliser à "
"différentes fins telles que le recrutement, la certification ou l'évaluation"
" des employés."
msgid "Getting started"
msgstr "Commencer"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rstNone
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:15
msgid ""
"Form view of a survey with a title and category being chosen in Odoo Surveys"
"To begin, open the :guilabel:`Surveys` application and click "
":guilabel:`Create`. Odoo then redirects the page to a blank survey template "
"form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:18
msgid ""
"On the survey form, add a :guilabel:`Survey Title` and then add a cover "
"image to the survey by hovering over the photo icon and clicking on the "
":guilabel:`Edit (pencil)` icon. When the file explorer window opens, choose "
"an image from the local files."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:22
msgid "Tab: Questions"
msgstr "Onglet : Questions"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:24
msgid "Add sections and questions by clicking on the respective links."
msgid ""
"Below the :guilabel:`Survey Title` are various tabs in which the survey "
"questions and format can be created and customized. These tabs are labeled "
"as follows:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:25
msgid ":guilabel:`Questions`: the list of questions to be asked in the survey"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:26
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Description`: contextual information to aid in understanding the "
"survey"
msgstr ""
"Ajoutez des sections et des questions en cliquant sur les liens respectifs."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:27
msgid ""
"On the *Sections and Questions* form, once the question type is chosen and "
"the answer added, under the tab *Options*, enable *Mandatory Answer*, and "
"set an *Error message* to be shown when the user tries to submit the survey "
"without answering the respective question."
":guilabel:`Options`: choices for survey respondents to answer the questions"
msgstr ""
"Sur la fiche *Sections et Questions*, une fois le type de question choisi et"
" la réponse ajoutée, sous l'onglet *Options*, activez *Réponse obligatoire*,"
" et définissez un *Message d'erreur* à afficher lorsque l'utilisateur essaie"
" de soumettre le sondage sans répondre à la question correspondante."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:29
msgid ""
"Depending on the *Question Type*, the tab *Options* aggregates extra and "
"different possibilities. Examples:"
msgstr ""
"Selon le *Type de question*, l'onglet *Options* regroupe des possibilités "
"supplémentaires et différentes. Exemples :"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:31
msgid ""
"*Single Line Text Box* - can choose a minimum and maximum text length "
"(number of characters - spaces do not count), and its error message."
msgstr ""
"*Plusieurs lignes de champ de texte* : peut choisir une longueur de texte "
"minimale et maximale (nombre de caractères - les espaces ne comptent pas), "
"et son message d'erreur."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:33
msgid ""
"*Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed*: choose between radio buttons or"
" a dropdown menu list, and if you would like to have a comment field. If the"
" user select an answer and type a comment, the values are separately "
"recorded. Or, enable the comment field to be displayed as an answer choice, "
"with which a text type field is displayed."
msgstr ""
"*Choix multiples : réponses multiples*: cchoisissez entre des boutons radio "
"ou une liste de menu déroulant, et si vous souhaitez avoir un champ de "
"commentaire. Si l'utilisateur sélectionne une réponse et tape un "
"commentaire, les valeurs sont enregistrées séparément. Ou activez "
"l'affichage du champ de commentaire en tant que choix de réponse, avec "
"lequel un champ de type texte est affiché."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:37
msgid ""
"*Matrix Type*: choose if you would like to have one or multiple choices per "
"row."
msgstr ""
"*Matrice* : choisissez si vous souhaitez avoir un ou plusieurs choix par "
"ligne."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rstNone
msgid "Sections and questions view of a survey in Odoo Surveys"
msgid "Various tabs that can be found on the survey template page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:44
msgid "Tab: Description"
msgstr "Onglet : Description"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:34
msgid "Questions tab"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:46
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:36
msgid ""
"Write a *Description* to be displayed under the title of the survey's "
"homepage."
"Add questions and sections to the survey in the :guilabel:`Questions` tab. A"
" section divides the survey into parts in order to visually group similar "
"questions together. To make a section, click :guilabel:`Add a section` and "
"type in a section name. Then, add questions or drag and drop questions into "
"the divided sections."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:41
msgid ""
"Clicking :guilabel:`Add a question` opens the :guilabel:`Create Sections and"
" Questions` pop-up to create and customize the survey question."
msgstr ""
"Rédigez une *Description* tà afficher sous le titre de la page d'accueil de "
"l'enquête."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rstNone
msgid "The survey question pop-up window."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:49
msgid "Create questions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:51
msgid ""
"Frontend of a survey showing the title and description of a survey for Odoo "
"Surveys"
"In the :guilabel:`Create Sections and Questions` pop-up, type the question "
"in the :guilabel:`Question` field. Then, choose the :guilabel:`Question "
"Type`. A preview of how the question type looks is shown in the preview "
"window."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:53
msgid "Click on *Edit* to personalize your pages with the website builder."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:55
msgid "Choose from the following :guilabel:`Question Types`:"
msgstr ""
"Cliquez sur *Modifier* pour personnaliser vos pages avec le créateur de site"
" Web."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:56
msgid "Tab: Options"
msgstr "Onglet : Options"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:57
msgid ":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:58
msgid ""
"Under the tab *Options*, choose the *Layout* of your questions. If choosing "
"*One page per section* or *One page per question*, an option *Back Button* "
"becomes available, which allows the user to go back pages."
msgid ":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`"
msgstr ""
"Sous l'onglet *Options*, choisissez la *Mise en page* de vos questions. Si "
"vous choisissez *Une page par sectionn* or *Une page par question*, une "
"option *Bouton Retour* devient disponible, ce qui permet à l'utilisateur de "
"revenir aux pages précédentes."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rstNone
msgid ""
"Form view of a survey emphasizing the layout feature under options in Odoo "
"Surveys"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:59
msgid ":guilabel:`Numerical Value`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:60
msgid ":guilabel:`Date`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:61
msgid ":guilabel:`Datetime`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:62
msgid ":guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:63
msgid ":guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:64
msgid ":guilabel:`Matrix`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:67
msgid "Test and share the survey"
msgstr "Tester et partager le sondage"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:70
msgid ""
"Once your Survey is ready, *Test* it to avoid *Sharing* it with potential "
"errors. As answers get collected, click on *Answers* to access all the "
"details of the respondent and his answers."
"Different features appear in the :guilabel:`Answers` and :guilabel:`Options`"
" tabs, depending on the :guilabel:`Question Type` chosen. However, the "
":guilabel:`Description` tab always remains the same, regardless of what "
"question is chosen."
msgstr ""
"Une fois que votre sondage est prêt, *testez-le* pour éviter de le "
"*partager* avec des erreurs potentielles. Au fur et à mesure que les "
"réponses sont collectées, cliquez sur *Réponses* pour accéder à tous les "
"détails du répondant et de ses réponses."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:72
msgid "Create sections and questions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:74
msgid ""
"By default, a filter *Except Test Entries* is applied to keep the list of "
"entries clean with only real participants."
msgstr ""
"Par défaut, un filtre *Sauf entrées test* est appliqué pour garder la liste "
"des entrées propre avec uniquement de vrais participants."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rstNone
msgid "View list of the participations of a survey in Odoo Surveys"
"Once a :guilabel:`Question Type` has been selected, there are three possible"
" tabs where information can be customized for the question. These include "
"the :guilabel:`Answers` (if applicable), :guilabel:`Description`, and "
":guilabel:`Options` tabs."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:79
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:78
msgid ""
"Another way to access detailed answers is by going to "
":menuselection:`Participations --> Participations`."
"Each tab offers a variety of different features depending on what "
":guilabel:`Question Type` was chosen."
msgstr ""
"Une autre façon d'accéder aux réponses détaillées est d'aller dans "
":menuselection:`Participations --> Participations`."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:80
msgid "Click on *See results* to be redirected to an analytical page."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:81
msgid ""
"For example, in the :guilabel:`Options` tab, the following options may "
"appear:"
msgstr ""
"Cliquez sur *Voir les résultats* pour être redirigé vers une page "
"analytique."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rstNone
msgid "View of an analytical page for Odoo Surveys"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:83
msgid ":guilabel:`Mandatory Answer`: the question must be answered."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:84
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Matrix Type`: for matrix-type questions, select if one choice or "
"multiple choices can be selected per row."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:86
msgid ":guilabel:`Number of columns`: select how many columns are displayed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:87
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:34
msgid ":doc:`scoring`"
msgstr ":doc:`scoring`"
msgid ":guilabel:`Images on answers`: allow images on the answer options."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:88
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:35
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Conditional Display`: determine if the question is displayed "
"based on the participant's answer to a previous question."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:90
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Show Comments Field`: allow the participant to type a comment in "
"a text box."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:91
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Question Time Limit`: for live session surveys, set a time limit "
"for the question."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:94
msgid "Conditional Display"
msgstr "Affichage conditionnel"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:96
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Conditional Display` means the question is only displayed if the "
"specified conditional answer has been selected in a previous question."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:99
msgid ""
"When the box next to :guilabel:`Conditional Display` is selected, the "
":guilabel:`Triggering Question` field appears. Select a question from the "
"survey."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:102
msgid ""
"Then, a :guilabel:`Triggering Answer` field appears. Here, select which "
"answer will trigger this :guilabel:`Conditional Display` question."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:106
msgid "Options tab"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:108
msgid ""
"Back on the main survey template form, under the :guilabel:`Options` tab, "
"there are different sections of settings that can be modified."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:111
msgid "The sections include:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:113
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Questions`: focuses on the overall presentation of the survey"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:114
msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring`: decides how the survey is scored"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:115
msgid ":guilabel:`Candidates`: manages access to the survey"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:116
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Live Session`: enables the survey into a real-time group "
"activity."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:119
msgid "Questions"
msgstr "Questions"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:121
msgid ""
"First, select the :guilabel:`Layout` of the survey. The following options "
"can be chosen:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:123
msgid ":guilabel:`One page with all the questions`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:124
msgid ":guilabel:`One page per section`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:125
msgid ":guilabel:`One page per question`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:127
msgid ""
"If either the :guilabel:`One page per section` or :guilabel:`One page per "
"question` options are chosen, then the :guilabel:`Back Button` option "
"appears. If selected, the :guilabel:`Back Button` option allows the "
"participant to go back to a question during the survey."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:131
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Layout` options is the :guilabel:`Progression Mode` "
"setting, which indicates how the participant's progress during the survey is"
" displayed. It is shown as either a :guilabel:`Percentage` or a "
":guilabel:`Number`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:135
msgid ""
"Next, there is an option available to add a :guilabel:`Survey Time Limit`. "
"To implement this option, simply check the box, and enter the amount of time"
" (in minutes) participants have to complete the survey."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:139
msgid ""
"After the :guilabel:`Survey Time Limit` option is a section labeled "
":guilabel:`Selection`. Here, questions can be :guilabel:`Randomized per "
"section`, in other words, the number of random questions can be configured "
"by section. This mode is ignored in a live session."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:144
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:56
msgid ":doc:`time_random`"
msgstr ":doc:`time_random`"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:147
msgid "Scoring"
msgstr "Scoring"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:149
msgid ""
"The following options are available when deciding how a :guilabel:`Scoring` "
"method:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:151
msgid ":guilabel:`No scoring`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:152
msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:153
msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:155
msgid ""
"If either the :guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end` or "
":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end` options are selected, a "
":guilabel:`Success %` field appears. Set the percentage of correct answers "
"needed to pass the survey."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:159
msgid ""
"Next, there is the option to make the survey a certification. To do so, "
"check the box next to the option labeled :guilabel:`Is a Certification`, and"
" two additional fields appear. Select a color theme in the "
":guilabel:`Certification Template` field and then choose an :guilabel:`Email"
" Template`. When a participant passes the certification with the required "
"score, an email from Odoo will automatically be sent to that person using "
"the selected email template."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:165
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Give Badge` feature is enabled and the "
":guilabel:`Certification Badge` is set, the survey participant also receives"
" a badge upon passing the certification."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:169
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:48
msgid ":doc:`scoring`"
msgstr ":doc:`scoring`"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:172
msgid "Candidates"
msgstr "Candidats"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:174
msgid ""
"To determine access to the survey, the :guilabel:`Access Mode` has two "
"options to choose between: :guilabel:`Anyone with the link` and "
":guilabel:`Invited people only`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:177
msgid ""
"Below the :guilabel:`Appraisal Managers Only` checkbox is the "
":guilabel:`Login Required` option to require a login to participate in the "
"survey. If this option is activated, an :guilabel:`Attempts Limit` field "
"also populates, in which the number of survey attempts is defined for the "
"participant."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:182
msgid "Live Session"
msgstr "Session Live"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:184
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Live Session` section is dedicated to users who are "
"conducting surveys in real-time, wherein they directly engage with and "
"collect answers from a live audience."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:187
msgid ""
"Customize the :guilabel:`Session Code` here; this code is needed for "
"participants to access the live session survey. Reward participants for "
"quick answers by selecting the checkbox labeled :guilabel:`Reward quick "
"answers`. By checking it, attendees will get more points if they answer "
"quickly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:193
msgid "Description tab"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:195
msgid ""
"Back on the main survey template page is the :guilabel:`Description` tab, "
"where a custom description of the survey can be added. This is displayed "
"beneath the title on the survey's homepage, which is on the front end of the"
" website made through the Odoo :guilabel:`Website` app."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:200
msgid "Test and share the survey"
msgstr "Tester et partager le sondage"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:202
msgid ""
"Once the survey is created and saved, run a test to check for possible "
"errors before finally sending it out to the participants by clicking "
":guilabel:`Test` in the upper left corner of the survey template page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:206
msgid ""
"When activated, Odoo redirects the page to a test version of the survey on "
"the front end of the website. This page displays how the survey will look to"
" participants. Proceed to run through the survey, like a normal participant,"
" to check for errors."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:210
msgid ""
"To return to the survey template form in the backend, simply click the "
":guilabel:`This is a test survey. Edit Survey` link in the blue banner along"
" the top of the page. Once Odoo redirects the page to the survey template in"
" the backend, make any further changes, as needed, before officially sending"
" the survey out to participants."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:215
msgid ""
"When the survey is ready to be shared with the audience, click the "
":guilabel:`Start Survey` button in the upper-left corner of the survey "
"template form. Then, click :guilabel:`Share`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:218
msgid ""
"In the pop-up window, add the survey recipients in the "
":guilabel:`Recipients` field (for existing contacts in the Odoo database) or"
" the :guilabel:`Additional emails` field (for contacts that do not want to "
"be listed in the Odoo database). Finally, click :guilabel:`Send`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:222
msgid ""
"As answers are received, check them by clicking the :guilabel:`Answers` "
"smart button on the survey template form, or the :guilabel:`See Results` "
"button in the upper left corner. To end the survey, click the "
":guilabel:`Close` button on the survey template form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:3
msgid "Scoring Surveys"
msgstr "Noter les sondages"
msgid "Scoring surveys"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:5
msgid ""
"To measure your respondents performance, knowledge of a subject, or overall"
" satisfaction, attach points to the answers of specific questions. The "
"points are summed up to give your respondent a final score."
"To measure a survey participant's performance, knowledge, or overall "
"satisfaction, Odoo ascribes points to survey answers. At the end of the "
"survey, these points are summed up, resulting in the participant's final "
"score."
msgstr ""
"Pour mesurer la performance de votre répondant, sa connaissance d'un sujet "
"ou sa satisfaction globale, attachez des points aux réponses à des questions"
" spécifiques. Les points sont additionnés pour donner à votre répondant un "
"score final."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:9
msgid ""
"On your surveys form, click on *Add a question* and, under the tab "
"*Options*, choose between *Scoring with answers at the end* or *Scoring "
"without answers at the end*. Now, on your questions form, set the right "
"answer and score."
msgstr ""
"Sur le formulaire de votre sondage, cliquez sur l'onglet *Options*, "
"choisissez entre *Notation avec réponses à la fin* ou *Notation sans "
"réponses à la fin*. Maintenant, sur la fiche de votre question, sous "
"l'onglet *Réponses*, définissez la bonne réponse et le bon score."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rstNone
msgid "Form view of a survey showing a list of answers in Odoo Surveys"
"To add points to questions, open the :guilabel:`Surveys` application, choose"
" the desired survey form, and then click on the :guilabel:`Options` tab. "
"Under the :guilabel;`Scoring` section, choose between :guilabel:`Scoring "
"with answers at the end` or :guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:17
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:14
msgid ""
"Set the percentage score the user needs to achieve to have successfully "
"taken the survey. If enabling *Certificate*, choose its template. The "
"certification is automatically sent by email to the users who successfully "
"finish it."
":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end` shows the survey participant "
"their answers after completing the survey, and displays which questions they"
" got right or wrong. On questions where there was an incorrect answer, the "
"correct answer will be highlighted."
msgstr ""
"Définissez le pourcentage de score que l'utilisateur doit atteindre pour "
"avoir répondu avec succès à l'enquête. Si vous activez *Est une "
"certification*, choisissez son modèle. La certification est automatiquement "
"envoyée par email aux utilisateurs qui la terminent avec succès."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rstNone
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:18
msgid ""
"Form view of a survey emphasizing the scoring and candidates section in Odoo"
" Surveys"
":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end` does not show the survey "
"participant their answer choices after completing the survey, only their "
"final score."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:21
msgid ""
"To indicate correct answers, click on the :guilabel:`Questions tab` and "
"choose a question. In the question form, check the :guilabel:`Is a correct "
"answer` box for the choice that is the correct answer and attach a score "
"value."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:25
msgid ""
"Enable *Login required* to be able to *Give Badges*. Badges are related to "
"the eLearning section of your website. Besides the logged-in user, visitors "
"of the website that access the page *Courses* can also see the granted "
"badges."
"Back on the :guilabel:`Options` tab of the survey, set the "
":guilabel:`Success %`. The percentage entered determines what percentage of "
"correct answers is needed to pass the survey."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:28
msgid ""
"Further on the :guilabel:`Options` tab of the survey, survey administrators "
"can also choose to make the survey a certification. A certification "
"indicates that the survey asks questions to test the participants' knowledge"
" level on a subject."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:32
msgid ""
"When enabling the :guilabel:`Is a certification` option, choose a "
":guilabel:`Certification email template`. The certification will "
"automatically be emailed using this email template to users who pass the "
"survey with a final score that is greater than or equal to the set "
":guilabel:`Success %`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:36
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Candidates` section, participants can be required to log "
"in to take the survey. If the :guilabel:`Login Required` setting is enabled,"
" two new options appear: the :guilabel:`Attempts Limit` checkbox, which "
"limits the number of times a participant can attempt the survey, and the "
"option to :guilabel:`Give Badge`, located beneath the "
":guilabel:`Certification` options in the :guilabel:`Scoring` section."
msgstr ""
"Activez *Connexion requise* pour pouvoir *Donner des badges*. Les badges "
"sont liés à la section eLearning de votre site Web. Outre l'utilisateur "
"connecté, les visiteurs du site Web qui accèdent à la page *Cours* peuvent "
"également voir les badges accordés."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rstNone
msgid ""
"View of the courses tab emphasizing the latest achievements section on the website for\n"
"Odoo Surveys"
"Setting the Required Score (percentage), login required, and certification "
"template."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:46
msgid ""
"Badges are displayed on the eLearning portion of a given user's portal, and "
"are a way to set milestones and reward participants for passing surveys or "
"gaining points. Besides the awardee, website visitors who access the "
":guilabel:`Courses` page will also be able to see the granted badges."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rstNone
msgid "Example of how a badge looks on the eLearning portion of the website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:3
msgid "Time and Randomize Questions"
msgstr "Chronométrer et randomiser les questions"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:6
msgid "Time Limit"
msgstr "Limite de temps"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:10
msgid ""
"On timed surveys, respondents need to complete the survey within a certain "
"period of time. It can be used to ensure that all respondents get the same "
"amount of time to find the answers, or to decrease the chance of having them"
" looking at external resources."
msgid "Timed and randomized questions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:5
msgid ""
"When creating a survey in Odoo, there are options to set a time limit on the"
" survey and randomize the questions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:9
msgid "Time limit"
msgstr ""
"Dans les sondages chronométrés, les répondants doivent remplir le sondage "
"dans un certain laps de temps. Il peut être utilisé pour garantir que tous "
"les répondants disposent du même temps pour trouver les réponses, ou pour "
"réduire les chances qu'ils consultent des ressources externes."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:11
msgid "Set the *Time limit* under the tab *Options*."
msgstr "Définissez le *Temps limite du sondage* sous l'onglet *Options*."
msgid ""
"During a timed survey, participants must finish the survey within a "
"specified period of time. A common use case for implementing a time limit is"
" that it greatly reduces the chance of participants looking up responses via"
" external resources (e.g. web search), and reduces the survey to a \"closed "
"book\" testing environment."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:16
msgid ""
"Find the :guilabel:`Survey Time Limit` setting in the :guilabel:`Options` "
"tab of the survey form, under the :guilabel:`Questions` section."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rstNone
msgid ""
"View of a survey form emphasizing the time limit feature in Odoo Surveys"
msgid "Time limit field in the options tab of a survey template form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:17
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:23
msgid ""
"A timer is shown on the pages so the user can keep track of the remaining "
"time. Surveys not \\ submitted by the *Time limit* do not have their answers"
" saved."
"When the :guilabel:`Survey Time Limit` option is checked, a timer will be "
"displayed on every page of the survey, letting participants keep track of "
"the time remaining while the survey is active."
msgstr ""
"Une minuterie est affichée sur les pages afin que l'utilisateur puisse "
"suivre le temps restant. Les sondages non soumis dans le *Délai* n'ont pas "
"leurs réponses sauvegardées."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:21
msgid "Selection"
msgstr "Sélection"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:25
msgid ""
"When you randomize a survey, you allow for the questions to be shuffled in a"
" random order every time someone opens the questionnaire. This can be useful"
" to avoid having respondents looking at each others' answers."
msgstr ""
"Lorsque vous randomisez un sondage, vous permettez aux questions d'être "
"mélangées dans un ordre aléatoire chaque fois que quelqu'un ouvre le "
"questionnaire. Cela peut être utile pour éviter que les répondants examinent"
" les réponses des autres."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:27
msgid ""
"To do so, under the tab *Options*, enable *Randomized per section*. Now, "
"under the tab *Questions*, set how many of the questions in that section "
"should be taken into account during the shuffling."
"Participants that do not submit their survey by the preconfigured time limit"
" will *not* have their answers saved."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:31
msgid "Randomized selection"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:33
msgid ""
"When a survey is randomized, Odoo shuffles the questions and reveals them in"
" a random order every time a participant begins the questionnaire. Using "
"randomization as a survey method discourages participants from looking at "
"each other's responses, and helps control for individual testing."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:37
msgid ""
"To randomize a survey, click the :guilabel:`Options` tab on the survey form."
" In the :guilabel:`Questions` section, select :guilabel:`Randomized per "
"section` for the :guilabel:`Selection` field. After enabling, navigate to "
"the :guilabel:`Questions` tab and look in the :guilabel:`Random questions "
"count` column. From there, determine how many questions (per section) Odoo "
"should select and display during the shuffling of questions."
msgstr ""
"Pour ce faire, sous l'onglet *Options*, activez *Randomisé par section*. "
"Maintenant, sous l'onglet *Questions*, définissez combien de questions de "
"cette section doivent être prises en compte lors du mélange."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rstNone
msgid ""
"View of a survey form emphasizing the random questions count column in Odoo "
"Surveys"
msgid "Randomized question count in the questions tab of a survey."
msgstr ""

View File

@ -9,18 +9,19 @@
# Nacim ABOURA <nacim.aboura@gmail.com>, 2022
# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2022
# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2022
# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2022
# Martin Trigaux, 2022
# Alexandra Jubert, 2023
# Jolien De Paepe, 2023
# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2023
# Martin Trigaux, 2023
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-12-23 09:13+0000\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-31 10:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2023\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -1845,6 +1846,757 @@ msgid ""
"the screen with the :guilabel:`Screen URL` field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge.rst:7
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:202
msgid "Knowledge"
msgstr "Connaissances"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge.rst:9
msgid ""
"**Odoo Knowledge** is a multipurpose productivity app that allows internal "
"users to enrich their business knowledge base and provide individually or "
"collaboratively gathered information."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge.rst:12
msgid ""
"The pages on which they gather content are called *articles*. They are "
"mainly composed of a title and a body. The latter is an HTML field "
"containing text, images, links to other articles, records from other models,"
" templates, etc."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge.rst:17
msgid "`Knowledge product page <https://www.odoo.com/app/knowledge>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:3
msgid "Articles editing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:6
msgid "Add and style content"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:8
msgid ""
"To start adding content, click anywhere on the page. Your cursor is "
"automatically set to write the article's first-level header. Once you are "
"done writing the title, press **enter** on your keyboard to move to the next"
" line."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rstNone
msgid "knowledge's user interface"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:17
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Untitled` on the left side of the top bar to automatically "
"match your :dfn:`h1 (First-level header)` title and the article's name. To "
"change the name of your article later, you must do it manually. To do so, "
"click the name on the top bar and proceed to the modification."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:22
msgid "Text editor"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:24
msgid "To stylize the text using the text editor, select the text to format."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:26
msgid "Then, you can:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:28
msgid ""
"Change the style by clicking :guilabel:`Normal`. Doing so opens a dropdown "
"menu with multiple styles to choose from (:guilabel:`Normal, Code, Header 1 "
"→ Header 6, Quote`);"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:30
msgid ""
"Format the text. Click :guilabel:`B` to put it in bold, :guilabel:`I` to put"
" it in italic, :guilabel:`U` to underline, and :guilabel:`S` to "
"strikethrough;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:32
msgid ""
"Change the font color by clicking :guilabel:`A` or the background color by "
"clicking the **pencil** icon:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:35
msgid ""
"To choose from a predefined theme color, click :guilabel:`Theme` and select "
"the desired color."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:36
msgid ""
"To customize, click :guilabel:`Solid` and define a color using the wheel, by"
" typing its hex code, or its RGBA values."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:38
msgid ""
"To use a gradient, click :guilabel:`Gradient`, choose a predefined gradient "
"or click :guilabel:`Custom` to create a personalized gradient."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:41
msgid ""
"To change the text's size, click the **size number** and select the desired "
"size;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:42
msgid ""
"Click the **lists** icons to turn the paragraph into an unordered list, an "
"ordered list, or a checklist;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:44
msgid "Click the **chain** icon to insert or edit an URL link."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rstNone
msgid "Text editor's toolbox"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:50
msgid ""
"To format a whole paragraph, type `/` anywhere in the text. Doing so opens "
"the **powerbox**, which allows:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:53
msgid "Changing a paragraph into lists (unordered, ordered, checklists)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:54
msgid ""
"Changing a paragraph into a header (1 → 6), normal text, `code`, or "
"*quotes*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:57
msgid "Add a cover"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:59
msgid ""
"You can customize your article by adding a cover picture and an icon. Hover "
"above the h1 title and click :guilabel:`Add Cover`. A pop-up window opens to"
" set a cover picture."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:62
msgid ""
"If your database and your Unsplash account are associated, the cover picture"
" is automatically selected based on the article's name. To modify it, hover "
"over the picture to make the buttons appear, click :guilabel:`Change Cover`,"
" and select another image."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:66
msgid "Retrieve images from different sources:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:68
msgid "Search the **Unsplash** database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:69
msgid "Enter a picture's **URL**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:70
msgid "**Upload** an image from a computer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:72
msgid ""
"To remove the cover, hover over it to make the buttons appear and click "
":guilabel:`Remove Cover`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:75
msgid ""
"To associate Unsplash with your database, please refer to "
":doc:`../../websites/website/optimize/unsplash`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:77
msgid ""
"The articles are responsive, and so are the cover pictures. As a result, the"
" images cannot be repositioned manually to fit a particular screen, as they "
"automatically resize depending on the device."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:82
msgid "Add an icon"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:84
msgid ""
"To add an icon, hover above the h1 title and click :guilabel:`Add Icon`. "
"Doing this sets a random emoji automatically. To change it, click it and "
"select one from the emoji window. To remove it, proceed equally and click "
"the red-circled :guilabel:`x`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:89
msgid ""
"The emoji is also displayed before the corresponding article in the side "
"panel hierarchic tree."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:90
msgid ""
"Click the emoji on the side panel to change it without opening the related "
"article."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:93
msgid "Commands"
msgstr "Commandes"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:95
msgid ""
"To use a command, type `/` and open the **powerbox**. Type the command's "
"name or select from multiple features to insert blocks, images, files, etc. "
"Some of them, such as `/Image` or `/Article` are common to all the apps, but"
" others are inherent to the knowledge app and cannot be found or used in any"
" other application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:101
msgid "List of commands"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:103
msgid "Commands are divided into multiple categories depending on their use."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:106
msgid "Structure"
msgstr "Structure"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:113
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:143
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:163
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:177
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:195
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:209
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:234
msgid "Command"
msgstr "Commande"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:114
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:144
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:164
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:178
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:196
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:210
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:235
msgid "Use"
msgstr "Utilisez"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:115
msgid ":guilabel:`Bulleted list`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:116
msgid "Create a bulleted list."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:117
msgid ":guilabel:`Numbered list`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:118
msgid "Create a list with numbering."
msgstr "Créez une liste avec numérotation."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:119
msgid ":guilabel:`Checklist`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:120
msgid "Track tasks with a checklist."
msgstr "Suivre les tâches grâce à une check-list."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:121
msgid ":guilabel:`Table`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:122
msgid "Insert a table."
msgstr "Insérer un tableau."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:123
msgid ":guilabel:`Separator`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:124
msgid "Insert an horizontal rule separator."
msgstr "Insérer une ligne horizontale de séparation."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:125
msgid ":guilabel:`Quote`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:126
msgid "Add a blockquote section."
msgstr "Ajouter une section de citations."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:127
msgid ":guilabel:`Code`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:128
msgid "Add a code section."
msgstr "Ajouter une section de code."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:129
msgid ":guilabel:`2 columns`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:130
msgid "Convert into 2 columns."
msgstr "Convertir en 2 colonnes."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:131
msgid ":guilabel:`3 columns`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:132
msgid "Convert into 3 columns."
msgstr "Convertir en 3 colonnes."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:133
msgid ":guilabel:`4 columns`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:134
msgid "Convert into 4 columns."
msgstr "Convertir en 4 colonnes."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:136
msgid "Format"
msgstr "Format"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:145
msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 1`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:146
msgid "Big section heading."
msgstr "Titre d'une section importante."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:147
msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 2`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:148
msgid "Medium section heading."
msgstr "Titre d'une section moyenne."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:149
msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 3`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:150
msgid "Small section heading."
msgstr "Titre d'une petite section."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:151
msgid ":guilabel:`Switch direction`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:152
msgid "Switch the text's direction."
msgstr "Changez la direction du texte."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:153
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:34
msgid ":guilabel:`Text`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:154
msgid "Paragraph block."
msgstr "Bloc de paragraphe."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:156
msgid "Media"
msgstr "Media"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:165
msgid ":guilabel:`Image`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:166
msgid "Insert an image."
msgstr "Insérer une image"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:167
msgid ":guilabel:`Article`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:168
msgid "Link an article."
msgstr "Joindre un article."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:170
msgid "Navigation"
msgstr "Navigation"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:179
msgid ":guilabel:`Link`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:180
msgid "Add a link."
msgstr "Ajouter un lien."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:181
msgid ":guilabel:`Button`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:182
msgid "Add a button."
msgstr "Ajouter un bouton."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:183
msgid ":guilabel:`Appointment`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:184
msgid "Add a specific appointment."
msgstr "Ajouter un rendez-vous spécifique."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:185
msgid ":guilabel:`Calendar`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:186
msgid "Schedule an appointment."
msgstr "Programmer un rendez-vous."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:188
msgid "Widget"
msgstr "Widget"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:197
msgid ":guilabel:`3 Stars`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:198
msgid "Insert a rating over 3 stars."
msgstr "Insérer une note sur 3 étoiles."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:199
msgid ":guilabel:`5 Stars`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:200
msgid "Insert a rating over 5 stars."
msgstr "Insérer une note sur 5 étoiles."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:211
msgid ":guilabel:`Table of Content`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:212
msgid "Add a table of content with the article's headings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:213
msgid ":guilabel:`Index`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:214
msgid "Show the first level of nested articles."
msgstr "Afficher le premier niveau de sous-articles."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:215
msgid ":guilabel:`Outline`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:216
msgid "Show all nested articles."
msgstr "Afficher tous les sous-articles."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:217
msgid ":guilabel:`Item Kanban`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:218
msgid "Insert a kanban view of article items."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:219
msgid ":guilabel:`Item List`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:220
msgid "Insert a list view of article items."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:221
msgid ":guilabel:`File`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:222
msgid "Embed a file that can be downloaded."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:223
msgid ":guilabel:`Template`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:224
msgid ""
"Add a template section that can be inserted in messages, terms & conditions,"
" or description in other applications."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:227
msgid "Basic Blocks"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:236
msgid ":guilabel:`Signature`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:237
msgid "Insert your signature."
msgstr "Insérez votre signature."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:240
msgid "Content from other app"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:242
msgid ""
"Knowledge allows to retrieve content views from other applications. To do "
"so, go to the targeted app and create the desired view. Then, click "
":menuselection:`Favorite --> Insert view in article` and select an article. "
"The view is inserted at the bottom of the selected article."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:247
msgid ""
"To retrieve the view below, we created it by going to :menuselection:`Sales "
"--> Graph icon --> Pie Chart icon` and inserted it by clicking "
":menuselection:`Favorite --> Insert view in article` and selecting the "
"*Sales Playbook* article."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:0
msgid "article view from the Sales app"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:256
msgid ""
"Users who do **not** have access to the view will **not** be able to access "
"it in **Knowledge** even though they have access to the article containing "
"the view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:3
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:453
msgid "Properties"
msgstr "Propriétés"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:5
msgid ""
"Properties are fields containing data and that can be added to articles by "
"any user with **write** access. These fields are shared between all the "
"child articles and article items under the same parent."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:10
msgid ""
"To be able to add properties, an article must be either a **child article** "
"or an **article item**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:14
msgid "Add property fields"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:16
msgid ""
"Hover above the first-level header to make the buttons appear. Click "
":menuselection:`⚙ Add Properties --> Field Type`, select the type and add a "
"default value if needed. To make the fields appear in **kanban views**, "
"check :guilabel:`View in Kanban` as well. To validate and close the property"
" creation window, click anywhere."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rstNone
msgid "Dropdown of property fields types"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:25
msgid "The different types assess what the field content can be:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:32
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:58
msgid "Types"
msgstr "Types"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:33
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:59
msgid "Uses"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:35
msgid "Allows adding any content with no restriction."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:36
msgid ":guilabel:`Checkbox`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:37
msgid "Add a checkbox."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:38
msgid ":guilabel:`Integer`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:39
msgid "Allows adding integer numbers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:40
msgid ":guilabel:`Decimal`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:41
msgid "Allows adding any number."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:42
msgid ":guilabel:`Date`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:43
msgid "Allows selecting a date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:44
msgid ":guilabel:`Date & Time`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:45
msgid "Allows selecting a date and time."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:47
msgid "Some **field types** need to be configured:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rstNone
msgid "property configuration form"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:60
msgid ":guilabel:`Selection`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:61
msgid ""
"Add a drop-down selection menu with restricted values that have been set at "
"the property creation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:64
msgid ""
"To set it up, click :guilabel:`Add a Value` next to the :guilabel:`Values` "
"field. Enter predetermined values and press **enter** to validate; you can "
"enter as many values as needed. Click anywhere to close the property "
"creation window."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:67
msgid ":guilabel:`Tags`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:68
msgid "Allows creating and applying as many tags as needed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:70
msgid ""
"To set it up, enter your `new_tag` in the :guilabel:`Tags` field, and press "
"**enter** or click :guilabel:`Create \"new_tag\"`. Click anywhere to close "
"the window. Then, add the tags into the property field. To do so, click the "
"property field and choose from the created tags; enter the tags' name and "
"press **enter**; enter a new tag's name and create a new one on the spot."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:75
msgid ":guilabel:`Many2one`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:76
msgid ""
"Choose from a list of records that result from a model's domain. You can "
"only select one result."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:79
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:86
msgid ""
"To set it up, click :guilabel:`Search a Model` in the :guilabel:`Model` "
"field, select the model. Match all records by clicking :guilabel:`## "
"Record(s)`, or filter the results by clicking :guilabel:`+ Add Filter` and "
"show the records by clicking :guilabel:`## Record(s)`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:82
msgid ":guilabel:`Many2many`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:83
msgid ""
"Choose from a list of records that result from a model's domain. You can "
"select as many results as needed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:91
msgid "Delete property fields"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:93
msgid ""
"To remove a property, click the **pencil** icon next to the targeted "
"property, then click :menuselection:`Delete --> Delete`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:97
msgid "Once a property field is deleted, you cannot retrieve it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:100
msgid "Hide the property panel"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:102
msgid ""
"To hide the property sidebar panel, click the gear :guilabel:`(⚙)` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:5
msgid "Mail Plugins"
msgstr ""
@ -2209,7 +2961,8 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:43
msgid ""
"Enter the following URL "
"`https://download.odoo.com/plugins/outlook/manifest.xml` and press *OK*."
"`https://download.odoocdn.com/plugins/v15/outlook/manifest.xml` and press "
"*OK*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:0
@ -3395,10 +4148,6 @@ msgid ""
":guilabel:`Customer` and then :guilabel:`Email`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:453
msgid "Properties"
msgstr "Propriétés"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:455
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Invisible`: When it is not necessary for users to view a field on"

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -8,21 +8,21 @@
# Alexandra Jubert, 2022
# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2022
# ShevAbam, 2022
# Martin Trigaux, 2022
# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2022
# anthony chaussin <chaussin.anthony@gmail.com>, 2022
# Richard Mathot <rim@odoo.com>, 2022
# Priscilla (prs) Odoo <prs@odoo.com>, 2022
# Jonathan Castillo <jcs@odoo.com>, 2022
# Martin Trigaux, 2023
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-04 12:47+0000\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-31 10:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Jonathan Castillo <jcs@odoo.com>, 2022\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -301,97 +301,80 @@ msgstr ""
"programs-640?fullscreen=1>`_"
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:3
msgid "Allow Customers to Close their Tickets"
msgstr "Autoriser les clients à fermer leurs tickets"
msgid "Allow customers to close their tickets"
msgstr "Autorisez les clients à clôturer leurs tickets"
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:5
msgid ""
"Allowing customers to close their tickets gives them autonomy and minimize "
"misunderstandings about when an issue is considered solved, or not. It makes"
" communication and actions more efficient."
"Allowing customers to close their own tickets gives them autonomy and "
"minimizes misunderstandings around when an issue is considered solved or "
"not. This results in operational capacity for support teams, and higher "
"satisfaction for the customer."
msgstr ""
"Le fait d'autoriser les clients à clôturer eux-mêmes leurs tickets, leur "
"donne une autonomie et minimise les malentendus liés au fait qu'un problème "
"est considéré comme résolu ou pas. En plus, cela rend la communication et "
"les actions plus efficaces."
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:9
msgid "Configure the feature"
msgstr "Configuration de la fonctionnalité"
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:10
msgid "Enable ticket closing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:11
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:12
msgid ""
"To configure the feature go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> "
"Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable *Ticket closing*."
msgstr ""
"Pour configurer cette fonctionnalité, allez sur :menuselection:`Assistance "
"technique --> Paramètres --> Équipes d'assistance technique --> Éditer` et "
"activez *Clôture du ticket*."
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rstNone
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rstNone
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rstNone
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rstNone
msgid "Ticket closing in Odoo Helpdesk"
"Start by navigating to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> "
"Helpdesk Teams` and choose the appropriate team. Then click :guilabel:`Edit`"
" and enable :guilabel:`Ticket closing` by checking the field box."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:18
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rstNone
msgid "Ticket closing feature in Odoo Helpdesk."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:19
msgid ""
"In order to designate to which stage the ticket migrates to once it is "
"closed, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Overview --> Tickets`."
"To designate which stage the ticket migrates to once it is closed, navigate "
"to the ticket pipeline by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Overview` "
"and clicking :guilabel:`Tickets` on the team's card."
msgstr ""
"Afin de désigner à quelle étape le ticket migre une fois qu'il est fermé, "
"allez à :menuselection:`Assistance --> Aperçu --> Tickets`."
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:25
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:23
msgid ""
"You can either create a new Kanban stage or work with an existing one. For "
"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> Edit Stage` "
"and enable *Closing Stage*."
"There are two options: create a new Kanban stage or work with an existing "
"one. For both scenarios, click the :guilabel:`Settings (gear)` icon next to "
"the stage name, select :guilabel:`Edit Stage`, and enable :guilabel:`Closing"
" Stage`. After checking the field box, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish."
msgstr ""
"Vous pouvez soit créer une nouvelle étape Kanban, soit travailler avec une "
"étape existante. Pour les deux scénarios, accédez à "
":menuselection:`Assistance --> Paramètres --> Modifier l'étape` et activez "
"*Étape de clôture*."
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:32
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:29
msgid ""
"If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket is moved to the "
"last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage set as closing, the "
"ticket is put in the first one."
"last stage in the kanban. If more than one stage is set as a closing stage, "
"the ticket is placed in the first closing stage column."
msgstr ""
"Si aucune étape de clôture n'est spécifiée, par défaut, le ticket est "
"déplacé vers la dernière étape ; à l'inverse, si vous avez plus d'une étape "
"définie en clôture, le ticket est mis dans la première."
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:36
msgid "The Costumer Portal"
msgstr "Le Portail du client"
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:38
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:33
msgid ""
"Now, once the user logs into his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is "
"available."
"With the ticket closing settings now complete, customers can now view the "
"option to :guilabel:`Close this ticket` when they log into their portal."
msgstr ""
"Désormais, une fois que l'utilisateur se connecte à son Portail, l'option "
"*Clôturer ce ticket* est disponible."
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:45
msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by costumers"
msgstr "Recevoir des rapports sur les tickets clôturés par le client"
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:47
msgid ""
"To do an analysis of the tickets that have been closed by costumers go to "
":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add "
"Custom filter --> Closed by partner --> Applied`."
msgstr ""
"Pour faire une analyse des tickets qui ont été fermés par les clients, allez"
" dans :menuselection:`Assistance --> Reporting --> Tickets --> Filtres --> "
"Ajouter un filtre personnalisé --> Fermé par le Partenaire --> Appliqué`."
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rstNone
msgid "Reports on Ticket closing in Odoo Helpdesk"
msgid "Customer view of ticket closing in Odoo Helpdesk."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:40
msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by customers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:42
msgid ""
"To analyze the tickets that have been closed by customers, go to "
":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Tickets`. Then, click on the "
":guilabel:`Filters` menu and choose :guilabel:`Add Custom filter`. Next, set"
" the custom filter parameters to :guilabel:`Closed by partner` and "
":guilabel:`is true`. Finally, click :guilabel:`Apply`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rstNone
msgid ""
"Filter for tickets closed by customers on Odoo Helpdesk's reporting page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview.rst:5
@ -1643,7 +1626,14 @@ msgstr ":doc:`invoice_time`"
msgid "Project"
msgstr "Projet"
#: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:11
#: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:10
msgid ""
"Odoo Project is a tool to manage your ongoing projects. Schedule tasks, "
"assign activities to coworkers, and keep track of each project's "
"profitability."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:14
#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets.rst:11
msgid ""
"`Odoo Tutorials: Project and Timesheets "

View File

@ -7,7 +7,6 @@
# Jérôme Tanché <jerome.tanche@ouest-dsi.fr>, 2022
# Rihab LOUKIL <loukil.rihab@gmail.com>, 2022
# Vallen Delobel <edv@odoo.com>, 2022
# Jolien De Paepe, 2022
# Olivier Lenoir <olivier.lenoir@free.fr>, 2022
# Eloïse Stilmant <est@odoo.com>, 2022
# Cécile Collart <cco@odoo.com>, 2022
@ -16,6 +15,7 @@
# 2bb6a6c9c26c6796aa3f72da499aab31_c4bf95e <50ab448b17d7dd714d37f715e9558f9f_400401>, 2022
# Fernanda Marques <fem@odoo.com>, 2022
# Shark McGnark <peculiarcheese@gmail.com>, 2022
# Jolien De Paepe, 2023
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-12-23 09:13+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Shark McGnark <peculiarcheese@gmail.com>, 2022\n"
"Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2023\n"
"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Odoo offre un :ref:`nom de domaine personnalisé gratuit <domain-name/odoo-"
"register>` à toutes les bases de données Odoo Online pendant 1 an. Les "
"visiteurs peuvent donc accéder à votre site web via une adresse "
"``www.example.com`` plutôt qu'avec celle par défaut ``example.odoo.com``."
"``www.example.com`` plutôt que via celle par défaut ``example.odoo.com``."
#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:19
msgid ":doc:`Website Documentation <website>`"
@ -3241,7 +3241,7 @@ msgstr "Publier"
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:3
msgid "Manage Multi Websites"
msgstr "Gérer des sites Web multiples"
msgstr "Gérer des sites web multiples"
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:8
msgid ""
@ -3249,10 +3249,10 @@ msgid ""
"customer segmentation for your business. A multiplied audience and boosted "
"revenue are now just a few clicks away!"
msgstr ""
"Les sites Web multiples d'Odoo offrent à votre entreprise des multiples "
"possibilités de diversification et de segmentation de la clientèle. Pour une"
" multiplication de l'audience et une augmentation du chiffre d'affaires en "
"quelques clics! "
"Les sites web multiples d'Odoo offrent à votre entreprise de larges "
"possibilités de diversification et de segmentation de la clientèle. Une "
"audience démultipliée et des revenus boostés sont désormais à portée de "
"clics !"
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:12
msgid ""
@ -3260,19 +3260,19 @@ msgid ""
"domain name, header & footer, pages, languages, products, blog posts, forum,"
" slides, events, live chat channels, etc. Lets go for a tour!"
msgstr ""
"Chaque site Web peut fonctionner de façon complètement indépendante, avec "
"son propre thème, logo, nom de domaine, en tête et bas de page, pages, "
"langues, produits, blogs, forums, diapos, événements, canaux de live chat, "
"etc. Voyons ça de plus près!"
"Chaque site web peut fonctionner de façon complètement indépendante, avec "
"son propre thème, logo, nom de domaine, en-tête & pied de page, pages, "
"langues, produits, blogs, forums, diapositives, événements, canaux de live "
"chat, etc. Voyons ça de plus près !"
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:20
msgid ""
"To create a new website, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration -->"
" Settings`. The button, *Create a new website*, lays in the first section."
msgstr ""
"Pour créer un nouveau site Web, allez sur :menuselection:`Site web --> "
"Configuration --> Paramètres`. Le bouton *Créer un nouveau site Web*, se "
"trouve dans la première partie."
"Pour créer un nouveau site web, allez à :menuselection:`Site Web --> "
"Configuration --> Paramètres`. Le bouton *Créer un nouveau site web* se "
"trouve dans la première section."
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:28
msgid ""
@ -3281,9 +3281,11 @@ msgid ""
" of your Odoo database. You can later set some country groups to redirect "
"visitors to it using Geo IP."
msgstr ""
"Sur l'écran suivant, définissez un nom ainsi qu'un nom de domaine pour votre"
" site Web. Si vous désirez publier le nouveau site sous le domaine par "
"défaut de votre base de données Odoo, laissez ce champ vide."
"Sur la fenêtre qui apparaît, définissez un nom ainsi qu'un nom de domaine "
"pour votre nouveau site web. Si vous souhaitez publier le nouveau site sous "
"le domaine par défaut de votre base de données Odoo, laissez ce champ vide. "
"Vous pouvez définir ultérieurement des groupes de pays pour rediriger les "
"visiteurs à ce site en utilisant GeoIP."
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:36
msgid ""
@ -3291,18 +3293,18 @@ msgid ""
"purpose or audience than the first one. So feel free to go for a different "
"theme!"
msgstr ""
"Ensuite, sélectionnez un thème. Ce nouveau site Web aura sans doute un "
"objectif et une audience complètement différents de l'ancien. Alors, "
"n'hésitez pas à choisir un nouveau thème!"
"Sélectionnez ensuite un thème. Ce nouveau site web pourrait avoir un "
"objectif ou une audience complètement différents du premier site. Alors, "
"n'hésitez pas à choisir un thème différent !"
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:40
msgid ""
"Once the theme is selected, you can start to build the homepage of your "
"website. Follow the purple drops; they will help you in the first steps."
msgstr ""
"Une fois que le thème est sélectionné, vous pouvez commencer à construire la"
" page d'accueil de votre site Web. Suivez les onglets mauves, ils vous "
"aideront à démarrer."
"Une fois le thème sélectionné vous pouvez commencer à construire la page "
"d'accueil de votre site web. Suivez les gouttes mauves, ils vous aideront à "
"démarrer."
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:48
msgid ""
@ -3324,14 +3326,14 @@ msgid ""
"edit it, click :menuselection:`Pages --> Edit Menu`. Moving forward you only"
" edit the menu of the current website."
msgstr ""
"Le nouveau site Web possède un menu par défaut qui contient toutes les "
"Le nouveau site web possède un menu par défaut qui contient toutes les "
"applications installées. Pour l'éditer, cliquez sur :menuselection:`Pages "
"--> Éditer menu`. Si vous continuez, vous n'éditerez que le menu du site Web"
" en cours."
"--> Éditer le menu`. Si vous continuez, vous n'éditerez que le menu du site "
"web en cours."
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:59
msgid "Switch from one website to another"
msgstr "Passer d'un site Web à un autre"
msgstr "Passer d'un site web à un autre"
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:62
msgid ""
@ -3340,8 +3342,8 @@ msgid ""
"website. If you use another domain for the website, the user is requested to"
" sign in."
msgstr ""
"Aussi simple que de compter jusqu'à trois! Dans le coin droit de la barre "
"d'édition, il y a un onglet de changement de site Web. Si vous choisissez un"
"Aussi simple que compter jusqu'à trois ! Dans le coin droit de la barre "
"d'édition, il y a un onglet de changement de site web. Si vous choisissez un"
" autre site, vous serez connecté au domaine de ce site. Si vous utilisez un "
"domaine différent, l'utilisateur devra s'identifier."
@ -3352,9 +3354,9 @@ msgid ""
"redirected to a 404 page but prompted to create a new page from there."
msgstr ""
"Lors du changement, vous êtes redirigé vers le chemin de domaine "
"correspondant de l'autre site Web (par ex. ``/shop/myproduct``). Si cette "
"URL n'existe pas, vous serez redirigé vers une page 404 mais invité à créer "
"une nouvelle page à partir de là."
"correspondant de l'autre site web (par ex. ``/shop/myproduct``). Si cette "
"URL n'existe pas, vous serez redirigé vers une page 404, mais invité à créer"
" une nouvelle page à partir de là."
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:76
msgid "Add features"
@ -3366,25 +3368,25 @@ msgid ""
" your websites. You can, of course, keep them hidden in one website by "
"removing the menu item."
msgstr ""
"Les applications de site Web que vous avez installées (par ex. diapos, "
"blogs) sont disponibles sur tous vos sites. Vous pouvez bien sûr les cacher "
"sur l'un de vos sites en supprimant cette rubrique."
"Les applications de site web que vous avez installées (par ex. diapositives,"
" blogs) sont disponibles sur tous vos sites. Vous pouvez bien sûr les "
"masquer sur l'un de vos sites en supprimant cette rubrique."
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:82
msgid ""
"Each website comes with a high range of specific options in the settings. "
"First, select the website to configure."
msgstr ""
"Chaque site Web contient une large gamme d'options spécifiques dans ses "
"paramètres. Pour les configurer, sélectionnez tout d'abord le site."
"Chaque site web contient une large gamme d'options spécifiques dans les "
"paramètres. Pour les configurer, sélectionnez le site web."
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:88
msgid ""
"Then, take a look at the options flagged with the earth icon. It means they "
"only impact the very website you are working on."
msgstr ""
"Jetez ensuite un coup dœil aux options identifiées par une icône terre. "
"Cela signifie qu'elles impactent uniquement le site Web sur lequel vous "
"Jetez ensuite un coup dœil aux options identifiées par une icône globe. "
"Cela signifie qu'elles impactent uniquement le site web sur lequel vous "
"travaillez."
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:94
@ -3393,32 +3395,32 @@ msgstr "Vous pouvez, par exemple, définir :"
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:96
msgid "languages,"
msgstr "les langues"
msgstr "les langues,"
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:98
msgid "domain names,"
msgstr "les noms de domaine"
msgstr "les noms de domaine,"
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:100
msgid "social media links,"
msgstr "les liens vers les réseaux sociaux"
msgstr "les liens vers les réseaux sociaux,"
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:102
msgid "customer portal mode (B2C vs. B2B),"
msgstr "le mode portail client (B2C vs. B2B)"
msgstr "le mode portail client (B2C vs. B2B),"
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:104
msgid "dedicated live chat channels,"
msgstr "les canaux dédiés de live chat"
msgstr "les canaux dédiés de live chat,"
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:106
msgid "etc."
msgstr "etc"
msgstr "etc."
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:108
msgid "The other options are global and apply to all your websites."
msgstr ""
"Les autres options sont générales et s'appliquent à tous vos sites Web."
"Les autres options sont générales et s'appliquent à tous vos sites web."
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:111
msgid "Manage domain names"
@ -3431,11 +3433,11 @@ msgid ""
"set country groups in the setting of each website. Visitors will be "
"redirected to the right website using GeoIP."
msgstr ""
"Comme expliqué plus haut, vos sites Web peuvent soit partager le même nom de"
" domaine soit utiliser un nom de domaine spécifique. Si vous le partagez et "
"souhaitez adapter le contenu par région, définissez des groupes de pays dans"
" le cadre de chaque site Web. Les visiteurs seront redirigés vers le bon "
"site Web grâce à la géolocalisation IP."
"Comme expliqué précédemment, vos sites web peuvent soit partager le même nom"
" de domaine, soit utiliser un nom de domaine spécifique. Si vous le partagez"
" et souhaitez adapter le contenu par région, définissez des groupes de pays "
"dans les paramètres de chaque site web. Les visiteurs seront redirigés vers "
"le bon site web grâce à la géolocalisation IP."
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:122
msgid ""
@ -3443,9 +3445,9 @@ msgid ""
"dont forget to install *GeoIP* library. See :doc:`on-premise_geo-ip-"
"installation`"
msgstr ""
"Geo IP est installé par défaut dans Odoo Online. Si vous utilisez Odoo sur "
"vos propres serveurs (on-premise), n'oubliez pas d'installer la bibliothèque"
" *GeoIP*. Voir :doc:`on-premise_geo-ip-installation`."
"Geo IP est installé par défaut dans Odoo Online. Si vous utilisez Odoo on-"
"premise (sur vos serveurs), n'oubliez pas d'installer la bibliothèque "
"*GeoIP*. Voir :doc:`on-premise_geo-ip-installation`."
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:127
msgid ":doc:`/administration/maintain/domain_names`"
@ -3456,8 +3458,8 @@ msgid ""
"If you setup an extra website and specify the domain name you will have to "
"do three things to get this feature to work:"
msgstr ""
"Si vous configurez un site web supplémentaire et que vous spécifiez le nom "
"de domaine, vous devrez faire trois choses pour que cette fonctionnalité "
"Si vous configurez un site web supplémentaire et que vous précisez le nom de"
" domaine, vous devrez faire trois choses pour que cette fonctionnalité "
"fonctionne :"
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:132
@ -3465,8 +3467,8 @@ msgid ""
"Setup an A-record in the DNS configuration of your hosting provider so that "
"\"www.mywebsite2.ext\" is redirected to the IP of your Odoo instance."
msgstr ""
"Configurez un enregistrement A dans la configuration DNS de votre "
"fournisseur d'hébergement afin que \"www.mywebsite2.ext\" soit redirigé vers"
"Configurer un enregistrement A dans la configuration DNS de votre "
"fournisseur d'hébergement pour que \"www.mywebsite2.ext\" soit redirigé vers"
" l'IP de votre instance Odoo."
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:134
@ -3474,15 +3476,15 @@ msgid ""
"Create an extra Nginx ``server`` block in which you set the ``server_name`` "
"that you've set in the :guilabel:`Website domain` field."
msgstr ""
"Créez un bloc ``server`` Nginx supplémentaire dans lequel vous définissez le"
" ``server_name`` que vous avez défini dans le champ :guilabel:``Domaine du "
"Créer un bloc ``server`` Nginx supplémentaire dans lequel vous définissez le"
" ``server_name`` que vous avez défini dans le champ :guilabel:``domaine du "
"site web``."
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:136
msgid ""
"Reload and restart your Nginx instance to use the new ``server`` block."
msgstr ""
"Rechargez et redémarrez votre instance Nginx pour utiliser le nouveau bloc "
"Recharger et redémarrer votre instance Nginx pour utiliser le nouveau bloc "
"``server``."
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:139
@ -3499,14 +3501,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"L'expérience des visiteurs peut être personnalisée de manière très "
"approfondie grâce au menu \\*Personnaliser\\*. Toutes les options visuelles "
"disponibles dans ce menu sont spécifiques pour chaque site Web. Parcourez "
"disponibles dans ce menu sont spécifiques pour chaque site web. Parcourez "
"les différentes pages pour les adapter à ce nouveau public. Privilégiez les "
"flux de travail et les pages automatiques (caisse eCommerce, blogs, "
"flux de travail et les pages automatiques (paiement eCommerce, blogs, "
"événements, etc.) car le nombre d'options disponibles y est plus élevé."
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:152
msgid "Publish specific content per website"
msgstr "Publier un contenu spécifique par site Web"
msgstr "Publier un contenu spécifique par site web"
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:155
msgid ""
@ -3515,11 +3517,11 @@ msgid ""
"that from the edit form view in the backend and leave the *Website* field "
"blank. This will publish it in all the websites."
msgstr ""
"Comme pour les pages statiques, tout contenu créé à partir de l'interface "
"(produit, article de blog, etc.) est toujours publié uniquement sur le *site"
" Web* en cours. Vous pouvez modifier cela à partir de la vue du formulaire "
"d'édition à l'arrière-plan et laisser le champ *Site Web* vide. Le contenu "
"sera alors publié sur tous les sites Web."
"Comme pour les pages statiques, tout contenu créé dans le frontend (produit,"
" article de blog, etc.) est toujours publié uniquement sur le *site web* en "
"cours. Vous pouvez modifier cela à partir de la vue du formulaire d'édition "
"dans le backend et laisser le champ *Site Web* vide. Le contenu sera alors "
"publié sur tous les sites web."
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:163
msgid ""
@ -3527,7 +3529,7 @@ msgid ""
"websites*:"
msgstr ""
"Voici tous les éléments que vous pouvez lier à *un site en particulier ou à "
"tous les sites Web* :"
"tous les sites web* :"
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:166
msgid "Products"
@ -3535,7 +3537,7 @@ msgstr "Produits"
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:168
msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce"
msgstr "Catégorie de produits pour le eCommerce"
msgstr "Catégories de produits pour l'eCommerce"
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:170
msgid "Blogs"
@ -3562,12 +3564,12 @@ msgid ""
"When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a "
"product or an event, it is made available in all websites."
msgstr ""
"Lorsque vous publiez un enregistrement créé en arrière-plan, en général un "
"produit ou un événement, il devient disponible sur tous les sites Web."
"Lorsque vous publiez un enregistrement créé dans le backend, en général un "
"produit ou un événement, il devient disponible sur tous les sites web."
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:185
msgid "Publish a page in all websites"
msgstr "Publier une page sur tous les sites Web"
msgstr "Publier une page sur tous les sites web"
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:187
msgid ""
@ -3576,17 +3578,17 @@ msgid ""
"Configuration --> Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty."
msgstr ""
"Une nouvelle page statique est créée et rendue accessible uniquement sur le "
"site Web en cours. Vous pouvez la dupliquer sur d'autres sites à partir de "
"site web en cours. Vous pouvez la dupliquer sur d'autres sites à partir de "
":menuselection:`Site Web --> Configuration --> Pages`. Pour cela, laissez le"
" champ *site Web* vide."
" champ *site web* vide."
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:191
msgid ""
"If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page "
"and set the new website."
msgstr ""
"Si vous voulez la dupliquer sur un autre site Web uniquement, copiez la page"
" et configurez le nouveau site."
"Si vous voulez la dupliquer sur un seul autre site web, dupliquez la page et"
" configurez le nouveau site."
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:197
msgid ""
@ -3594,9 +3596,9 @@ msgid ""
" new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still "
"being linked to all websites."
msgstr ""
"Lorsque vous modifiez à nouveau la page, la modification n'affecte que le "
"site Web en cours. Une nouvelle page est dupliquée et liée au site. La page "
"d'origine reste liée à tous les sites Web."
"Lorsque vous éditez à nouveau la page, la modification n'affecte que le site"
" web en cours. Une nouvelle page est dupliquée et liée au site. La page "
"d'origine reste liée à tous les sites web."
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:202
msgid ""
@ -3604,7 +3606,7 @@ msgid ""
"page behind each edited page."
msgstr ""
"En regroupant les pages par URL dans le gestionnaire de pages, vous "
"retrouvez facilement la page originale derrière chaque page éditée."
"retrouvez facilement la page d'origine derrière chaque page éditée."
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:209
msgid "Multi-companies"
@ -3615,7 +3617,7 @@ msgid ""
"Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-"
"companies environment."
msgstr ""
"Dans un environnement multi-sociétés, chaque site Web peut être relié à une "
"Dans un environnement multi-sociétés, chaque site web peut être relié à une "
"société spécifique de votre système."
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:217
@ -3624,7 +3626,7 @@ msgid ""
"(products, jobs, events, etc.)."
msgstr ""
"Avec une telle configuration, seules les données relatives à la société "
"s'affichent sur le site Web (produits, emplois, événements, etc.)."
"s'affichent sur le site web (produits, emplois, événements, etc.)."
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:220
msgid ""
@ -3633,10 +3635,10 @@ msgid ""
"their subsidiaries, or child companies in Odoo language). And so is it for "
"visitors."
msgstr ""
"Les éditeurs du site Web ne peuvent consulter et éditer que les pages des "
"Les éditeurs du site web ne peuvent consulter et éditer que les pages des "
"données auxquelles ils ont accès, généralement celles appartenant à leur "
"société actuelle (ainsi qu'à leurs sociétés affiliées ou filiales dans le "
"language Odoo). De même pour les visiteurs. "
"langage Odoo). Il en va de même pour les visiteurs. "
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:226
msgid ""
@ -3644,13 +3646,13 @@ msgid ""
"websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company"
" selector in the menu."
msgstr ""
"Si les sites Web sont multi-sociétés, vous ne changez pas de société lorsque"
" vous changez de site Web. Pour modifier la société et voir son contenu, "
"Si les sites web sont multi-sociétés, vous ne changez pas de société lorsque"
" vous changez de site web. Pour modifier la société et voir son contenu, "
"utilisez l'onglet de sélection de société dans le menu."
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:232
msgid "Configure your eCommerce website"
msgstr "Configurer votre site Web eCommerce"
msgstr "Configurer votre site web d'eCommerce"
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:234
msgid ""
@ -3658,13 +3660,13 @@ msgid ""
" so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each "
"website."
msgstr ""
"Le eCommerce est un élément crucial de l'environnement multi-sites Web. Nous"
" avons fait en sorte que l'ensemble du flux puisse être personnalisable pour"
" s'adapter à tous les visiteurs de chacun des sites Web."
"L'eCommerce est un élément crucial de l'environnement multi-sites. Nous "
"avons fait en sorte que l'ensemble du flux puisse être personnalisé pour "
"s'adapter à tous les visiteurs de chacun des sites web."
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:239
msgid "Products only available on one website"
msgstr "Des produits disponibles sur un seul site Web"
msgstr "Des produits disponibles sur un seul site web"
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:241
msgid ""
@ -3673,21 +3675,21 @@ msgid ""
"edit form. Empty means available in all websites."
msgstr ""
"Nous avons déjà vu comment publier une donnée spécifique sur un seul site "
"Web. Vous trouverez le champ \\*Site Web\\* dans l'onglet eCommerce du "
"web. Vous trouverez le champ \\*Site Web\\* dans l'onglet eCommerce du "
"formulaire d'édition du produit. Un champ vide veut dire qu'il est "
"disponible sur tous les sites Web."
"disponible sur tous les sites web."
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:249
msgid "Products available on *some* websites"
msgstr "Des produits disponibles sur *certains* sites Web"
msgstr "Des produits disponibles sur *certains* sites web"
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:251
msgid ""
"To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you "
"should duplicate the product for each website."
msgstr ""
"Pour rendre un produit disponible sur certains site Web uniquement, vous "
"devez dupliquer le produit pour chaque site."
"Pour rendre un produit disponible sur certains site web, mais pas sur tous, "
"vous devez dupliquer le produit pour chaque site web."
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:254
msgid ""
@ -3697,11 +3699,11 @@ msgid ""
" in your inventory. That way, any item sold from your website will be "
"converted into the storable item in the delivery order."
msgstr ""
"Si vous devez gérer une référence particulière dans votre stock, vous devez "
"installer *Fabrication\\ et création *Kits* BoMs (nomenclatures). Chaque kit"
" reliera chaque produit “virtuel” publié à la référence principale gérée "
"dans votre stock. Ainsi, tout article vendu à partir de votre site Web sera "
"converti en un article stockable sur le bon de livraison."
"Si vous avez besoin d'une référence unique pour gérer votre inventaire, vous"
" devez installer *Fabrication* et créer des nomenclatures de *Kits*. Chaque "
"kit reliera chaque produit “virtuel” publié à la référence principale gérée "
"dans votre inventaire. Ainsi, tout article vendu à partir de votre site web "
"sera converti en un article stockable sur le bon de livraison."
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:261
msgid "Pricelists"
@ -3712,8 +3714,8 @@ msgid ""
"To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales "
"Prices per Product* in Website settings."
msgstr ""
"Pour gérer des prix spécifiques par site Web, activez *Divers prix de vente "
"par produit* dans les paramètres du site."
"Pour gérer des prix spécifiques par site web, activez *Plusieurs prix par "
"produit* dans les paramètres de Site Web."
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:266
msgid ""
@ -3730,7 +3732,7 @@ msgid ""
"If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on "
"this website."
msgstr ""
"Si vous avez besoin d'aide. Sélectionnez l'un des sites Web pour rendre une "
"Si vous avez besoin d'aide. Sélectionnez l'un des sites web pour rendre une "
"liste de prix disponible uniquement sur ce site."
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:275
@ -3740,9 +3742,9 @@ msgid ""
"operations of Sales and Point of Sale applications."
msgstr ""
"Si vous laissez ce champ vide, cela signifie que vous la rendez disponible "
"sur tous les sites Web lorsque la case *Sélectionnable* est cochée. "
"sur tous les sites web lorsque la case *Sélectionnable* est cochée. "
"Autrement, elle ne sera disponible que pour des opérations de vente en "
"arrière-plan ou pour des applications point de vente."
"backend ou pour des applications point de vente."
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:280
msgid "Payment Providers and Delivery Methods"
@ -3954,15 +3956,15 @@ msgstr "La base de données GeoIP n'a pas pu résoudre l'adresse IP donnée."
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:3
msgid "How to translate my website"
msgstr "Comment traduire mon site Web"
msgstr "Comment traduire mon site web"
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:8
msgid ""
"In addition to creating great modern websites, Odoo gives you the "
"possibility to translate it in different languages."
msgstr ""
"En plus de pouvoir créer des sites modernes, Odoo vous donne la possibilité "
"de les traduire en différentes langues."
"En plus de pouvoir créer de superbes sites modernes, Odoo vous donne la "
"possibilité de les traduire en plusieurs langues."
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:12
msgid "Process"
@ -3973,21 +3975,21 @@ msgid ""
"Once your website is created, you have the opportunity to translate it in as"
" many different languages as you want."
msgstr ""
"Une fois votre site Web créé, vous avez l'opportunité de le traduire en "
"autant de langues que vous le souhaitez."
"Une fois votre site web créé, vous avez la possibilité de le traduire en "
"autant de langues différentes que vous le souhaitez."
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:17
msgid "You can only translate your website manually, follow the next step."
msgstr ""
"Vous ne pouvez traduire votre site web que manuellement, suivez l'étape "
"suivante."
"Vous pouvez seulement traduire votre site web manuellement, en suivant "
"l'étape suivante."
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:19
msgid ""
"Now go to your website. On the bottom right corner of the page, click on "
"**Add a language**."
msgstr ""
"Ensuite, allez sur votre site Web. Dans le coin inférieur droit de la page, "
"Allez à présent à votre site web. Dans le coin inférieur droit de la page, "
"cliquez sur **Ajouter une langue**."
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:25
@ -3995,8 +3997,8 @@ msgid ""
"Choose the language in which you want to translate your website and then "
"click on **Load.**"
msgstr ""
"Choisissez la langue vers laquelle vous voulez traduire votre site Web puis "
"cliquez sur **Télecharger.**"
"Choisissez la langue dans laquelle vous voulez traduire votre site web, puis"
" cliquez sur **Ajouter**."
#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:31
msgid ""
@ -4004,7 +4006,7 @@ msgid ""
"that the page for the translation has been created. You can also see that "
"some of the text has been translated automatically."
msgstr ""
"Vous verrez que maintenant Français apparaît à côté de English, ce qui "
"Vous verrez qu'à présent, le français apparaît à côté de English, ce qui "
"signifie que la page pour la traduction a été créée. Vous pouvez aussi voir "
"qu'une partie du texte a été traduite automatiquement."
@ -4012,7 +4014,4 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ""
"To translate the content of the website, click on **Translate** (here "
"**Traduire** since we want to translate the website in French)."
msgstr ""
"Pour traduire le contenu de votre site Web, cliquez sur **Traduire**, "
"cliquez sur **Traduire** (**Traduire** car nous voulons traduire notre site "
"vers le français)."
msgstr "Pour traduire le contenu du site web, cliquez sur **Traduire**."

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -4,19 +4,20 @@
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Martin Trigaux, 2022
# Yihya Hugirat <hugirat@gmail.com>, 2022
# דודי מלכה <Dudimalka6@gmail.com>, 2022
# Martin Trigaux, 2022
# ZVI BLONDER <ZVIBLONDER@gmail.com>, 2022
# ZVI BLONDER <ZVIBLONDER@gmail.com>, 2023
# Lilach Gilliam <lilach.gilliam@gmail.com>, 2023
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-12-23 09:13+0000\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-31 10:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: ZVI BLONDER <ZVIBLONDER@gmail.com>, 2022\n"
"Last-Translator: Lilach Gilliam <lilach.gilliam@gmail.com>, 2023\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/he/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -975,267 +976,640 @@ msgid "Overview"
msgstr "סקירה כללית"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:3
msgid "Get Started with Surveys"
msgid "Survey essentials"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:5
msgid ""
"Surveys can be used for a range of purposes that can go from collecting "
"customer feedback, evaluate the success of an event, measure how pleased "
"customers are with your products/services, gauge whether employees are happy"
" and satisfied with their work environment, and even to find out what your "
"market is thinking."
"Companies often use surveys to collect valuable information from their "
"customers and employees, which in turn, allows them to make more informed "
"business decisions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:11
msgid "Get started"
msgstr "התחל"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:8
msgid ""
"In Odoo, surveys are used to collect customer feedback, evaluate the success"
" of a recent event, measure the satisfaction of customers (or employees), "
"and gain more insight into shifting market sentiments."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:13
msgid ""
"When creating your survey, choose a *Title* and *Category*. The *Category* "
"field is used to know in which context the survey is being conducted, as "
"different applications might use it for different purposes such as "
"recruitment, certification, or employee appraisal."
msgid "Getting started"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rstNone
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:15
msgid ""
"Form view of a survey with a title and category being chosen in Odoo Surveys"
"To begin, open the :guilabel:`Surveys` application and click "
":guilabel:`Create`. Odoo then redirects the page to a blank survey template "
"form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:18
msgid ""
"On the survey form, add a :guilabel:`Survey Title` and then add a cover "
"image to the survey by hovering over the photo icon and clicking on the "
":guilabel:`Edit (pencil)` icon. When the file explorer window opens, choose "
"an image from the local files."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:22
msgid "Tab: Questions"
msgid ""
"Below the :guilabel:`Survey Title` are various tabs in which the survey "
"questions and format can be created and customized. These tabs are labeled "
"as follows:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:24
msgid "Add sections and questions by clicking on the respective links."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:25
msgid ":guilabel:`Questions`: the list of questions to be asked in the survey"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:26
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Description`: contextual information to aid in understanding the "
"survey"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:27
msgid ""
"On the *Sections and Questions* form, once the question type is chosen and "
"the answer added, under the tab *Options*, enable *Mandatory Answer*, and "
"set an *Error message* to be shown when the user tries to submit the survey "
"without answering the respective question."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:29
msgid ""
"Depending on the *Question Type*, the tab *Options* aggregates extra and "
"different possibilities. Examples:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:31
msgid ""
"*Single Line Text Box* - can choose a minimum and maximum text length "
"(number of characters - spaces do not count), and its error message."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:33
msgid ""
"*Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed*: choose between radio buttons or"
" a dropdown menu list, and if you would like to have a comment field. If the"
" user select an answer and type a comment, the values are separately "
"recorded. Or, enable the comment field to be displayed as an answer choice, "
"with which a text type field is displayed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:37
msgid ""
"*Matrix Type*: choose if you would like to have one or multiple choices per "
"row."
":guilabel:`Options`: choices for survey respondents to answer the questions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rstNone
msgid "Sections and questions view of a survey in Odoo Surveys"
msgid "Various tabs that can be found on the survey template page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:44
msgid "Tab: Description"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:34
msgid "Questions tab"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:46
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:36
msgid ""
"Write a *Description* to be displayed under the title of the survey's "
"homepage."
"Add questions and sections to the survey in the :guilabel:`Questions` tab. A"
" section divides the survey into parts in order to visually group similar "
"questions together. To make a section, click :guilabel:`Add a section` and "
"type in a section name. Then, add questions or drag and drop questions into "
"the divided sections."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:41
msgid ""
"Clicking :guilabel:`Add a question` opens the :guilabel:`Create Sections and"
" Questions` pop-up to create and customize the survey question."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rstNone
msgid "The survey question pop-up window."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:49
msgid "Create questions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:51
msgid ""
"Frontend of a survey showing the title and description of a survey for Odoo "
"Surveys"
"In the :guilabel:`Create Sections and Questions` pop-up, type the question "
"in the :guilabel:`Question` field. Then, choose the :guilabel:`Question "
"Type`. A preview of how the question type looks is shown in the preview "
"window."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:53
msgid "Click on *Edit* to personalize your pages with the website builder."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:55
msgid "Choose from the following :guilabel:`Question Types`:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:56
msgid "Tab: Options"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:57
msgid ":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:58
msgid ""
"Under the tab *Options*, choose the *Layout* of your questions. If choosing "
"*One page per section* or *One page per question*, an option *Back Button* "
"becomes available, which allows the user to go back pages."
msgid ":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rstNone
msgid ""
"Form view of a survey emphasizing the layout feature under options in Odoo "
"Surveys"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:59
msgid ":guilabel:`Numerical Value`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:60
msgid ":guilabel:`Date`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:61
msgid ":guilabel:`Datetime`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:62
msgid ":guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:63
msgid ":guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:64
msgid ":guilabel:`Matrix`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:67
msgid "Test and share the survey"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:70
msgid ""
"Once your Survey is ready, *Test* it to avoid *Sharing* it with potential "
"errors. As answers get collected, click on *Answers* to access all the "
"details of the respondent and his answers."
"Different features appear in the :guilabel:`Answers` and :guilabel:`Options`"
" tabs, depending on the :guilabel:`Question Type` chosen. However, the "
":guilabel:`Description` tab always remains the same, regardless of what "
"question is chosen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:72
msgid "Create sections and questions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:74
msgid ""
"By default, a filter *Except Test Entries* is applied to keep the list of "
"entries clean with only real participants."
"Once a :guilabel:`Question Type` has been selected, there are three possible"
" tabs where information can be customized for the question. These include "
"the :guilabel:`Answers` (if applicable), :guilabel:`Description`, and "
":guilabel:`Options` tabs."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rstNone
msgid "View list of the participations of a survey in Odoo Surveys"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:79
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:78
msgid ""
"Another way to access detailed answers is by going to "
":menuselection:`Participations --> Participations`."
"Each tab offers a variety of different features depending on what "
":guilabel:`Question Type` was chosen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:80
msgid "Click on *See results* to be redirected to an analytical page."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:81
msgid ""
"For example, in the :guilabel:`Options` tab, the following options may "
"appear:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rstNone
msgid "View of an analytical page for Odoo Surveys"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:83
msgid ":guilabel:`Mandatory Answer`: the question must be answered."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:84
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Matrix Type`: for matrix-type questions, select if one choice or "
"multiple choices can be selected per row."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:86
msgid ":guilabel:`Number of columns`: select how many columns are displayed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:87
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:34
msgid ":doc:`scoring`"
msgid ":guilabel:`Images on answers`: allow images on the answer options."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:88
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:35
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Conditional Display`: determine if the question is displayed "
"based on the participant's answer to a previous question."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:90
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Show Comments Field`: allow the participant to type a comment in "
"a text box."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:91
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Question Time Limit`: for live session surveys, set a time limit "
"for the question."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:94
msgid "Conditional Display"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:96
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Conditional Display` means the question is only displayed if the "
"specified conditional answer has been selected in a previous question."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:99
msgid ""
"When the box next to :guilabel:`Conditional Display` is selected, the "
":guilabel:`Triggering Question` field appears. Select a question from the "
"survey."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:102
msgid ""
"Then, a :guilabel:`Triggering Answer` field appears. Here, select which "
"answer will trigger this :guilabel:`Conditional Display` question."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:106
msgid "Options tab"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:108
msgid ""
"Back on the main survey template form, under the :guilabel:`Options` tab, "
"there are different sections of settings that can be modified."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:111
msgid "The sections include:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:113
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Questions`: focuses on the overall presentation of the survey"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:114
msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring`: decides how the survey is scored"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:115
msgid ":guilabel:`Candidates`: manages access to the survey"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:116
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Live Session`: enables the survey into a real-time group "
"activity."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:119
msgid "Questions"
msgstr "שאלות"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:121
msgid ""
"First, select the :guilabel:`Layout` of the survey. The following options "
"can be chosen:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:123
msgid ":guilabel:`One page with all the questions`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:124
msgid ":guilabel:`One page per section`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:125
msgid ":guilabel:`One page per question`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:127
msgid ""
"If either the :guilabel:`One page per section` or :guilabel:`One page per "
"question` options are chosen, then the :guilabel:`Back Button` option "
"appears. If selected, the :guilabel:`Back Button` option allows the "
"participant to go back to a question during the survey."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:131
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Layout` options is the :guilabel:`Progression Mode` "
"setting, which indicates how the participant's progress during the survey is"
" displayed. It is shown as either a :guilabel:`Percentage` or a "
":guilabel:`Number`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:135
msgid ""
"Next, there is an option available to add a :guilabel:`Survey Time Limit`. "
"To implement this option, simply check the box, and enter the amount of time"
" (in minutes) participants have to complete the survey."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:139
msgid ""
"After the :guilabel:`Survey Time Limit` option is a section labeled "
":guilabel:`Selection`. Here, questions can be :guilabel:`Randomized per "
"section`, in other words, the number of random questions can be configured "
"by section. This mode is ignored in a live session."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:144
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:56
msgid ":doc:`time_random`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:147
msgid "Scoring"
msgstr "ציון"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:149
msgid ""
"The following options are available when deciding how a :guilabel:`Scoring` "
"method:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:151
msgid ":guilabel:`No scoring`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:152
msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:153
msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:155
msgid ""
"If either the :guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end` or "
":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end` options are selected, a "
":guilabel:`Success %` field appears. Set the percentage of correct answers "
"needed to pass the survey."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:159
msgid ""
"Next, there is the option to make the survey a certification. To do so, "
"check the box next to the option labeled :guilabel:`Is a Certification`, and"
" two additional fields appear. Select a color theme in the "
":guilabel:`Certification Template` field and then choose an :guilabel:`Email"
" Template`. When a participant passes the certification with the required "
"score, an email from Odoo will automatically be sent to that person using "
"the selected email template."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:165
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Give Badge` feature is enabled and the "
":guilabel:`Certification Badge` is set, the survey participant also receives"
" a badge upon passing the certification."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:169
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:48
msgid ":doc:`scoring`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:172
msgid "Candidates"
msgstr "מועמדים"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:174
msgid ""
"To determine access to the survey, the :guilabel:`Access Mode` has two "
"options to choose between: :guilabel:`Anyone with the link` and "
":guilabel:`Invited people only`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:177
msgid ""
"Below the :guilabel:`Appraisal Managers Only` checkbox is the "
":guilabel:`Login Required` option to require a login to participate in the "
"survey. If this option is activated, an :guilabel:`Attempts Limit` field "
"also populates, in which the number of survey attempts is defined for the "
"participant."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:182
msgid "Live Session"
msgstr "שידור חי"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:184
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Live Session` section is dedicated to users who are "
"conducting surveys in real-time, wherein they directly engage with and "
"collect answers from a live audience."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:187
msgid ""
"Customize the :guilabel:`Session Code` here; this code is needed for "
"participants to access the live session survey. Reward participants for "
"quick answers by selecting the checkbox labeled :guilabel:`Reward quick "
"answers`. By checking it, attendees will get more points if they answer "
"quickly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:193
msgid "Description tab"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:195
msgid ""
"Back on the main survey template page is the :guilabel:`Description` tab, "
"where a custom description of the survey can be added. This is displayed "
"beneath the title on the survey's homepage, which is on the front end of the"
" website made through the Odoo :guilabel:`Website` app."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:200
msgid "Test and share the survey"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:202
msgid ""
"Once the survey is created and saved, run a test to check for possible "
"errors before finally sending it out to the participants by clicking "
":guilabel:`Test` in the upper left corner of the survey template page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:206
msgid ""
"When activated, Odoo redirects the page to a test version of the survey on "
"the front end of the website. This page displays how the survey will look to"
" participants. Proceed to run through the survey, like a normal participant,"
" to check for errors."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:210
msgid ""
"To return to the survey template form in the backend, simply click the "
":guilabel:`This is a test survey. Edit Survey` link in the blue banner along"
" the top of the page. Once Odoo redirects the page to the survey template in"
" the backend, make any further changes, as needed, before officially sending"
" the survey out to participants."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:215
msgid ""
"When the survey is ready to be shared with the audience, click the "
":guilabel:`Start Survey` button in the upper-left corner of the survey "
"template form. Then, click :guilabel:`Share`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:218
msgid ""
"In the pop-up window, add the survey recipients in the "
":guilabel:`Recipients` field (for existing contacts in the Odoo database) or"
" the :guilabel:`Additional emails` field (for contacts that do not want to "
"be listed in the Odoo database). Finally, click :guilabel:`Send`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:222
msgid ""
"As answers are received, check them by clicking the :guilabel:`Answers` "
"smart button on the survey template form, or the :guilabel:`See Results` "
"button in the upper left corner. To end the survey, click the "
":guilabel:`Close` button on the survey template form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:3
msgid "Scoring Surveys"
msgid "Scoring surveys"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:5
msgid ""
"To measure your respondents performance, knowledge of a subject, or overall"
" satisfaction, attach points to the answers of specific questions. The "
"points are summed up to give your respondent a final score."
"To measure a survey participant's performance, knowledge, or overall "
"satisfaction, Odoo ascribes points to survey answers. At the end of the "
"survey, these points are summed up, resulting in the participant's final "
"score."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:9
msgid ""
"On your surveys form, click on *Add a question* and, under the tab "
"*Options*, choose between *Scoring with answers at the end* or *Scoring "
"without answers at the end*. Now, on your questions form, set the right "
"answer and score."
"To add points to questions, open the :guilabel:`Surveys` application, choose"
" the desired survey form, and then click on the :guilabel:`Options` tab. "
"Under the :guilabel;`Scoring` section, choose between :guilabel:`Scoring "
"with answers at the end` or :guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rstNone
msgid "Form view of a survey showing a list of answers in Odoo Surveys"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:17
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:14
msgid ""
"Set the percentage score the user needs to achieve to have successfully "
"taken the survey. If enabling *Certificate*, choose its template. The "
"certification is automatically sent by email to the users who successfully "
"finish it."
":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end` shows the survey participant "
"their answers after completing the survey, and displays which questions they"
" got right or wrong. On questions where there was an incorrect answer, the "
"correct answer will be highlighted."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rstNone
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:18
msgid ""
"Form view of a survey emphasizing the scoring and candidates section in Odoo"
" Surveys"
":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end` does not show the survey "
"participant their answer choices after completing the survey, only their "
"final score."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:21
msgid ""
"To indicate correct answers, click on the :guilabel:`Questions tab` and "
"choose a question. In the question form, check the :guilabel:`Is a correct "
"answer` box for the choice that is the correct answer and attach a score "
"value."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:25
msgid ""
"Enable *Login required* to be able to *Give Badges*. Badges are related to "
"the eLearning section of your website. Besides the logged-in user, visitors "
"of the website that access the page *Courses* can also see the granted "
"badges."
"Back on the :guilabel:`Options` tab of the survey, set the "
":guilabel:`Success %`. The percentage entered determines what percentage of "
"correct answers is needed to pass the survey."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:28
msgid ""
"Further on the :guilabel:`Options` tab of the survey, survey administrators "
"can also choose to make the survey a certification. A certification "
"indicates that the survey asks questions to test the participants' knowledge"
" level on a subject."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:32
msgid ""
"When enabling the :guilabel:`Is a certification` option, choose a "
":guilabel:`Certification email template`. The certification will "
"automatically be emailed using this email template to users who pass the "
"survey with a final score that is greater than or equal to the set "
":guilabel:`Success %`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:36
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Candidates` section, participants can be required to log "
"in to take the survey. If the :guilabel:`Login Required` setting is enabled,"
" two new options appear: the :guilabel:`Attempts Limit` checkbox, which "
"limits the number of times a participant can attempt the survey, and the "
"option to :guilabel:`Give Badge`, located beneath the "
":guilabel:`Certification` options in the :guilabel:`Scoring` section."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rstNone
msgid ""
"View of the courses tab emphasizing the latest achievements section on the website for\n"
"Odoo Surveys"
"Setting the Required Score (percentage), login required, and certification "
"template."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:46
msgid ""
"Badges are displayed on the eLearning portion of a given user's portal, and "
"are a way to set milestones and reward participants for passing surveys or "
"gaining points. Besides the awardee, website visitors who access the "
":guilabel:`Courses` page will also be able to see the granted badges."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rstNone
msgid "Example of how a badge looks on the eLearning portion of the website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:3
msgid "Time and Randomize Questions"
msgid "Timed and randomized questions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:6
msgid "Time Limit"
msgstr "הגבלת זמן"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:10
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:5
msgid ""
"On timed surveys, respondents need to complete the survey within a certain "
"period of time. It can be used to ensure that all respondents get the same "
"amount of time to find the answers, or to decrease the chance of having them"
" looking at external resources."
"When creating a survey in Odoo, there are options to set a time limit on the"
" survey and randomize the questions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:9
msgid "Time limit"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:11
msgid "Set the *Time limit* under the tab *Options*."
msgid ""
"During a timed survey, participants must finish the survey within a "
"specified period of time. A common use case for implementing a time limit is"
" that it greatly reduces the chance of participants looking up responses via"
" external resources (e.g. web search), and reduces the survey to a \"closed "
"book\" testing environment."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:16
msgid ""
"Find the :guilabel:`Survey Time Limit` setting in the :guilabel:`Options` "
"tab of the survey form, under the :guilabel:`Questions` section."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rstNone
msgid ""
"View of a survey form emphasizing the time limit feature in Odoo Surveys"
msgid "Time limit field in the options tab of a survey template form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:17
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:23
msgid ""
"A timer is shown on the pages so the user can keep track of the remaining "
"time. Surveys not \\ submitted by the *Time limit* do not have their answers"
" saved."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:21
msgid "Selection"
msgstr "בחירה"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:25
msgid ""
"When you randomize a survey, you allow for the questions to be shuffled in a"
" random order every time someone opens the questionnaire. This can be useful"
" to avoid having respondents looking at each others' answers."
"When the :guilabel:`Survey Time Limit` option is checked, a timer will be "
"displayed on every page of the survey, letting participants keep track of "
"the time remaining while the survey is active."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:27
msgid ""
"To do so, under the tab *Options*, enable *Randomized per section*. Now, "
"under the tab *Questions*, set how many of the questions in that section "
"should be taken into account during the shuffling."
"Participants that do not submit their survey by the preconfigured time limit"
" will *not* have their answers saved."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:31
msgid "Randomized selection"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:33
msgid ""
"When a survey is randomized, Odoo shuffles the questions and reveals them in"
" a random order every time a participant begins the questionnaire. Using "
"randomization as a survey method discourages participants from looking at "
"each other's responses, and helps control for individual testing."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:37
msgid ""
"To randomize a survey, click the :guilabel:`Options` tab on the survey form."
" In the :guilabel:`Questions` section, select :guilabel:`Randomized per "
"section` for the :guilabel:`Selection` field. After enabling, navigate to "
"the :guilabel:`Questions` tab and look in the :guilabel:`Random questions "
"count` column. From there, determine how many questions (per section) Odoo "
"should select and display during the shuffling of questions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rstNone
msgid ""
"View of a survey form emphasizing the random questions count column in Odoo "
"Surveys"
msgid "Randomized question count in the questions tab of a survey."
msgstr ""

View File

@ -4,25 +4,27 @@
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Lilach Gilliam <lilach.gilliam@gmail.com>, 2022
# Yihya Hugirat <hugirat@gmail.com>, 2022
# שהאב חוסיין <shhab89@gmail.com>, 2022
# Leandro Noijovich <eliel.sorcerer@gmail.com>, 2022
# NoaFarkash, 2022
# Netta Waizer, 2022
# Martin Trigaux, 2022
# דודי מלכה <Dudimalka6@gmail.com>, 2022
# ZVI BLONDER <ZVIBLONDER@gmail.com>, 2022
# Ha Ketem <haketem@gmail.com>, 2022
# Jonathan Spier, 2023
# Ha Ketem <haketem@gmail.com>, 2023
# Roy Sayag, 2023
# Lilach Gilliam <lilach.gilliam@gmail.com>, 2023
# NoaFarkash, 2023
# ZVI BLONDER <ZVIBLONDER@gmail.com>, 2023
# Martin Trigaux, 2023
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-12-23 09:13+0000\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-31 10:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Ha Ketem <haketem@gmail.com>, 2022\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/he/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -1653,6 +1655,757 @@ msgid ""
"the screen with the :guilabel:`Screen URL` field."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge.rst:7
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:202
msgid "Knowledge"
msgstr "ידע"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge.rst:9
msgid ""
"**Odoo Knowledge** is a multipurpose productivity app that allows internal "
"users to enrich their business knowledge base and provide individually or "
"collaboratively gathered information."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge.rst:12
msgid ""
"The pages on which they gather content are called *articles*. They are "
"mainly composed of a title and a body. The latter is an HTML field "
"containing text, images, links to other articles, records from other models,"
" templates, etc."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge.rst:17
msgid "`Knowledge product page <https://www.odoo.com/app/knowledge>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:3
msgid "Articles editing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:6
msgid "Add and style content"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:8
msgid ""
"To start adding content, click anywhere on the page. Your cursor is "
"automatically set to write the article's first-level header. Once you are "
"done writing the title, press **enter** on your keyboard to move to the next"
" line."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rstNone
msgid "knowledge's user interface"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:17
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Untitled` on the left side of the top bar to automatically "
"match your :dfn:`h1 (First-level header)` title and the article's name. To "
"change the name of your article later, you must do it manually. To do so, "
"click the name on the top bar and proceed to the modification."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:22
msgid "Text editor"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:24
msgid "To stylize the text using the text editor, select the text to format."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:26
msgid "Then, you can:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:28
msgid ""
"Change the style by clicking :guilabel:`Normal`. Doing so opens a dropdown "
"menu with multiple styles to choose from (:guilabel:`Normal, Code, Header 1 "
"→ Header 6, Quote`);"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:30
msgid ""
"Format the text. Click :guilabel:`B` to put it in bold, :guilabel:`I` to put"
" it in italic, :guilabel:`U` to underline, and :guilabel:`S` to "
"strikethrough;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:32
msgid ""
"Change the font color by clicking :guilabel:`A` or the background color by "
"clicking the **pencil** icon:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:35
msgid ""
"To choose from a predefined theme color, click :guilabel:`Theme` and select "
"the desired color."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:36
msgid ""
"To customize, click :guilabel:`Solid` and define a color using the wheel, by"
" typing its hex code, or its RGBA values."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:38
msgid ""
"To use a gradient, click :guilabel:`Gradient`, choose a predefined gradient "
"or click :guilabel:`Custom` to create a personalized gradient."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:41
msgid ""
"To change the text's size, click the **size number** and select the desired "
"size;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:42
msgid ""
"Click the **lists** icons to turn the paragraph into an unordered list, an "
"ordered list, or a checklist;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:44
msgid "Click the **chain** icon to insert or edit an URL link."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rstNone
msgid "Text editor's toolbox"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:50
msgid ""
"To format a whole paragraph, type `/` anywhere in the text. Doing so opens "
"the **powerbox**, which allows:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:53
msgid "Changing a paragraph into lists (unordered, ordered, checklists)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:54
msgid ""
"Changing a paragraph into a header (1 → 6), normal text, `code`, or "
"*quotes*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:57
msgid "Add a cover"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:59
msgid ""
"You can customize your article by adding a cover picture and an icon. Hover "
"above the h1 title and click :guilabel:`Add Cover`. A pop-up window opens to"
" set a cover picture."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:62
msgid ""
"If your database and your Unsplash account are associated, the cover picture"
" is automatically selected based on the article's name. To modify it, hover "
"over the picture to make the buttons appear, click :guilabel:`Change Cover`,"
" and select another image."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:66
msgid "Retrieve images from different sources:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:68
msgid "Search the **Unsplash** database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:69
msgid "Enter a picture's **URL**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:70
msgid "**Upload** an image from a computer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:72
msgid ""
"To remove the cover, hover over it to make the buttons appear and click "
":guilabel:`Remove Cover`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:75
msgid ""
"To associate Unsplash with your database, please refer to "
":doc:`../../websites/website/optimize/unsplash`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:77
msgid ""
"The articles are responsive, and so are the cover pictures. As a result, the"
" images cannot be repositioned manually to fit a particular screen, as they "
"automatically resize depending on the device."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:82
msgid "Add an icon"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:84
msgid ""
"To add an icon, hover above the h1 title and click :guilabel:`Add Icon`. "
"Doing this sets a random emoji automatically. To change it, click it and "
"select one from the emoji window. To remove it, proceed equally and click "
"the red-circled :guilabel:`x`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:89
msgid ""
"The emoji is also displayed before the corresponding article in the side "
"panel hierarchic tree."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:90
msgid ""
"Click the emoji on the side panel to change it without opening the related "
"article."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:93
msgid "Commands"
msgstr "פקודות"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:95
msgid ""
"To use a command, type `/` and open the **powerbox**. Type the command's "
"name or select from multiple features to insert blocks, images, files, etc. "
"Some of them, such as `/Image` or `/Article` are common to all the apps, but"
" others are inherent to the knowledge app and cannot be found or used in any"
" other application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:101
msgid "List of commands"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:103
msgid "Commands are divided into multiple categories depending on their use."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:106
msgid "Structure"
msgstr "מבנה"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:113
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:143
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:163
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:177
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:195
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:209
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:234
msgid "Command"
msgstr "פקודה"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:114
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:144
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:164
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:178
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:196
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:210
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:235
msgid "Use"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:115
msgid ":guilabel:`Bulleted list`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:116
msgid "Create a bulleted list."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:117
msgid ":guilabel:`Numbered list`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:118
msgid "Create a list with numbering."
msgstr "יצירת רשימה ממוספרת"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:119
msgid ":guilabel:`Checklist`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:120
msgid "Track tasks with a checklist."
msgstr "עקוב אחר משימות בעזרת צ'ק ליסט."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:121
msgid ":guilabel:`Table`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:122
msgid "Insert a table."
msgstr "הכנס לטבלה."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:123
msgid ":guilabel:`Separator`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:124
msgid "Insert an horizontal rule separator."
msgstr "הכנס קו מפריד אופקי."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:125
msgid ":guilabel:`Quote`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:126
msgid "Add a blockquote section."
msgstr "הוסף קטע ציטוט."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:127
msgid ":guilabel:`Code`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:128
msgid "Add a code section."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:129
msgid ":guilabel:`2 columns`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:130
msgid "Convert into 2 columns."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:131
msgid ":guilabel:`3 columns`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:132
msgid "Convert into 3 columns."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:133
msgid ":guilabel:`4 columns`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:134
msgid "Convert into 4 columns."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:136
msgid "Format"
msgstr "תבנית"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:145
msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 1`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:146
msgid "Big section heading."
msgstr "כותרת בגודל גדול"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:147
msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 2`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:148
msgid "Medium section heading."
msgstr "כותרת בגודל בינוני"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:149
msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 3`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:150
msgid "Small section heading."
msgstr "כותרת בגודל קטן"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:151
msgid ":guilabel:`Switch direction`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:152
msgid "Switch the text's direction."
msgstr "החלף את כיוון הטקסט."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:153
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:34
msgid ":guilabel:`Text`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:154
msgid "Paragraph block."
msgstr "בלוק פסקה."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:156
msgid "Media"
msgstr "מדיה"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:165
msgid ":guilabel:`Image`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:166
msgid "Insert an image."
msgstr "הכנס תמונה"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:167
msgid ":guilabel:`Article`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:168
msgid "Link an article."
msgstr "קישור למאמר."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:170
msgid "Navigation"
msgstr "ניווט"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:179
msgid ":guilabel:`Link`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:180
msgid "Add a link."
msgstr "הוסף קישור."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:181
msgid ":guilabel:`Button`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:182
msgid "Add a button."
msgstr "הוספת כפתור."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:183
msgid ":guilabel:`Appointment`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:184
msgid "Add a specific appointment."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:185
msgid ":guilabel:`Calendar`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:186
msgid "Schedule an appointment."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:188
msgid "Widget"
msgstr "יישומון"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:197
msgid ":guilabel:`3 Stars`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:198
msgid "Insert a rating over 3 stars."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:199
msgid ":guilabel:`5 Stars`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:200
msgid "Insert a rating over 5 stars."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:211
msgid ":guilabel:`Table of Content`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:212
msgid "Add a table of content with the article's headings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:213
msgid ":guilabel:`Index`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:214
msgid "Show the first level of nested articles."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:215
msgid ":guilabel:`Outline`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:216
msgid "Show all nested articles."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:217
msgid ":guilabel:`Item Kanban`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:218
msgid "Insert a kanban view of article items."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:219
msgid ":guilabel:`Item List`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:220
msgid "Insert a list view of article items."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:221
msgid ":guilabel:`File`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:222
msgid "Embed a file that can be downloaded."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:223
msgid ":guilabel:`Template`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:224
msgid ""
"Add a template section that can be inserted in messages, terms & conditions,"
" or description in other applications."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:227
msgid "Basic Blocks"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:236
msgid ":guilabel:`Signature`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:237
msgid "Insert your signature."
msgstr "הכנס את החתימה שלך."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:240
msgid "Content from other app"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:242
msgid ""
"Knowledge allows to retrieve content views from other applications. To do "
"so, go to the targeted app and create the desired view. Then, click "
":menuselection:`Favorite --> Insert view in article` and select an article. "
"The view is inserted at the bottom of the selected article."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:247
msgid ""
"To retrieve the view below, we created it by going to :menuselection:`Sales "
"--> Graph icon --> Pie Chart icon` and inserted it by clicking "
":menuselection:`Favorite --> Insert view in article` and selecting the "
"*Sales Playbook* article."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:0
msgid "article view from the Sales app"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:256
msgid ""
"Users who do **not** have access to the view will **not** be able to access "
"it in **Knowledge** even though they have access to the article containing "
"the view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:3
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:453
msgid "Properties"
msgstr "מאפיינים"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:5
msgid ""
"Properties are fields containing data and that can be added to articles by "
"any user with **write** access. These fields are shared between all the "
"child articles and article items under the same parent."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:10
msgid ""
"To be able to add properties, an article must be either a **child article** "
"or an **article item**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:14
msgid "Add property fields"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:16
msgid ""
"Hover above the first-level header to make the buttons appear. Click "
":menuselection:`⚙ Add Properties --> Field Type`, select the type and add a "
"default value if needed. To make the fields appear in **kanban views**, "
"check :guilabel:`View in Kanban` as well. To validate and close the property"
" creation window, click anywhere."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rstNone
msgid "Dropdown of property fields types"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:25
msgid "The different types assess what the field content can be:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:32
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:58
msgid "Types"
msgstr "סוגים"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:33
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:59
msgid "Uses"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:35
msgid "Allows adding any content with no restriction."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:36
msgid ":guilabel:`Checkbox`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:37
msgid "Add a checkbox."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:38
msgid ":guilabel:`Integer`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:39
msgid "Allows adding integer numbers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:40
msgid ":guilabel:`Decimal`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:41
msgid "Allows adding any number."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:42
msgid ":guilabel:`Date`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:43
msgid "Allows selecting a date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:44
msgid ":guilabel:`Date & Time`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:45
msgid "Allows selecting a date and time."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:47
msgid "Some **field types** need to be configured:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rstNone
msgid "property configuration form"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:60
msgid ":guilabel:`Selection`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:61
msgid ""
"Add a drop-down selection menu with restricted values that have been set at "
"the property creation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:64
msgid ""
"To set it up, click :guilabel:`Add a Value` next to the :guilabel:`Values` "
"field. Enter predetermined values and press **enter** to validate; you can "
"enter as many values as needed. Click anywhere to close the property "
"creation window."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:67
msgid ":guilabel:`Tags`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:68
msgid "Allows creating and applying as many tags as needed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:70
msgid ""
"To set it up, enter your `new_tag` in the :guilabel:`Tags` field, and press "
"**enter** or click :guilabel:`Create \"new_tag\"`. Click anywhere to close "
"the window. Then, add the tags into the property field. To do so, click the "
"property field and choose from the created tags; enter the tags' name and "
"press **enter**; enter a new tag's name and create a new one on the spot."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:75
msgid ":guilabel:`Many2one`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:76
msgid ""
"Choose from a list of records that result from a model's domain. You can "
"only select one result."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:79
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:86
msgid ""
"To set it up, click :guilabel:`Search a Model` in the :guilabel:`Model` "
"field, select the model. Match all records by clicking :guilabel:`## "
"Record(s)`, or filter the results by clicking :guilabel:`+ Add Filter` and "
"show the records by clicking :guilabel:`## Record(s)`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:82
msgid ":guilabel:`Many2many`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:83
msgid ""
"Choose from a list of records that result from a model's domain. You can "
"select as many results as needed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:91
msgid "Delete property fields"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:93
msgid ""
"To remove a property, click the **pencil** icon next to the targeted "
"property, then click :menuselection:`Delete --> Delete`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:97
msgid "Once a property field is deleted, you cannot retrieve it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:100
msgid "Hide the property panel"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:102
msgid ""
"To hide the property sidebar panel, click the gear :guilabel:`(⚙)` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:5
msgid "Mail Plugins"
msgstr ""
@ -2017,7 +2770,8 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:43
msgid ""
"Enter the following URL "
"`https://download.odoo.com/plugins/outlook/manifest.xml` and press *OK*."
"`https://download.odoocdn.com/plugins/v15/outlook/manifest.xml` and press "
"*OK*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:0
@ -3203,10 +3957,6 @@ msgid ""
":guilabel:`Customer` and then :guilabel:`Email`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:453
msgid "Properties"
msgstr "מאפיינים"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:455
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Invisible`: When it is not necessary for users to view a field on"

View File

@ -7,21 +7,21 @@
# Netta Waizer, 2022
# Martin Trigaux, 2022
# Yihya Hugirat <hugirat@gmail.com>, 2022
# דודי מלכה <Dudimalka6@gmail.com>, 2022
# ExcaliberX <excaliberx@gmail.com>, 2022
# Adi Sharashov <Adi@laylinetech.com>, 2022
# Ha Ketem <haketem@gmail.com>, 2022
# ZVI BLONDER <ZVIBLONDER@gmail.com>, 2023
# Lilach Gilliam <lilach.gilliam@gmail.com>, 2023
# דודי מלכה <Dudimalka6@gmail.com>, 2023
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-19 15:37+0000\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-31 10:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Lilach Gilliam <lilach.gilliam@gmail.com>, 2023\n"
"Last-Translator: דודי מלכה <Dudimalka6@gmail.com>, 2023\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/he/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:14
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:11
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:9
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:10
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:17
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:8
#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:20
@ -3708,52 +3708,107 @@ msgid "Shop Features"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:3
msgid "Using barcodes in PoS"
msgid "Barcodes"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:5
msgid ""
"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your "
"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers."
"Using a barcode scanner to process point-of-sale orders improves your "
"efficiency in providing quicker customer service. Barcode scanners can be "
"used both to scan products or to log employees into a POS session."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:11
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:12
msgid ""
"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> "
"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
"To use a barcode scanner, you must enable the feature in the Inventory app. "
"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, in the "
":guilabel:`Barcode` section, tick :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` and save."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:14
msgid ""
"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* "
"select it."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rstNone
msgid "barcode setting in the Inventory application"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:21
msgid "Add barcodes to product"
msgid ""
":doc:`Set up a barcode "
"scanner<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware>`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:23
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:22
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a "
"product."
":doc:`Activate barcode "
"scanners<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software>`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:26
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:24
msgid ""
"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you "
"can input any barcode."
"Once enabled in **Inventory**, you can use the barcode feature in **Point of"
" Sale** with products that have a barcode number assigned."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:28
msgid "Assign barcodes"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:31
msgid "To your products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:33
msgid "Scanning products"
msgid ""
"To use this feature in POS, your products must have barcodes assigned. To do"
" so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Products` and open"
" a **product form**. Add a barcode number in the :guilabel:`Barcode` field "
"in the :guilabel:`General Information` tab."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:35
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:38
msgid "To your employees"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:40
msgid ""
"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The "
"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple "
"times or change the quantity manually on the screen."
"To add an identification number to an employee, go to the **Employees** app "
"and open an **employee form**. Choose an identification number for your "
"employee and fill in the :guilabel:`PIN Code` field in the :guilabel:`HR "
"Settings` tab."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:45
msgid "Use barcodes"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:48
msgid "Scan products"
msgstr "סרוק מוצרים"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:50
msgid ""
"Scan a product's barcode using a barcode scanner. Doing so adds it directly "
"to the cart. To change the quantity, scan a product as many times as needed,"
" or click :guilabel:`Qty` and enter the number of products using the keypad."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:54
msgid ""
"You can also enter the barcode number manually in the search bar to look for"
" the product. Then, click it to add it to the cart."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:58
msgid ":doc:`Get started <../overview/getting_started>`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:61
msgid "Log employees"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:63
msgid ""
"You can also use a barcode scanner to log your employees. To do so, "
":ref:`restrict access <restrict-employee-pos>` to the POS and :ref:`use "
"barcodes to log your employees in <employee-barcode>` your POS."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:3
@ -3945,71 +4000,71 @@ msgid ""
"To manage multiple cashiers, you need several employees (at least two)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:16
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:18
msgid "Set up log in with employees"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:18
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:20
msgid ""
"To enable the feature, go to your *PoS settings* and check log in with "
"employees on your *PoS form*. Then, add the employees that have access to "
"the cash register."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:25
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:27
msgid "Now, you can switch cashier easily."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:28
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:30
msgid "Switch without pin codes"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:30
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:32
msgid ""
"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. To do so, click on the"
" cashier name in your PoS interface."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:36
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:38
msgid "Now, you just have to click on your name."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:42
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:46
msgid "Switch cashier with pin codes"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:44
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:48
msgid ""
"You can set a pin code on each cashier. To set up a pin code, go to the "
"employee form and add a security PIN, in the *HR settings tab*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:50
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:54
msgid "Now, when switching cashier, a PIN password will be asked."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:56
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:62
msgid "Switch cashier with barcodes"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:58
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:64
msgid ""
"You can ask your employees to log themselves with their badges. To do so, "
"set up a barcode at the same place you add the PIN code. Print the badge and"
" when they will scan it, the cashier will be switched to that employee."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:67
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:73
msgid "Find who was the cashier"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:69
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:75
msgid ""
"Once you have closed your *PoS session*, you can have an overview of the "
"amount each cashier sold for. To do so, go to the orders menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:75
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:81
msgid "Now, you can open the order and have a summary of the sold products."
msgstr ""
@ -6930,7 +6985,7 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ""
"Sometimes, customers return an item after they receive and/or pay for their "
"invoice. In these cases, a return using only *Reverse Transfers* is "
"impossible since validated or sent invoices cannot be changed. However, "
"insufficient since validated or sent invoices cannot be changed. However, "
"*Reverse Transfers* can be used in conjunction with *Credit Notes* to "
"complete the customer's return."
msgstr ""
@ -6958,29 +7013,9 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:61
msgid ""
"Since the returned products have already been paid for, the validated "
"invoice must be modified to reflect the return. Navigate to the relevant "
"invoice (from the sales order, click on the :guilabel:`Invoices` smart "
"button). Then, click on the :guilabel:`i` icon next to the :guilabel:`Paid` "
"line at the bottom of the invoice to open the :guilabel:`Payment Info` "
"window. Next, click :guilabel:`Unreconcile`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rstNone
msgid "The \"Unreconcile\" button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:71
msgid ""
"After the invoice is unreconciled, the options for :guilabel:`Send & Print` "
"and :guilabel:`Register Payment` become available again alongside a note "
"that there are outstanding payments for the customer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:75
msgid ""
"To process a refund, click :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` from the validated "
"invoice."
"To process a refund, navigate to the relevant invoice (from the sales order,"
" click on the :guilabel:`Invoices` smart button). Click :guilabel:`Add "
"Credit Note` from the validated invoice."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rstNone
@ -6989,34 +7024,19 @@ msgid ""
"invoicing."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:81
msgid ""
"Choose whether to issue a :guilabel:`Partial Refund`, :guilabel:`Full "
"Refund`, or :guilabel:`Full refund and new draft invoice`. The "
":guilabel:`Partial Refund` option creates a draft credit note that can be "
"edited before posting. The :guilabel:`Full refund and new draft invoice` "
"option validates the credit note and duplicates the original invoice as a "
"new draft."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:86
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:68
msgid ""
"A :guilabel:`Reason` for the credit and a :guilabel:`Specific Journal` to "
"use to process the credit can also be specified. If a :guilabel:`Specific "
"use to process the credit can be specified. If a :guilabel:`Specific "
"Reversal Date` is selected, then a :guilabel:`Refund Date` must also be "
"selected."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:90
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:72
msgid ""
"After the information is filled, click :guilabel:`Reverse`. Then, for a "
":guilabel:`Partial Refund` or :guilabel:`Full refund and new draft invoice`,"
" :guilabel:`Edit` the draft as needed, and finally, click "
":guilabel:`Confirm`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rstNone
msgid "The \"outstanding payments\" banner."
"After the information is filled in, click :guilabel:`Reverse`. Then, "
":guilabel:`Edit` the draft as needed, and finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm`"
" to confirm the credit note."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:5

View File

@ -8,16 +8,16 @@
# Yihya Hugirat <hugirat@gmail.com>, 2022
# דודי מלכה <Dudimalka6@gmail.com>, 2022
# Martin Trigaux, 2022
# ZVI BLONDER <ZVIBLONDER@gmail.com>, 2022
# ZVI BLONDER <ZVIBLONDER@gmail.com>, 2023
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-04 12:47+0000\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-31 10:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: ZVI BLONDER <ZVIBLONDER@gmail.com>, 2022\n"
"Last-Translator: ZVI BLONDER <ZVIBLONDER@gmail.com>, 2023\n"
"Language-Team: Hebrew (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/he/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -238,76 +238,80 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:3
msgid "Allow Customers to Close their Tickets"
msgstr ""
msgid "Allow customers to close their tickets"
msgstr "אפשר ללקוחות לסגור את קריאות השירות שלהם"
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:5
msgid ""
"Allowing customers to close their tickets gives them autonomy and minimize "
"misunderstandings about when an issue is considered solved, or not. It makes"
" communication and actions more efficient."
"Allowing customers to close their own tickets gives them autonomy and "
"minimizes misunderstandings around when an issue is considered solved or "
"not. This results in operational capacity for support teams, and higher "
"satisfaction for the customer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:9
msgid "Configure the feature"
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:10
msgid "Enable ticket closing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:11
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:12
msgid ""
"To configure the feature go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> "
"Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable *Ticket closing*."
"Start by navigating to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> "
"Helpdesk Teams` and choose the appropriate team. Then click :guilabel:`Edit`"
" and enable :guilabel:`Ticket closing` by checking the field box."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rstNone
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rstNone
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rstNone
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rstNone
msgid "Ticket closing in Odoo Helpdesk"
msgid "Ticket closing feature in Odoo Helpdesk."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:18
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:19
msgid ""
"In order to designate to which stage the ticket migrates to once it is "
"closed, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Overview --> Tickets`."
"To designate which stage the ticket migrates to once it is closed, navigate "
"to the ticket pipeline by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Overview` "
"and clicking :guilabel:`Tickets` on the team's card."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:25
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:23
msgid ""
"You can either create a new Kanban stage or work with an existing one. For "
"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> Edit Stage` "
"and enable *Closing Stage*."
"There are two options: create a new Kanban stage or work with an existing "
"one. For both scenarios, click the :guilabel:`Settings (gear)` icon next to "
"the stage name, select :guilabel:`Edit Stage`, and enable :guilabel:`Closing"
" Stage`. After checking the field box, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:32
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:29
msgid ""
"If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket is moved to the "
"last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage set as closing, the "
"ticket is put in the first one."
"last stage in the kanban. If more than one stage is set as a closing stage, "
"the ticket is placed in the first closing stage column."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:36
msgid "The Costumer Portal"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:38
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:33
msgid ""
"Now, once the user logs into his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is "
"available."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:45
msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by costumers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:47
msgid ""
"To do an analysis of the tickets that have been closed by costumers go to "
":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add "
"Custom filter --> Closed by partner --> Applied`."
"With the ticket closing settings now complete, customers can now view the "
"option to :guilabel:`Close this ticket` when they log into their portal."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rstNone
msgid "Reports on Ticket closing in Odoo Helpdesk"
msgid "Customer view of ticket closing in Odoo Helpdesk."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:40
msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by customers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:42
msgid ""
"To analyze the tickets that have been closed by customers, go to "
":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Tickets`. Then, click on the "
":guilabel:`Filters` menu and choose :guilabel:`Add Custom filter`. Next, set"
" the custom filter parameters to :guilabel:`Closed by partner` and "
":guilabel:`is true`. Finally, click :guilabel:`Apply`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rstNone
msgid ""
"Filter for tickets closed by customers on Odoo Helpdesk's reporting page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview.rst:5
@ -1317,7 +1321,14 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Project"
msgstr "פרויקט"
#: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:11
#: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:10
msgid ""
"Odoo Project is a tool to manage your ongoing projects. Schedule tasks, "
"assign activities to coworkers, and keep track of each project's "
"profitability."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:14
#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets.rst:11
msgid ""
"`Odoo Tutorials: Project and Timesheets "

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -5,18 +5,18 @@
#
# Translators:
# Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2022
# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2022
# Martin Trigaux, 2022
# Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2022
# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2023
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-12-23 09:13+0000\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-31 10:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2022\n"
"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2023\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -1132,6 +1132,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:33
msgid "Warehouse configuration"
msgstr ""
@ -6972,6 +6973,440 @@ msgid ""
"details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:3
msgid "Set up Sendcloud shipping services in Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:5
msgid ""
"Sendcloud is a shipping service aggregator that facilitates the integration "
"of European shipping carriers with Odoo. Once integrated, users can select "
"shipping carriers on inventory operations in their Odoo database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:10
msgid ""
"`Sendcloud integration documentation <https://support.sendcloud.com/hc/en-"
"us/articles /360059470491-Odoo-integration>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:14
msgid "Setup in Sendcloud"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:17
msgid "Create an account and activate carriers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:19
msgid ""
"To get started, go to `Sendcloud's platform <https://www.sendcloud.com>`_ to"
" configure the account and generate the connector credentials. Log in with "
"the Sendcloud account, or create a new one if needed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:24
msgid ""
"For new account creation, Sendcloud will ask for a :abbr:`VAT (Value-Added "
"Tax Identification)` number or :abbr:`EORI (Economic Operators' Registration"
" and Identification)` number. After completing the account setup, activate "
"(or deactivate) the shipping carriers that will be used in the Odoo "
"database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:30
msgid ""
"Odoo integration of Sendcloud does **not** work on free plans of Sendcloud."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:35
msgid ""
"Once logged into the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings"
" --> Shipping --> Addresses`, and fill in the field for :guilabel:`Warehouse"
" address`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rstNone
msgid "Adding addresses in the Sendcloud settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:42
msgid ""
"To allow Sendcloud to process returns as well, a :guilabel:`Return Address` "
"is required. Under the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous section`, there is a field "
"called :guilabel:`Address Name (optional)`. The Odoo warehouse name should "
"be entered here, and the characters should be exactly the same."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid "**SendClould configuration**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Address Name (optional)`: `Warehouse #1`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Brand`: `Default`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid "**Odoo warehouse configuration**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: `Warehouse #1`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Short Name`: `WH`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: `My company (San Francisco)`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: `My Company (San Francisco)`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:59
msgid ""
"Notice how the inputs for the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field, for both the Odoo"
" configuration and the Sendcloud configuration, are the exact same."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:63
msgid "Generate Sendcloud credentials"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:65
msgid ""
"In the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> "
"Integrations` in the menu on the right. Next, search for :guilabel:`Odoo "
"Native`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Connect`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:68
msgid ""
"After clicking on :guilabel:`Connect`, the page redirects to the "
":guilabel:`Sendcloud API` settings page, where the :guilabel:`Public and "
"Secret Keys` are produced. The next step is to name the "
":guilabel:`Integration`. The naming convention is as follows: `Odoo "
"CompanyName`, with the user's company name replacing `CompanyName` (e.g. "
"`Odoo StealthyWood`)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:73
msgid ""
"Then, check the box next to :guilabel:`Service Points` and select the "
"shipping services for this integration. After saving, the :guilabel:`Public "
"and Secret Keys` are generated."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rstNone
msgid "Configuring the Sendcloud integration and receiving the credentials."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:81
msgid "Setup in Odoo"
msgstr "Opzetten in Odoo"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:84
msgid "Install the Sendcloud shipping module"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:86
msgid ""
"After the Sendcloud account is set up and configured, it's time to configure"
" the Odoo database. To get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, "
"search for the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` integration, and install it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rstNone
msgid "Sendcloud Shipping module in the Odoo Apps module."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:95
msgid "Sendcloud shipping connector configuration"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:97
msgid ""
"Once installed, activate the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` module in "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. The "
":guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector` setting is found under the "
":guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` section."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:101
msgid ""
"After activating the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector`, click on the "
":guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping Methods` link below the listed connector. Once"
" on the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, click :guilabel:`Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:106
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Shipping Methods` can also be accessed by going to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping "
"Methods`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:109
msgid ""
"Fill out the following fields in the :guilabel:`New Shipping Method` form:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:111
msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: type `Sendcloud DPD`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:112
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Provider`: select :guilabel:`Sendcloud` from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:113
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: set the product that was configured for this "
"shipping method or create a new product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:115
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the "
":guilabel:`Sendcloud Public Key`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:116
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the "
":guilabel:`Sendcloud Secret Key`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:117
msgid ""
"Manually :guilabel:`Save` the form by clicking the cloud icon next to the "
":guilabel:`Shipping Methods / New` breadcrumbs."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:120
msgid ""
"After configuring and saving the form, follow these steps to load the "
"shipping products:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:122
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab of the :guilabel:`New "
"Shipping Method` form, click on the :guilabel:`Load your SendCloud shipping "
"products` link."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:124
msgid ""
"Select the shipping products the company would like to use for deliveries "
"and returns."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:125
msgid "Click :guilabel:`Select`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:128
msgid "Sample Sendcloud shipping products configured in Odoo:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`DELIVERY`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Product`: `DPD Home 0-31.5kg`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Carrier`: `DPD`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Minimum Weight`: `0.00`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Maximum Weight`: `31.50`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:136
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Countries`: `Austria` `Belgium` `Bosnia` `Herzegovina` `Bulgaria`"
" `Croatia` `Czech` `Republic` `Denmark` `Estonia` `Finland` `France` "
"`Germany` `Greece` `Hungary` `Iceland` `Ireland` `Italy` `Latvia` "
"`Liechtenstein` `Lithuania` `Luxembourg` `Monaco` `Netherlands` `Norway` "
"`Poland` `Portugal` `Romania` `Serbia` `Slovakia` `Slovenia` `Spain` "
"`Sweden` `Switzerland`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`RETURN`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Shipping Product`: `DPD Return 0-20kg`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Carrier`: `DPD`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Minimum Weight`: `0.00`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Minimum Weight`: `20.00`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Countries`: `Belgium` `Netherlands`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rstNone
msgid "Example of shipping products configured in Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:154
msgid ""
"Sendcloud does not provide test keys when a company tests the sending of a "
"package in Odoo. This means if a package is created, the configured "
"Sendcloud account will be charged, unless the associated package is canceled"
" within 24 hours of creation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:158
msgid ""
"Odoo has a built-in layer of protection against unwanted charges when using "
"test environments. Within a test environment, if a shipping method is used "
"to create labels, then those labels are immediately canceled after the "
"creation — this occurs automatically. The test and production environment "
"settings can be toggled back and forth from the :guilabel:`Smart Buttons`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:164
msgid "Generate a label with Sendcloud"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:166
msgid ""
"When creating a quotation in Odoo, add shipping and a :guilabel:`Sendcloud "
"shipping product`. Then, :guilabel:`Validate` the delivery. Shipping label "
"documents are automatically generated in the chatter, which include the "
"following:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:170
msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping label(s)` depending on the number of packages."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:171
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Return label(s)` if the Sendcloud connector is configured for "
"returns."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:172
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Customs document(s)` should the destination country require them."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:174
msgid "Additionally, the tracking number is now available."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:177
msgid ""
"When return labels are created, Sendcloud will automatically charge the "
"configured Sendcloud account."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:181
msgid "FAQ"
msgstr "FAQ"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:184
msgid "Shipment is too heavy"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:186
msgid ""
"If the shipment is too heavy for the Sendcloud service that is configured, "
"then the weight is split to simulate multiple packages. Products will need "
"to be put in different :guilabel:`Packages` to :guilabel:`Validate` the "
"transfer and generate labels."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:190
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Rules` can also be set up in Sendcloud to use other shipping "
"methods when the weight is too heavy. However, note that these rules will "
"not apply to the shipping price calculation on the calculation on the sales "
"order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:195
msgid "When using a personal carrier contract"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:197
msgid ""
"When using a personal carrier contract in Sendcloud, if the the price is not"
" accurately reflected when creating a quotation in Odoo, then the pricing "
"information needs to be updated in Sendcloud."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:201
msgid "Measuring volumetric weight"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:203
msgid ""
"Many carriers have several measures for weight. There is the actual weight "
"of the products in the parcel, and there is the *volumetric weight* "
"(:dfn:`Volumetric weight is the volume that a package occupies when in "
"transit. In other words it is the physical size of a package`)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:208
msgid ""
"Check to see if selected carrier(s) already have defined formulas to compute"
" the volumetric weight."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:212
msgid ""
"`Sendcloud: How to calculate & automate parcel volumetric weight "
"<https://support.sendcloud.com/ hc/en-us/articles/360059644051-How-to-"
"calculate-automate-parcel-volumetric-weight>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:217
msgid "Unable to calculate shipping rate"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:219
msgid ""
"First, verify that product being shipped has a weight that is supported by "
"the selected shipping method. If this is set, then verify that the "
"destination country (from the customer address) is supported by the carrier."
" The country of origin (warehouse address) should also be supported by the "
"carrier."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3
msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?"
msgstr ""
@ -7756,83 +8191,123 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5
msgid ""
"With Odoo MRP, you can use semi-finished products to simplify a complex "
"*Bill of Materials* or to represent your manufacturing flow more accurately."
" A *semi-finished product* is a manufactured product that is used as a "
"component in a Bill of Material."
"A *semi-finished product*, also known as a *subassembly*, is a manufactured "
"product that is used as a component in another product's bill of materials "
"(BoM). Semi-finished products are used to simplify complex :abbr:`BoMs "
"(Bills of Materials)` or to more accurately represent a manufacturing flow. "
"A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` that contains semi-finished products is "
"referred to as a *multilevel BoM*, where the main *top-level product* and "
"its subassemblies are distinguished."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:10
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:12
msgid "Configure semi-finished products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:14
msgid ""
"A *BoM* that employs *semi-finished products* is referred to as a multi-"
"level BoM, where we distinguish between the *top level Product* and the "
"*sub-assemblies*."
"To set up a multilevel :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, the top-level "
"product and semi-finished products must be configured. Therefore, the first "
"step is to create the semi-finished products and their :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of"
" Materials)`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:15
msgid "Configure a Multi Level BoM"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19
msgid ":doc:`bill_configuration`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:17
msgid ""
"To configure a *multi-level BoM*, you will need the top-level product and "
"its sub-assemblies. Therefore, you must first create the sub-assembly "
"products and their respective Bill of Materials. Please refer to "
":doc:`bill_configuration` for more details on how to create a BOM."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rstNone
msgid "A bill of materials for a semi-finished product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:26
msgid "Configure the Main BoM"
msgid "Create the top-level bill of materials (BoM)"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:28
msgid ""
"Then on the final product form, simply add your semi-finished products to "
"the Bill of Material."
"After the semi-finished products are fully configured, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`. Then, "
":guilabel:`Create` the top-level product. Configure the product's "
"specifications as desired, and be sure to :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:35
msgid "Manage your production planning"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:37
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:32
msgid ""
"There are several methods to manage the triggering of the various "
"manufacturing orders."
"Once the top-level product is configured, click the :guilabel:`Bill of "
"Materials` smart button on the product form, then click :guilabel:`Create` "
"to make a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` for the top-level product. Then, "
"simply add the semi-finished products to this :abbr:`BoM (Bill of "
"Materials)`, along with any other necessary components."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:39
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rstNone
msgid ""
"If every time a manufacturing order is confirmed for the main product, you'd"
" like one for the semi-finished products as well, you have two options:"
"A bill of materials for a top-level product, containing a subassembly "
"component."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:42
msgid "Manage production planning"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:44
msgid ""
"Option 1 : Create re-ordering rules for the semi-finished products, with "
"both the minimum and maximum desired stock quantities at 0."
"There are several methods to manage manufacturing order automation for "
"products with multilevel :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:48
msgid ""
"Option 2 : Use the Replenish on Order (MTO) route on the semi-finished "
"product, as well as the manufacturing one."
"Semi-finished products are specifically used to manage manufacturable "
"products with multilevel BoMs. If a BoM is being created simply to organize "
"components or bundle sellable products, using :doc:`Kits <kit_shipping>` is "
"the more appropriate option."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:51
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:52
msgid ""
"Note that Option 1 is usually recommended over Option 2 as it is more "
"flexible. The MTO route creates a unique link between the semi-finished and "
"the top level product, whereas the re-ordering rule allows you to simply "
"unreserve that production from the top level product production and redirect"
" it to another, more pressing demand, for example."
"To automatically trigger manufacturing orders for semi-finished products "
"after confirming a manufacturing order for the main product, there are two "
"options:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:56
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:55
msgid ""
"In any case, as soon as the semi-finished product is produced, it will "
"become available in the manufacturing order of the final product, as shown "
"below."
"**Option 1 (recommended):** Create *Reordering Rules* for the semi-finished "
"products and set both the minimum and maximum desired stock quantities to "
"`0`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:59
msgid ":doc:`../../purchase/products/reordering`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:61
msgid ""
"**Option 2:** Activate the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` and "
":guilabel:`Manufacture` routes under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the "
"semi-finished product's product form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:64
msgid ""
"Option 1 is more flexible than Option 2 and is therefore recommended. "
"Reordering rules do not directly link demand to replenishment, and therefore"
" allow stocks to be unreserved and redirected to other orders, if necessary."
" The Replenish on Order (MTO) route creates a unique link between the semi-"
"finished and top-level products, exclusively reserving quantities for the "
"confirmed top-level manufacturing order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:70
msgid ""
"Regardless of the method chosen, semi-finished products must be fully "
"manufactured before manufacturing can begin on the top-level product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rstNone
msgid "A manufacturing order for a top-level product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3

View File

@ -6,17 +6,17 @@
# Translators:
# Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2022
# 04a2cd0fd6ee22172c36ea91f27a38c5_60041bf, 2022
# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2022
# Martin Trigaux, 2022
# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2023
# Martin Trigaux, 2023
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-12-23 09:13+0000\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-31 10:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2022\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -1015,267 +1015,640 @@ msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Overzicht"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:3
msgid "Get Started with Surveys"
msgid "Survey essentials"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:5
msgid ""
"Surveys can be used for a range of purposes that can go from collecting "
"customer feedback, evaluate the success of an event, measure how pleased "
"customers are with your products/services, gauge whether employees are happy"
" and satisfied with their work environment, and even to find out what your "
"market is thinking."
"Companies often use surveys to collect valuable information from their "
"customers and employees, which in turn, allows them to make more informed "
"business decisions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:11
msgid "Get started"
msgstr "Beginnen"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:8
msgid ""
"In Odoo, surveys are used to collect customer feedback, evaluate the success"
" of a recent event, measure the satisfaction of customers (or employees), "
"and gain more insight into shifting market sentiments."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:13
msgid "Getting started"
msgstr "Starten"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:15
msgid ""
"When creating your survey, choose a *Title* and *Category*. The *Category* "
"field is used to know in which context the survey is being conducted, as "
"different applications might use it for different purposes such as "
"recruitment, certification, or employee appraisal."
"To begin, open the :guilabel:`Surveys` application and click "
":guilabel:`Create`. Odoo then redirects the page to a blank survey template "
"form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rstNone
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:18
msgid ""
"Form view of a survey with a title and category being chosen in Odoo Surveys"
"On the survey form, add a :guilabel:`Survey Title` and then add a cover "
"image to the survey by hovering over the photo icon and clicking on the "
":guilabel:`Edit (pencil)` icon. When the file explorer window opens, choose "
"an image from the local files."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:22
msgid "Tab: Questions"
msgid ""
"Below the :guilabel:`Survey Title` are various tabs in which the survey "
"questions and format can be created and customized. These tabs are labeled "
"as follows:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:24
msgid "Add sections and questions by clicking on the respective links."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:25
msgid ":guilabel:`Questions`: the list of questions to be asked in the survey"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:26
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Description`: contextual information to aid in understanding the "
"survey"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:27
msgid ""
"On the *Sections and Questions* form, once the question type is chosen and "
"the answer added, under the tab *Options*, enable *Mandatory Answer*, and "
"set an *Error message* to be shown when the user tries to submit the survey "
"without answering the respective question."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:29
msgid ""
"Depending on the *Question Type*, the tab *Options* aggregates extra and "
"different possibilities. Examples:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:31
msgid ""
"*Single Line Text Box* - can choose a minimum and maximum text length "
"(number of characters - spaces do not count), and its error message."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:33
msgid ""
"*Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed*: choose between radio buttons or"
" a dropdown menu list, and if you would like to have a comment field. If the"
" user select an answer and type a comment, the values are separately "
"recorded. Or, enable the comment field to be displayed as an answer choice, "
"with which a text type field is displayed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:37
msgid ""
"*Matrix Type*: choose if you would like to have one or multiple choices per "
"row."
":guilabel:`Options`: choices for survey respondents to answer the questions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rstNone
msgid "Sections and questions view of a survey in Odoo Surveys"
msgid "Various tabs that can be found on the survey template page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:44
msgid "Tab: Description"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:34
msgid "Questions tab"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:46
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:36
msgid ""
"Write a *Description* to be displayed under the title of the survey's "
"homepage."
"Add questions and sections to the survey in the :guilabel:`Questions` tab. A"
" section divides the survey into parts in order to visually group similar "
"questions together. To make a section, click :guilabel:`Add a section` and "
"type in a section name. Then, add questions or drag and drop questions into "
"the divided sections."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:41
msgid ""
"Clicking :guilabel:`Add a question` opens the :guilabel:`Create Sections and"
" Questions` pop-up to create and customize the survey question."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rstNone
msgid "The survey question pop-up window."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:49
msgid "Create questions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:51
msgid ""
"Frontend of a survey showing the title and description of a survey for Odoo "
"Surveys"
"In the :guilabel:`Create Sections and Questions` pop-up, type the question "
"in the :guilabel:`Question` field. Then, choose the :guilabel:`Question "
"Type`. A preview of how the question type looks is shown in the preview "
"window."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:53
msgid "Click on *Edit* to personalize your pages with the website builder."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:55
msgid "Choose from the following :guilabel:`Question Types`:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:56
msgid "Tab: Options"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:57
msgid ":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:58
msgid ""
"Under the tab *Options*, choose the *Layout* of your questions. If choosing "
"*One page per section* or *One page per question*, an option *Back Button* "
"becomes available, which allows the user to go back pages."
msgid ":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rstNone
msgid ""
"Form view of a survey emphasizing the layout feature under options in Odoo "
"Surveys"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:59
msgid ":guilabel:`Numerical Value`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:60
msgid ":guilabel:`Date`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:61
msgid ":guilabel:`Datetime`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:62
msgid ":guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:63
msgid ":guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:64
msgid ":guilabel:`Matrix`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:67
msgid "Test and share the survey"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:70
msgid ""
"Once your Survey is ready, *Test* it to avoid *Sharing* it with potential "
"errors. As answers get collected, click on *Answers* to access all the "
"details of the respondent and his answers."
"Different features appear in the :guilabel:`Answers` and :guilabel:`Options`"
" tabs, depending on the :guilabel:`Question Type` chosen. However, the "
":guilabel:`Description` tab always remains the same, regardless of what "
"question is chosen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:72
msgid "Create sections and questions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:74
msgid ""
"By default, a filter *Except Test Entries* is applied to keep the list of "
"entries clean with only real participants."
"Once a :guilabel:`Question Type` has been selected, there are three possible"
" tabs where information can be customized for the question. These include "
"the :guilabel:`Answers` (if applicable), :guilabel:`Description`, and "
":guilabel:`Options` tabs."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rstNone
msgid "View list of the participations of a survey in Odoo Surveys"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:79
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:78
msgid ""
"Another way to access detailed answers is by going to "
":menuselection:`Participations --> Participations`."
"Each tab offers a variety of different features depending on what "
":guilabel:`Question Type` was chosen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:80
msgid "Click on *See results* to be redirected to an analytical page."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:81
msgid ""
"For example, in the :guilabel:`Options` tab, the following options may "
"appear:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rstNone
msgid "View of an analytical page for Odoo Surveys"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:83
msgid ":guilabel:`Mandatory Answer`: the question must be answered."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:84
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Matrix Type`: for matrix-type questions, select if one choice or "
"multiple choices can be selected per row."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:86
msgid ":guilabel:`Number of columns`: select how many columns are displayed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:87
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:34
msgid ":doc:`scoring`"
msgid ":guilabel:`Images on answers`: allow images on the answer options."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:88
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:35
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Conditional Display`: determine if the question is displayed "
"based on the participant's answer to a previous question."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:90
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Show Comments Field`: allow the participant to type a comment in "
"a text box."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:91
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Question Time Limit`: for live session surveys, set a time limit "
"for the question."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:94
msgid "Conditional Display"
msgstr "Voorwaardelijke weergave"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:96
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Conditional Display` means the question is only displayed if the "
"specified conditional answer has been selected in a previous question."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:99
msgid ""
"When the box next to :guilabel:`Conditional Display` is selected, the "
":guilabel:`Triggering Question` field appears. Select a question from the "
"survey."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:102
msgid ""
"Then, a :guilabel:`Triggering Answer` field appears. Here, select which "
"answer will trigger this :guilabel:`Conditional Display` question."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:106
msgid "Options tab"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:108
msgid ""
"Back on the main survey template form, under the :guilabel:`Options` tab, "
"there are different sections of settings that can be modified."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:111
msgid "The sections include:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:113
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Questions`: focuses on the overall presentation of the survey"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:114
msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring`: decides how the survey is scored"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:115
msgid ":guilabel:`Candidates`: manages access to the survey"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:116
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Live Session`: enables the survey into a real-time group "
"activity."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:119
msgid "Questions"
msgstr "Vragen"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:121
msgid ""
"First, select the :guilabel:`Layout` of the survey. The following options "
"can be chosen:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:123
msgid ":guilabel:`One page with all the questions`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:124
msgid ":guilabel:`One page per section`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:125
msgid ":guilabel:`One page per question`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:127
msgid ""
"If either the :guilabel:`One page per section` or :guilabel:`One page per "
"question` options are chosen, then the :guilabel:`Back Button` option "
"appears. If selected, the :guilabel:`Back Button` option allows the "
"participant to go back to a question during the survey."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:131
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Layout` options is the :guilabel:`Progression Mode` "
"setting, which indicates how the participant's progress during the survey is"
" displayed. It is shown as either a :guilabel:`Percentage` or a "
":guilabel:`Number`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:135
msgid ""
"Next, there is an option available to add a :guilabel:`Survey Time Limit`. "
"To implement this option, simply check the box, and enter the amount of time"
" (in minutes) participants have to complete the survey."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:139
msgid ""
"After the :guilabel:`Survey Time Limit` option is a section labeled "
":guilabel:`Selection`. Here, questions can be :guilabel:`Randomized per "
"section`, in other words, the number of random questions can be configured "
"by section. This mode is ignored in a live session."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:144
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:56
msgid ":doc:`time_random`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:147
msgid "Scoring"
msgstr "Scoring"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:149
msgid ""
"The following options are available when deciding how a :guilabel:`Scoring` "
"method:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:151
msgid ":guilabel:`No scoring`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:152
msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:153
msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:155
msgid ""
"If either the :guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end` or "
":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end` options are selected, a "
":guilabel:`Success %` field appears. Set the percentage of correct answers "
"needed to pass the survey."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:159
msgid ""
"Next, there is the option to make the survey a certification. To do so, "
"check the box next to the option labeled :guilabel:`Is a Certification`, and"
" two additional fields appear. Select a color theme in the "
":guilabel:`Certification Template` field and then choose an :guilabel:`Email"
" Template`. When a participant passes the certification with the required "
"score, an email from Odoo will automatically be sent to that person using "
"the selected email template."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:165
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Give Badge` feature is enabled and the "
":guilabel:`Certification Badge` is set, the survey participant also receives"
" a badge upon passing the certification."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:169
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:48
msgid ":doc:`scoring`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:172
msgid "Candidates"
msgstr "Kandidaten"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:174
msgid ""
"To determine access to the survey, the :guilabel:`Access Mode` has two "
"options to choose between: :guilabel:`Anyone with the link` and "
":guilabel:`Invited people only`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:177
msgid ""
"Below the :guilabel:`Appraisal Managers Only` checkbox is the "
":guilabel:`Login Required` option to require a login to participate in the "
"survey. If this option is activated, an :guilabel:`Attempts Limit` field "
"also populates, in which the number of survey attempts is defined for the "
"participant."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:182
msgid "Live Session"
msgstr "Live sessie"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:184
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Live Session` section is dedicated to users who are "
"conducting surveys in real-time, wherein they directly engage with and "
"collect answers from a live audience."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:187
msgid ""
"Customize the :guilabel:`Session Code` here; this code is needed for "
"participants to access the live session survey. Reward participants for "
"quick answers by selecting the checkbox labeled :guilabel:`Reward quick "
"answers`. By checking it, attendees will get more points if they answer "
"quickly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:193
msgid "Description tab"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:195
msgid ""
"Back on the main survey template page is the :guilabel:`Description` tab, "
"where a custom description of the survey can be added. This is displayed "
"beneath the title on the survey's homepage, which is on the front end of the"
" website made through the Odoo :guilabel:`Website` app."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:200
msgid "Test and share the survey"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:202
msgid ""
"Once the survey is created and saved, run a test to check for possible "
"errors before finally sending it out to the participants by clicking "
":guilabel:`Test` in the upper left corner of the survey template page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:206
msgid ""
"When activated, Odoo redirects the page to a test version of the survey on "
"the front end of the website. This page displays how the survey will look to"
" participants. Proceed to run through the survey, like a normal participant,"
" to check for errors."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:210
msgid ""
"To return to the survey template form in the backend, simply click the "
":guilabel:`This is a test survey. Edit Survey` link in the blue banner along"
" the top of the page. Once Odoo redirects the page to the survey template in"
" the backend, make any further changes, as needed, before officially sending"
" the survey out to participants."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:215
msgid ""
"When the survey is ready to be shared with the audience, click the "
":guilabel:`Start Survey` button in the upper-left corner of the survey "
"template form. Then, click :guilabel:`Share`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:218
msgid ""
"In the pop-up window, add the survey recipients in the "
":guilabel:`Recipients` field (for existing contacts in the Odoo database) or"
" the :guilabel:`Additional emails` field (for contacts that do not want to "
"be listed in the Odoo database). Finally, click :guilabel:`Send`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:222
msgid ""
"As answers are received, check them by clicking the :guilabel:`Answers` "
"smart button on the survey template form, or the :guilabel:`See Results` "
"button in the upper left corner. To end the survey, click the "
":guilabel:`Close` button on the survey template form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:3
msgid "Scoring Surveys"
msgid "Scoring surveys"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:5
msgid ""
"To measure your respondents performance, knowledge of a subject, or overall"
" satisfaction, attach points to the answers of specific questions. The "
"points are summed up to give your respondent a final score."
"To measure a survey participant's performance, knowledge, or overall "
"satisfaction, Odoo ascribes points to survey answers. At the end of the "
"survey, these points are summed up, resulting in the participant's final "
"score."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:9
msgid ""
"On your surveys form, click on *Add a question* and, under the tab "
"*Options*, choose between *Scoring with answers at the end* or *Scoring "
"without answers at the end*. Now, on your questions form, set the right "
"answer and score."
"To add points to questions, open the :guilabel:`Surveys` application, choose"
" the desired survey form, and then click on the :guilabel:`Options` tab. "
"Under the :guilabel;`Scoring` section, choose between :guilabel:`Scoring "
"with answers at the end` or :guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rstNone
msgid "Form view of a survey showing a list of answers in Odoo Surveys"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:17
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:14
msgid ""
"Set the percentage score the user needs to achieve to have successfully "
"taken the survey. If enabling *Certificate*, choose its template. The "
"certification is automatically sent by email to the users who successfully "
"finish it."
":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end` shows the survey participant "
"their answers after completing the survey, and displays which questions they"
" got right or wrong. On questions where there was an incorrect answer, the "
"correct answer will be highlighted."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rstNone
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:18
msgid ""
"Form view of a survey emphasizing the scoring and candidates section in Odoo"
" Surveys"
":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end` does not show the survey "
"participant their answer choices after completing the survey, only their "
"final score."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:21
msgid ""
"To indicate correct answers, click on the :guilabel:`Questions tab` and "
"choose a question. In the question form, check the :guilabel:`Is a correct "
"answer` box for the choice that is the correct answer and attach a score "
"value."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:25
msgid ""
"Enable *Login required* to be able to *Give Badges*. Badges are related to "
"the eLearning section of your website. Besides the logged-in user, visitors "
"of the website that access the page *Courses* can also see the granted "
"badges."
"Back on the :guilabel:`Options` tab of the survey, set the "
":guilabel:`Success %`. The percentage entered determines what percentage of "
"correct answers is needed to pass the survey."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:28
msgid ""
"Further on the :guilabel:`Options` tab of the survey, survey administrators "
"can also choose to make the survey a certification. A certification "
"indicates that the survey asks questions to test the participants' knowledge"
" level on a subject."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:32
msgid ""
"When enabling the :guilabel:`Is a certification` option, choose a "
":guilabel:`Certification email template`. The certification will "
"automatically be emailed using this email template to users who pass the "
"survey with a final score that is greater than or equal to the set "
":guilabel:`Success %`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:36
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Candidates` section, participants can be required to log "
"in to take the survey. If the :guilabel:`Login Required` setting is enabled,"
" two new options appear: the :guilabel:`Attempts Limit` checkbox, which "
"limits the number of times a participant can attempt the survey, and the "
"option to :guilabel:`Give Badge`, located beneath the "
":guilabel:`Certification` options in the :guilabel:`Scoring` section."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rstNone
msgid ""
"View of the courses tab emphasizing the latest achievements section on the website for\n"
"Odoo Surveys"
"Setting the Required Score (percentage), login required, and certification "
"template."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:46
msgid ""
"Badges are displayed on the eLearning portion of a given user's portal, and "
"are a way to set milestones and reward participants for passing surveys or "
"gaining points. Besides the awardee, website visitors who access the "
":guilabel:`Courses` page will also be able to see the granted badges."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rstNone
msgid "Example of how a badge looks on the eLearning portion of the website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:3
msgid "Time and Randomize Questions"
msgid "Timed and randomized questions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:6
msgid "Time Limit"
msgstr "Tijdslimiet"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:10
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:5
msgid ""
"On timed surveys, respondents need to complete the survey within a certain "
"period of time. It can be used to ensure that all respondents get the same "
"amount of time to find the answers, or to decrease the chance of having them"
" looking at external resources."
"When creating a survey in Odoo, there are options to set a time limit on the"
" survey and randomize the questions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:9
msgid "Time limit"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:11
msgid "Set the *Time limit* under the tab *Options*."
msgid ""
"During a timed survey, participants must finish the survey within a "
"specified period of time. A common use case for implementing a time limit is"
" that it greatly reduces the chance of participants looking up responses via"
" external resources (e.g. web search), and reduces the survey to a \"closed "
"book\" testing environment."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:16
msgid ""
"Find the :guilabel:`Survey Time Limit` setting in the :guilabel:`Options` "
"tab of the survey form, under the :guilabel:`Questions` section."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rstNone
msgid ""
"View of a survey form emphasizing the time limit feature in Odoo Surveys"
msgid "Time limit field in the options tab of a survey template form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:17
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:23
msgid ""
"A timer is shown on the pages so the user can keep track of the remaining "
"time. Surveys not \\ submitted by the *Time limit* do not have their answers"
" saved."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:21
msgid "Selection"
msgstr "Selectie"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:25
msgid ""
"When you randomize a survey, you allow for the questions to be shuffled in a"
" random order every time someone opens the questionnaire. This can be useful"
" to avoid having respondents looking at each others' answers."
"When the :guilabel:`Survey Time Limit` option is checked, a timer will be "
"displayed on every page of the survey, letting participants keep track of "
"the time remaining while the survey is active."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:27
msgid ""
"To do so, under the tab *Options*, enable *Randomized per section*. Now, "
"under the tab *Questions*, set how many of the questions in that section "
"should be taken into account during the shuffling."
"Participants that do not submit their survey by the preconfigured time limit"
" will *not* have their answers saved."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:31
msgid "Randomized selection"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:33
msgid ""
"When a survey is randomized, Odoo shuffles the questions and reveals them in"
" a random order every time a participant begins the questionnaire. Using "
"randomization as a survey method discourages participants from looking at "
"each other's responses, and helps control for individual testing."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:37
msgid ""
"To randomize a survey, click the :guilabel:`Options` tab on the survey form."
" In the :guilabel:`Questions` section, select :guilabel:`Randomized per "
"section` for the :guilabel:`Selection` field. After enabling, navigate to "
"the :guilabel:`Questions` tab and look in the :guilabel:`Random questions "
"count` column. From there, determine how many questions (per section) Odoo "
"should select and display during the shuffling of questions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rstNone
msgid ""
"View of a survey form emphasizing the random questions count column in Odoo "
"Surveys"
msgid "Randomized question count in the questions tab of a survey."
msgstr ""

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -8,18 +8,18 @@
# Jurre Claassen <JurreCl@me.com>, 2022
# Eric Geens <eric.geens@vitabiz.be>, 2022
# Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2022
# Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2022
# Martin Trigaux, 2023
# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2023
# Martin Trigaux, 2023
# Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2023
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-19 15:37+0000\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-31 10:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2023\n"
"Last-Translator: Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2023\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:14
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:11
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:9
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:10
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:17
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:8
#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:20
@ -3752,52 +3752,107 @@ msgid "Shop Features"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:3
msgid "Using barcodes in PoS"
msgstr "Barcodes gebruiken in de kassa"
msgid "Barcodes"
msgstr "Barcodes"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:5
msgid ""
"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your "
"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers."
"Using a barcode scanner to process point-of-sale orders improves your "
"efficiency in providing quicker customer service. Barcode scanners can be "
"used both to scan products or to log employees into a POS session."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:11
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:12
msgid ""
"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> "
"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
"To use a barcode scanner, you must enable the feature in the Inventory app. "
"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, in the "
":guilabel:`Barcode` section, tick :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` and save."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:14
msgid ""
"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* "
"select it."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rstNone
msgid "barcode setting in the Inventory application"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:21
msgid "Add barcodes to product"
msgstr "Barcodes toevoegen aan een product"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:23
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a "
"product."
":doc:`Set up a barcode "
"scanner<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware>`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:26
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:22
msgid ""
"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you "
"can input any barcode."
":doc:`Activate barcode "
"scanners<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software>`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:24
msgid ""
"Once enabled in **Inventory**, you can use the barcode feature in **Point of"
" Sale** with products that have a barcode number assigned."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:28
msgid "Assign barcodes"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:31
msgid "To your products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:33
msgid "Scanning products"
msgstr "Producten scannen"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:35
msgid ""
"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The "
"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple "
"times or change the quantity manually on the screen."
"To use this feature in POS, your products must have barcodes assigned. To do"
" so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Products` and open"
" a **product form**. Add a barcode number in the :guilabel:`Barcode` field "
"in the :guilabel:`General Information` tab."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:38
msgid "To your employees"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:40
msgid ""
"To add an identification number to an employee, go to the **Employees** app "
"and open an **employee form**. Choose an identification number for your "
"employee and fill in the :guilabel:`PIN Code` field in the :guilabel:`HR "
"Settings` tab."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:45
msgid "Use barcodes"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:48
msgid "Scan products"
msgstr "Scan producten"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:50
msgid ""
"Scan a product's barcode using a barcode scanner. Doing so adds it directly "
"to the cart. To change the quantity, scan a product as many times as needed,"
" or click :guilabel:`Qty` and enter the number of products using the keypad."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:54
msgid ""
"You can also enter the barcode number manually in the search bar to look for"
" the product. Then, click it to add it to the cart."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:58
msgid ":doc:`Get started <../overview/getting_started>`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:61
msgid "Log employees"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:63
msgid ""
"You can also use a barcode scanner to log your employees. To do so, "
":ref:`restrict access <restrict-employee-pos>` to the POS and :ref:`use "
"barcodes to log your employees in <employee-barcode>` your POS."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:3
@ -3989,71 +4044,71 @@ msgid ""
"To manage multiple cashiers, you need several employees (at least two)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:16
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:18
msgid "Set up log in with employees"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:18
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:20
msgid ""
"To enable the feature, go to your *PoS settings* and check log in with "
"employees on your *PoS form*. Then, add the employees that have access to "
"the cash register."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:25
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:27
msgid "Now, you can switch cashier easily."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:28
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:30
msgid "Switch without pin codes"
msgstr "Wissel van kassier zonder pincode"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:30
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:32
msgid ""
"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. To do so, click on the"
" cashier name in your PoS interface."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:36
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:38
msgid "Now, you just have to click on your name."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:42
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:46
msgid "Switch cashier with pin codes"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:44
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:48
msgid ""
"You can set a pin code on each cashier. To set up a pin code, go to the "
"employee form and add a security PIN, in the *HR settings tab*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:50
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:54
msgid "Now, when switching cashier, a PIN password will be asked."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:56
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:62
msgid "Switch cashier with barcodes"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:58
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:64
msgid ""
"You can ask your employees to log themselves with their badges. To do so, "
"set up a barcode at the same place you add the PIN code. Print the badge and"
" when they will scan it, the cashier will be switched to that employee."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:67
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:73
msgid "Find who was the cashier"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:69
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:75
msgid ""
"Once you have closed your *PoS session*, you can have an overview of the "
"amount each cashier sold for. To do so, go to the orders menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:75
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:81
msgid "Now, you can open the order and have a summary of the sold products."
msgstr ""
@ -7041,7 +7096,7 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ""
"Sometimes, customers return an item after they receive and/or pay for their "
"invoice. In these cases, a return using only *Reverse Transfers* is "
"impossible since validated or sent invoices cannot be changed. However, "
"insufficient since validated or sent invoices cannot be changed. However, "
"*Reverse Transfers* can be used in conjunction with *Credit Notes* to "
"complete the customer's return."
msgstr ""
@ -7069,29 +7124,9 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:61
msgid ""
"Since the returned products have already been paid for, the validated "
"invoice must be modified to reflect the return. Navigate to the relevant "
"invoice (from the sales order, click on the :guilabel:`Invoices` smart "
"button). Then, click on the :guilabel:`i` icon next to the :guilabel:`Paid` "
"line at the bottom of the invoice to open the :guilabel:`Payment Info` "
"window. Next, click :guilabel:`Unreconcile`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rstNone
msgid "The \"Unreconcile\" button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:71
msgid ""
"After the invoice is unreconciled, the options for :guilabel:`Send & Print` "
"and :guilabel:`Register Payment` become available again alongside a note "
"that there are outstanding payments for the customer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:75
msgid ""
"To process a refund, click :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` from the validated "
"invoice."
"To process a refund, navigate to the relevant invoice (from the sales order,"
" click on the :guilabel:`Invoices` smart button). Click :guilabel:`Add "
"Credit Note` from the validated invoice."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rstNone
@ -7100,34 +7135,19 @@ msgid ""
"invoicing."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:81
msgid ""
"Choose whether to issue a :guilabel:`Partial Refund`, :guilabel:`Full "
"Refund`, or :guilabel:`Full refund and new draft invoice`. The "
":guilabel:`Partial Refund` option creates a draft credit note that can be "
"edited before posting. The :guilabel:`Full refund and new draft invoice` "
"option validates the credit note and duplicates the original invoice as a "
"new draft."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:86
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:68
msgid ""
"A :guilabel:`Reason` for the credit and a :guilabel:`Specific Journal` to "
"use to process the credit can also be specified. If a :guilabel:`Specific "
"use to process the credit can be specified. If a :guilabel:`Specific "
"Reversal Date` is selected, then a :guilabel:`Refund Date` must also be "
"selected."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:90
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:72
msgid ""
"After the information is filled, click :guilabel:`Reverse`. Then, for a "
":guilabel:`Partial Refund` or :guilabel:`Full refund and new draft invoice`,"
" :guilabel:`Edit` the draft as needed, and finally, click "
":guilabel:`Confirm`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rstNone
msgid "The \"outstanding payments\" banner."
"After the information is filled in, click :guilabel:`Reverse`. Then, "
":guilabel:`Edit` the draft as needed, and finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm`"
" to confirm the credit note."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:5

View File

@ -4,18 +4,18 @@
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Martin Trigaux, 2022
# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2022
# Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2022
# Martin Trigaux, 2023
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-04 12:47+0000\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-31 10:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2022\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -286,95 +286,80 @@ msgstr ""
"programs-640?fullscreen=1>`_"
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:3
msgid "Allow Customers to Close their Tickets"
msgstr "Klanten toestaan hun tickets te sluiten"
msgid "Allow customers to close their tickets"
msgstr "Sta klanten toe om hun tickets af te sluiten"
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:5
msgid ""
"Allowing customers to close their tickets gives them autonomy and minimize "
"misunderstandings about when an issue is considered solved, or not. It makes"
" communication and actions more efficient."
"Allowing customers to close their own tickets gives them autonomy and "
"minimizes misunderstandings around when an issue is considered solved or "
"not. This results in operational capacity for support teams, and higher "
"satisfaction for the customer."
msgstr ""
"Klanten toestaan hun tickets te sluiten, geeft hen autonomie en "
"minimaliseert misverstanden over wanneer een probleem als opgelost wordt "
"beschouwd of niet. Het maakt communicatie en acties efficiënter."
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:9
msgid "Configure the feature"
msgstr "Configureer de functie"
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:10
msgid "Enable ticket closing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:11
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:12
msgid ""
"To configure the feature go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> "
"Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable *Ticket closing*."
msgstr ""
"Om de functie te configureren gaat u naar :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> "
"Instellingen --> Helpdesk Teams --> Bewerken` en schakelt u "
"*Ticketafsluiting* in."
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rstNone
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rstNone
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rstNone
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rstNone
msgid "Ticket closing in Odoo Helpdesk"
"Start by navigating to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> "
"Helpdesk Teams` and choose the appropriate team. Then click :guilabel:`Edit`"
" and enable :guilabel:`Ticket closing` by checking the field box."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:18
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rstNone
msgid "Ticket closing feature in Odoo Helpdesk."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:19
msgid ""
"In order to designate to which stage the ticket migrates to once it is "
"closed, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Overview --> Tickets`."
"To designate which stage the ticket migrates to once it is closed, navigate "
"to the ticket pipeline by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Overview` "
"and clicking :guilabel:`Tickets` on the team's card."
msgstr ""
"Om aan te geven naar welk stadium het ticket migreert nadat het is gesloten,"
" gaat u naar :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Overzicht --> Tickets`."
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:25
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:23
msgid ""
"You can either create a new Kanban stage or work with an existing one. For "
"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> Edit Stage` "
"and enable *Closing Stage*."
"There are two options: create a new Kanban stage or work with an existing "
"one. For both scenarios, click the :guilabel:`Settings (gear)` icon next to "
"the stage name, select :guilabel:`Edit Stage`, and enable :guilabel:`Closing"
" Stage`. After checking the field box, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish."
msgstr ""
"U kunt een nieuwe Kanban-fase maken of met een bestaande werken. Ga voor "
"beide scenario's naar :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Instellingen --> Stage "
"bewerken` en schakel *Closing Stage* in."
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:32
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:29
msgid ""
"If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket is moved to the "
"last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage set as closing, the "
"ticket is put in the first one."
"last stage in the kanban. If more than one stage is set as a closing stage, "
"the ticket is placed in the first closing stage column."
msgstr ""
"Als er geen sluitingsfase is opgegeven, wordt het ticket standaard "
"verplaatst naar de laatste fase; integendeel, als je meer dan één fase als "
"afsluiting hebt ingesteld, wordt het ticket in de eerste geplaatst."
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:36
msgid "The Costumer Portal"
msgstr "Het klantenportaal"
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:38
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:33
msgid ""
"Now, once the user logs into his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is "
"available."
"With the ticket closing settings now complete, customers can now view the "
"option to :guilabel:`Close this ticket` when they log into their portal."
msgstr ""
"Nu, zodra de gebruiker inlogt op zijn Portal, is de optie *Sluit dit ticket*"
" beschikbaar."
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:45
msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by costumers"
msgstr "Ontvang rapporten over tickets die zijn gesloten door klanten"
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:47
msgid ""
"To do an analysis of the tickets that have been closed by costumers go to "
":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add "
"Custom filter --> Closed by partner --> Applied`."
msgstr ""
"Om een analyse te maken van de tickets die zijn gesloten door klanten, ga "
"naar :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Rapportage --> Tickets --> Filters --> "
"Aangepaste filter toevoegen --> Gesloten door partner --> Toegepast`."
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rstNone
msgid "Reports on Ticket closing in Odoo Helpdesk"
msgid "Customer view of ticket closing in Odoo Helpdesk."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:40
msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by customers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:42
msgid ""
"To analyze the tickets that have been closed by customers, go to "
":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Tickets`. Then, click on the "
":guilabel:`Filters` menu and choose :guilabel:`Add Custom filter`. Next, set"
" the custom filter parameters to :guilabel:`Closed by partner` and "
":guilabel:`is true`. Finally, click :guilabel:`Apply`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rstNone
msgid ""
"Filter for tickets closed by customers on Odoo Helpdesk's reporting page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview.rst:5
@ -1586,7 +1571,14 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Project"
msgstr "Project"
#: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:11
#: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:10
msgid ""
"Odoo Project is a tool to manage your ongoing projects. Schedule tasks, "
"assign activities to coworkers, and keep track of each project's "
"profitability."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:14
#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets.rst:11
msgid ""
"`Odoo Tutorials: Project and Timesheets "

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -3,6 +3,12 @@
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Martin Trigaux, 2023
# Luis Gustavo Almeida <luis.gustavo@kmee.com.br>, 2023
# Luis Felipe Miléo <mileo@kmee.com.br>, 2023
# Marcel Savegnago <marcel.savegnago@gmail.com>, 2023
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
@ -10,6 +16,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Marcel Savegnago <marcel.savegnago@gmail.com>, 2023\n"
"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -19,11 +26,11 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/settings.rst:3
msgid "Settings"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Definições"
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:6
msgid "Users and Features"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Usuários e Recursos"
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:8
msgid ""
@ -31,6 +38,9 @@ msgid ""
"This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently "
"in use."
msgstr ""
"Como administrador de seu banco de dados, você é responsável por seu uso. "
"Isso inclui os aplicativos que você instala, bem como o número de usuários "
"atualmente em uso."
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:12
msgid ""
@ -40,6 +50,12 @@ msgid ""
"subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a "
"paying one on our online platform)."
msgstr ""
"O Odoo é muitas coisas (ERP, CMS, aplicativo de CRM, back-end de comércio "
"eletrônico, etc.), mas *não* é um smartphone. Você deve ter cuidado ao "
"adicionar / remover recursos (especialmente aplicativos) em seu banco de "
"dados, pois isso pode afetar o valor da sua assinatura significativamente "
"(ou mudar você de uma conta gratuita para uma paga em nossa plataforma "
"online)."
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:18
msgid ""
@ -48,6 +64,11 @@ msgid ""
"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something "
"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted."
msgstr ""
"Esta página contém algumas informações sobre como você pode gerenciar suas "
"instâncias do Odoo. Antes de realizar qualquer um desses procedimentos, "
"recomendamos ** vivamente ** que os teste primeiro em uma duplicata do seu "
"banco de dados. Dessa forma, se algo der errado, seu negócio do dia-a-dia "
"não será impactado."
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:23
msgid ""
@ -55,6 +76,9 @@ msgid ""
" <duplicate_online>` and :ref:`on premise <duplicate_premise>` "
"installations."
msgstr ""
"Você pode encontrar guias sobre como duplicar seus bancos de dados para "
"instalações: ref: `online <duplicate_online>` e: ref: `on premise "
"<duplicate_premise>`."
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:27
msgid ""
@ -62,35 +86,43 @@ msgid ""
"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our "
"`support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
msgstr ""
"Se você tiver dúvidas sobre o conteúdo desta página ou se encontrar algum "
"problema ao realizar esses procedimentos, entre em contato conosco através "
"do nosso `formulário de suporte <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__."
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:33
msgid "Deactivating Users"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Desativando usuários"
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:35
msgid ""
"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to "
"change the status of any of your users."
msgstr ""
"Certifique-se de ter **direitos administrativos** suficientes se quiser "
"alterar o status de qualquer um de seus usuários."
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:38
msgid ""
"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section "
"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage Users.**"
msgstr ""
"Em sua instância do Odoo, clique em **Configurações**. Você terá uma seção "
"mostrando os usuários ativos em seu banco de dados. Clique em **Gerenciar "
"usuários.**"
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:42
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:79
msgid "|settings|"
msgstr ""
msgstr "|configurações|"
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:42
msgid "|browse_users|"
msgstr ""
msgstr "|browse_users|"
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:45
msgid "You'll then see the list of your users."
msgstr ""
msgstr "Você verá então a lista de seus usuários."
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:50
msgid ""
@ -98,6 +130,10 @@ msgid ""
"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll "
"get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)"
msgstr ""
"O filtro pré-selecionado *Usuários Internos* mostra seus usuários pagantes "
"(diferente dos *Usuários do Portal* que são gratuitos). Se você remover este"
" filtro, obterá todos os seus usuários (aqueles pelos quais você paga e os "
"do portal)"
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:55
msgid ""
@ -105,18 +141,21 @@ msgid ""
"you are on the userform, click on the Action drop down menu, and then click "
"on Archive."
msgstr ""
"Em sua lista de usuários, clique no usuário que deseja desativar. Assim que "
"estiver no formulário do usuário, clique no menu suspenso Ação e, em "
"seguida, clique em Arquivar."
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:63
msgid "The user is now deactivated."
msgstr ""
msgstr "O usuário agora está desativado."
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:65
msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)"
msgstr ""
msgstr "**Nunca** desative o usuário principal (*admin*)"
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:68
msgid "Uninstalling Apps"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Desinstalando aplicativos"
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:70
msgid ""
@ -124,6 +163,9 @@ msgid ""
"<duplicate_online>` of your database before making any changes (*especially*"
" installing/uninstalling apps)."
msgstr ""
"Certifique-se de primeiro testar o que você está prestes a fazer em um "
":ref:`duplicate <duplicate_online>` do seu banco de dados antes de fazer "
"quaisquer alterações (*especialmente* instalar/desinstalar aplicativos)."
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:74
msgid ""
@ -131,10 +173,13 @@ msgid ""
"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to"
" access the list of your installed applications."
msgstr ""
"Em sua instância do Odoo, clique em **Configurações**; neste aplicativo, "
"você poderá ver quantos aplicativos instalou. Clique em **Procurar Apps** "
"para acessar a lista de seus aplicativos instalados."
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:79
msgid "|browse_apps|"
msgstr ""
msgstr "|browse_apps|"
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:82
msgid ""
@ -142,6 +187,9 @@ msgid ""
"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the "
"form of the application, click on **Uninstall**."
msgstr ""
"No painel de seus aplicativos, você verá todos os ícones de seus "
"aplicativos. Clique no aplicativo que deseja desinstalar. Em seguida, no "
"formulário do aplicativo, clique em **Desinstalar**."
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:89
msgid ""
@ -152,19 +200,27 @@ msgid ""
"permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then"
" click **Confirm**."
msgstr ""
"Alguns aplicativos possuem dependências, como Faturamento, eCommerce, etc. "
"Portanto, o sistema lhe dará uma mensagem de alerta para avisá-lo do que "
"está para ser removido. Se você desinstalar seu aplicativo, todas as suas "
"dependências serão desinstalados também (e os dados nelas desaparecerão "
"permanentemente). Se você tiver certeza de que deseja desinstala-lo, clique "
"em **Confirmar**."
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:96
msgid ""
"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**."
msgstr ""
"Por último, após verificar a mensagem de aviso (se houver), clique em "
"**Confirmar**."
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:101
msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application."
msgstr ""
msgstr "Você terminou de desinstalar seu aplicativo."
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:104
msgid "Good to know"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Bom saber"
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:106
msgid ""
@ -175,6 +231,12 @@ msgid ""
"*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of "
"operations."
msgstr ""
"**Desinstalar aplicativos, gerenciar usuários, etc. depende de você**: "
"ninguém mais pode saber se o seu fluxo de negócios está quebrado melhor do "
"que você. Se tivéssemos de desinstalar os aplicativos para você, nunca "
"poderíamos saber se dados relevantes foram removidos ou se um de seus fluxos"
" de negócios foi interrompido porque *não sabemos como você trabalha* e, "
"portanto, não podemos validar esses tipos de operações."
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:112
msgid ""
@ -185,6 +247,12 @@ msgid ""
"need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature "
"to work properly."
msgstr ""
"**Odoo Apps tem dependências**: isso significa que você pode precisar "
"instalar módulos que não usa ativamente para acessar alguns recursos do Odoo"
" de que pode precisar. Por exemplo, o aplicativo Website é necessário para "
"mostrar ao seu cliente suas cotações em uma página da web. Mesmo que você "
"não precise ou use o próprio site, ele é necessário para que o recurso de "
"cotações online funcione corretamente."
#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:119
msgid ""
@ -192,3 +260,7 @@ msgid ""
"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This "
"will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices."
msgstr ""
"**Sempre teste a instalação / remoção do aplicativo em uma duplicata** (ou "
"em um banco de dados de teste gratuito): dessa forma, você pode saber quais "
"outros aplicativos podem ser necessários, etc. Isso evitará surpresas ao "
"desinstalar ou ao receber suas faturas."

View File

@ -8,15 +8,16 @@
# Martin Trigaux, 2022
# Silmar <pinheirosilmar@gmail.com>, 2022
# Claudecir Garcia Martins, 2023
# Marcos Rodrigues, 2023
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-19 15:37+0000\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-31 10:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Claudecir Garcia Martins, 2023\n"
"Last-Translator: Marcos Rodrigues, 2023\n"
"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -130,11 +131,11 @@ msgstr "ORM"
#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:80
msgid "Regular Views"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Vistas regulares"
#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:85
msgid "QWeb Views"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Vistas do QWeb"
#: ../../extensions/odoo_theme/layout_templates/homepage.html:90
msgid "External API"

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-19 15:37+0000\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-31 10:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-13 14:30+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Cozmin Candea <office@terrabit.ro>, 2023\n"
"Language-Team: Romanian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ro/)\n"
@ -6147,6 +6147,10 @@ msgstr "N/A"
msgid "March 2022"
msgstr "Martie 2022"
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:31
msgid "January 2023"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:33
msgid "Odoo saas~15.1"
msgstr "Odoo saas~15.1"
@ -6181,6 +6185,10 @@ msgstr "|red|"
msgid "February 2022"
msgstr "Februarie 2022"
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:33
msgid "July 2022"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:35
msgid "**Odoo 15.0**"
msgstr "**Odoo 15.0**"
@ -10801,7 +10809,7 @@ msgstr "Migrarea de la un alt ERP la Odoo"
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:29
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:148
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:252
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:251
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:81
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:92
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:119
@ -11237,7 +11245,7 @@ msgstr ""
"actualizați din nou)."
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:218
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:257
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:256
msgid ":doc:`maintain/supported_versions`"
msgstr ":doc:`maintain/supported_versions`"
@ -11251,12 +11259,9 @@ msgstr "Ce este acoperit de licența Enterprise?"
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:228
msgid ""
"Databases hosted on Odoos Cloud platforms (Odoo Online and Odoo.sh) or On-"
"Databases hosted on Odoo's Cloud platforms (Odoo Online and Odoo.sh) or On-"
"Premise (Self-Hosting) enjoy the following services at all times."
msgstr ""
"Bazele de date găzduite pe platformele de cloud Odoo (Odoo Online și "
"Odoo.sh) sau On-Premise (Self-Hosting) beneficiază de următoarele servicii "
"în orice moment."
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:231
msgid "The upgrade of:"
@ -11275,13 +11280,11 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:235
msgid ""
"customizations done by our consulting and developer services *if* they are "
"covered by a Maintenance of Customisations subscription"
"customizations *if* they are covered by a \"Maintenance of Customizations\" "
"subscription"
msgstr ""
"personalizările făcute de serviciile noastre de consultanță și dezvoltare "
"*dacă* sunt acoperite de o abonament 'Întreținere a personalizărilor'"
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:238
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:237
msgid ""
"The Upgrade Service is limited to your database's technical conversion and "
"adaptation (standard modules and data) to make it compatible with the "
@ -11291,15 +11294,15 @@ msgstr ""
"și adaptarea acesteia (module standard și date) pentru a o face compatibilă "
"cu versiunea țintă."
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:242
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:241
msgid "What upgrading does NOT cover"
msgstr "Ce nu acoperă actualizarea"
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:244
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:243
msgid "The cleaning of pre-existing data & configuration while upgrading"
msgstr "Curățarea datelor și a configurației existente în timpul actualizării"
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:245
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:244
msgid ""
"Any new developments and/or upgrades of your own :ref:`custom modules "
"<upgrade-faq/custom-modules>`"
@ -11307,11 +11310,11 @@ msgstr ""
"Orice dezvoltări noi și / sau actualizări ale propriilor :ref:`module "
"personalizate <upgrade-faq/custom-modules>`"
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:247
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:246
msgid "`Training <https://www.odoo.com/learn>`_ on the latest version"
msgstr "`Training <https://www.odoo.com/learn>`_ pe ultima versiune"
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:249
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:248
msgid ""
"You can get more information about your Enterprise Licence on our :ref:`Odoo"
" Enterprise Subscription Agreement <upgrade>` page."
@ -11319,11 +11322,11 @@ msgstr ""
"Puteți obține mai multe informații despre licența dvs. Enterprise pe pagina "
"noastră :ref:`Acordul de abonament Odoo Enterprise <upgrade>`."
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:255
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:254
msgid ":doc:`upgrade/faq`"
msgstr ":doc:`upgrade/faq`"
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:256
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:255
msgid ":doc:`odoo_sh`"
msgstr ":doc:`odoo_sh`"

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -6,15 +6,16 @@
# Translators:
# Vacaru Adrian <adrian.vacaru@gmail.com>, 2023
# Dorin Hongu <dhongu@gmail.com>, 2023
# Emanuel Bruda, 2023
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-19 15:37+0000\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-31 10:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Dorin Hongu <dhongu@gmail.com>, 2023\n"
"Last-Translator: Emanuel Bruda, 2023\n"
"Language-Team: Romanian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ro/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -39,15 +40,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"**Odoo Inventar** este atât o aplicație de inventar, cât și un sistem de "
"gestiune a depozitelor, cu o aplicație de scanare a codurilor de bare "
"avansată. Aflați cum să gestionați timpul de așteptare, să automatizați "
"reînnoirea și să configurați rute avansate, cum ar fi dropshipping, cross-"
"docks, etc."
"avansată. Aflați cum să gestionați timpul de așteptare, cum să automatizați "
"reaprovizionarea și cum să configurați rute avansate, cum ar fi "
"dropshipping, cross-docks, etc."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:15
msgid ""
"`Odoo Tutorials: Inventory <https://www.odoo.com/slides/inventory-24>`_"
msgstr ""
"`Tutoriale Odoo: Inventar <https://www.odoo.com/slides/inventory-24>`_"
msgstr "`Tutoriale Odoo: Stoc <https://www.odoo.com/slides/inventory-24>`_"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:16
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:16
@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13
msgid "Create a Barcode Nomenclature"
msgstr "Creați o nomenclatură de coduri de bare"
msgstr "Creați un nomenclator de coduri de bare"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15
msgid ""
@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ msgid ""
"You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to "
"create your first rule."
msgstr ""
"Puteți crea o nomenclatură de coduri de bare de acolo și apoi adăugați o "
"Puteți crea un nomenclator de coduri de bare de acolo și apoi adăugați o "
"linie pentru a crea prima regulă."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26
@ -232,14 +232,14 @@ msgstr "Configurați produsul"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51
msgid "The barcode of the product should start by “21”;"
msgstr "Codul de bare al produsului ar trebui să înceapă cu „21”"
msgstr "Codul de bare al produsului ar trebui să înceapă cu “21”;"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52
msgid ""
"The 5 “dots” are the other numbers of your product barcode, allowing to "
"identify the product;"
msgstr ""
"5 puncte” sunt celelalte numere ale codului de bare al produsului, care "
"5 puncte” sunt celelalte numere ale codului de bare ale produsului, care "
"permit identificarea produsului;"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53
@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ msgid ""
" we need to set 5 zeros because we configured “21…..{NNDDD}”;"
msgstr ""
"Codul de bare ar trebui să conțină 0 unde ați definit D sau N. În cazul "
"nostru trebuie să setați 5 zerouri deoarece am configurat 21…..{NNDDD}”;"
"nostru trebuie să setați 5 zerouri deoarece am configurat 21…..{NNDDD}”;"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54
msgid ""
@ -1469,6 +1469,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sunt aduse la o locație de ieșire înainte de a fi efectiv expediate."
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:33
msgid "Warehouse configuration"
msgstr "Configurarea depozitului"
@ -9200,6 +9201,440 @@ msgid ""
"details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access."
msgstr "Aveți nevoie să scrieți l"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:3
msgid "Set up Sendcloud shipping services in Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:5
msgid ""
"Sendcloud is a shipping service aggregator that facilitates the integration "
"of European shipping carriers with Odoo. Once integrated, users can select "
"shipping carriers on inventory operations in their Odoo database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:10
msgid ""
"`Sendcloud integration documentation <https://support.sendcloud.com/hc/en-"
"us/articles /360059470491-Odoo-integration>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:14
msgid "Setup in Sendcloud"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:17
msgid "Create an account and activate carriers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:19
msgid ""
"To get started, go to `Sendcloud's platform <https://www.sendcloud.com>`_ to"
" configure the account and generate the connector credentials. Log in with "
"the Sendcloud account, or create a new one if needed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:24
msgid ""
"For new account creation, Sendcloud will ask for a :abbr:`VAT (Value-Added "
"Tax Identification)` number or :abbr:`EORI (Economic Operators' Registration"
" and Identification)` number. After completing the account setup, activate "
"(or deactivate) the shipping carriers that will be used in the Odoo "
"database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:30
msgid ""
"Odoo integration of Sendcloud does **not** work on free plans of Sendcloud."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:35
msgid ""
"Once logged into the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings"
" --> Shipping --> Addresses`, and fill in the field for :guilabel:`Warehouse"
" address`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rstNone
msgid "Adding addresses in the Sendcloud settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:42
msgid ""
"To allow Sendcloud to process returns as well, a :guilabel:`Return Address` "
"is required. Under the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous section`, there is a field "
"called :guilabel:`Address Name (optional)`. The Odoo warehouse name should "
"be entered here, and the characters should be exactly the same."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid "**SendClould configuration**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Address Name (optional)`: `Warehouse #1`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Brand`: `Default`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid "**Odoo warehouse configuration**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: `Warehouse #1`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Short Name`: `WH`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: `My company (San Francisco)`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: `My Company (San Francisco)`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:59
msgid ""
"Notice how the inputs for the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field, for both the Odoo"
" configuration and the Sendcloud configuration, are the exact same."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:63
msgid "Generate Sendcloud credentials"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:65
msgid ""
"In the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> "
"Integrations` in the menu on the right. Next, search for :guilabel:`Odoo "
"Native`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Connect`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:68
msgid ""
"After clicking on :guilabel:`Connect`, the page redirects to the "
":guilabel:`Sendcloud API` settings page, where the :guilabel:`Public and "
"Secret Keys` are produced. The next step is to name the "
":guilabel:`Integration`. The naming convention is as follows: `Odoo "
"CompanyName`, with the user's company name replacing `CompanyName` (e.g. "
"`Odoo StealthyWood`)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:73
msgid ""
"Then, check the box next to :guilabel:`Service Points` and select the "
"shipping services for this integration. After saving, the :guilabel:`Public "
"and Secret Keys` are generated."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rstNone
msgid "Configuring the Sendcloud integration and receiving the credentials."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:81
msgid "Setup in Odoo"
msgstr "Setare în Odoo"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:84
msgid "Install the Sendcloud shipping module"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:86
msgid ""
"After the Sendcloud account is set up and configured, it's time to configure"
" the Odoo database. To get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, "
"search for the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` integration, and install it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rstNone
msgid "Sendcloud Shipping module in the Odoo Apps module."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:95
msgid "Sendcloud shipping connector configuration"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:97
msgid ""
"Once installed, activate the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` module in "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. The "
":guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector` setting is found under the "
":guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` section."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:101
msgid ""
"After activating the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector`, click on the "
":guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping Methods` link below the listed connector. Once"
" on the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, click :guilabel:`Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:106
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Shipping Methods` can also be accessed by going to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping "
"Methods`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:109
msgid ""
"Fill out the following fields in the :guilabel:`New Shipping Method` form:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:111
msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: type `Sendcloud DPD`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:112
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Provider`: select :guilabel:`Sendcloud` from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:113
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: set the product that was configured for this "
"shipping method or create a new product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:115
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the "
":guilabel:`Sendcloud Public Key`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:116
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the "
":guilabel:`Sendcloud Secret Key`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:117
msgid ""
"Manually :guilabel:`Save` the form by clicking the cloud icon next to the "
":guilabel:`Shipping Methods / New` breadcrumbs."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:120
msgid ""
"After configuring and saving the form, follow these steps to load the "
"shipping products:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:122
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab of the :guilabel:`New "
"Shipping Method` form, click on the :guilabel:`Load your SendCloud shipping "
"products` link."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:124
msgid ""
"Select the shipping products the company would like to use for deliveries "
"and returns."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:125
msgid "Click :guilabel:`Select`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:128
msgid "Sample Sendcloud shipping products configured in Odoo:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`DELIVERY`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Product`: `DPD Home 0-31.5kg`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Carrier`: `DPD`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Minimum Weight`: `0.00`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Maximum Weight`: `31.50`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:136
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Countries`: `Austria` `Belgium` `Bosnia` `Herzegovina` `Bulgaria`"
" `Croatia` `Czech` `Republic` `Denmark` `Estonia` `Finland` `France` "
"`Germany` `Greece` `Hungary` `Iceland` `Ireland` `Italy` `Latvia` "
"`Liechtenstein` `Lithuania` `Luxembourg` `Monaco` `Netherlands` `Norway` "
"`Poland` `Portugal` `Romania` `Serbia` `Slovakia` `Slovenia` `Spain` "
"`Sweden` `Switzerland`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`RETURN`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Shipping Product`: `DPD Return 0-20kg`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Carrier`: `DPD`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Minimum Weight`: `0.00`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Minimum Weight`: `20.00`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Countries`: `Belgium` `Netherlands`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rstNone
msgid "Example of shipping products configured in Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:154
msgid ""
"Sendcloud does not provide test keys when a company tests the sending of a "
"package in Odoo. This means if a package is created, the configured "
"Sendcloud account will be charged, unless the associated package is canceled"
" within 24 hours of creation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:158
msgid ""
"Odoo has a built-in layer of protection against unwanted charges when using "
"test environments. Within a test environment, if a shipping method is used "
"to create labels, then those labels are immediately canceled after the "
"creation — this occurs automatically. The test and production environment "
"settings can be toggled back and forth from the :guilabel:`Smart Buttons`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:164
msgid "Generate a label with Sendcloud"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:166
msgid ""
"When creating a quotation in Odoo, add shipping and a :guilabel:`Sendcloud "
"shipping product`. Then, :guilabel:`Validate` the delivery. Shipping label "
"documents are automatically generated in the chatter, which include the "
"following:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:170
msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping label(s)` depending on the number of packages."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:171
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Return label(s)` if the Sendcloud connector is configured for "
"returns."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:172
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Customs document(s)` should the destination country require them."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:174
msgid "Additionally, the tracking number is now available."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:177
msgid ""
"When return labels are created, Sendcloud will automatically charge the "
"configured Sendcloud account."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:181
msgid "FAQ"
msgstr "Întrebări frecvente"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:184
msgid "Shipment is too heavy"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:186
msgid ""
"If the shipment is too heavy for the Sendcloud service that is configured, "
"then the weight is split to simulate multiple packages. Products will need "
"to be put in different :guilabel:`Packages` to :guilabel:`Validate` the "
"transfer and generate labels."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:190
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Rules` can also be set up in Sendcloud to use other shipping "
"methods when the weight is too heavy. However, note that these rules will "
"not apply to the shipping price calculation on the calculation on the sales "
"order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:195
msgid "When using a personal carrier contract"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:197
msgid ""
"When using a personal carrier contract in Sendcloud, if the the price is not"
" accurately reflected when creating a quotation in Odoo, then the pricing "
"information needs to be updated in Sendcloud."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:201
msgid "Measuring volumetric weight"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:203
msgid ""
"Many carriers have several measures for weight. There is the actual weight "
"of the products in the parcel, and there is the *volumetric weight* "
"(:dfn:`Volumetric weight is the volume that a package occupies when in "
"transit. In other words it is the physical size of a package`)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:208
msgid ""
"Check to see if selected carrier(s) already have defined formulas to compute"
" the volumetric weight."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:212
msgid ""
"`Sendcloud: How to calculate & automate parcel volumetric weight "
"<https://support.sendcloud.com/ hc/en-us/articles/360059644051-How-to-"
"calculate-automate-parcel-volumetric-weight>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:217
msgid "Unable to calculate shipping rate"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:219
msgid ""
"First, verify that product being shipped has a weight that is supported by "
"the selected shipping method. If this is set, then verify that the "
"destination country (from the customer address) is supported by the carrier."
" The country of origin (warehouse address) should also be supported by the "
"carrier."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3
msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?"
msgstr "Cum să integrați un expeditor de terțe părți?"

View File

@ -6,17 +6,19 @@
# Translators:
# Simonel Criste <simi@erpsystems.ro>, 2023
# Dorin Hongu <dhongu@gmail.com>, 2023
# Cozmin Candea <office@terrabit.ro>, 2023
# Emanuel Bruda, 2023
# Martin Trigaux, 2023
# Foldi Robert <foldirobert@nexterp.ro>, 2023
# Cozmin Candea <office@terrabit.ro>, 2023
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-12-23 09:13+0000\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-31 10:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Emanuel Bruda, 2023\n"
"Last-Translator: Cozmin Candea <office@terrabit.ro>, 2023\n"
"Language-Team: Romanian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ro/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -1309,354 +1311,640 @@ msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Prezentare generală"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:3
msgid "Get Started with Surveys"
msgstr "Începeți cu sondajele"
msgid "Survey essentials"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:5
msgid ""
"Surveys can be used for a range of purposes that can go from collecting "
"customer feedback, evaluate the success of an event, measure how pleased "
"customers are with your products/services, gauge whether employees are happy"
" and satisfied with their work environment, and even to find out what your "
"market is thinking."
"Companies often use surveys to collect valuable information from their "
"customers and employees, which in turn, allows them to make more informed "
"business decisions."
msgstr ""
"Sondajele pot fi utilizate pentru o gamă de scopuri care pot merge de la "
"colectarea feedback-ului clienților, evaluarea succesului unui eveniment, "
"măsurarea gradului de mulțumire a clienților cu produsele/serviciile dvs., "
"determinarea dacă angajații sunt fericiți și mulțumiți de mediul lor de "
"lucru, și chiar pentru a afla ce gândește piața dvs."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:11
msgid "Get started"
msgstr "Introducere"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:8
msgid ""
"In Odoo, surveys are used to collect customer feedback, evaluate the success"
" of a recent event, measure the satisfaction of customers (or employees), "
"and gain more insight into shifting market sentiments."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:13
msgid ""
"When creating your survey, choose a *Title* and *Category*. The *Category* "
"field is used to know in which context the survey is being conducted, as "
"different applications might use it for different purposes such as "
"recruitment, certification, or employee appraisal."
msgstr ""
"Când creați sondajul dvs., alegeți un *Titlu* și o *Categorie*. Câmpul "
"*Categorie* este utilizat pentru a ști în ce context se desfășoară sondajul,"
" deoarece diferite aplicații pot să-l folosească pentru diferite scopuri, "
"cum ar fi recrutarea, certificarea sau evaluarea angajaților."
msgid "Getting started"
msgstr "Introducere"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rstNone
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:15
msgid ""
"Form view of a survey with a title and category being chosen in Odoo Surveys"
"To begin, open the :guilabel:`Surveys` application and click "
":guilabel:`Create`. Odoo then redirects the page to a blank survey template "
"form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:18
msgid ""
"On the survey form, add a :guilabel:`Survey Title` and then add a cover "
"image to the survey by hovering over the photo icon and clicking on the "
":guilabel:`Edit (pencil)` icon. When the file explorer window opens, choose "
"an image from the local files."
msgstr ""
"Vedere formular a unui sondaj cu un titlu și o categorie alese în Odoo "
"Sondaje"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:22
msgid "Tab: Questions"
msgstr "Fila: Întrebări"
msgid ""
"Below the :guilabel:`Survey Title` are various tabs in which the survey "
"questions and format can be created and customized. These tabs are labeled "
"as follows:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:24
msgid "Add sections and questions by clicking on the respective links."
msgstr "Adăugați secțiuni și întrebări făcând clic pe link-urile respective."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:25
msgid ":guilabel:`Questions`: the list of questions to be asked in the survey"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:26
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Description`: contextual information to aid in understanding the "
"survey"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:27
msgid ""
"On the *Sections and Questions* form, once the question type is chosen and "
"the answer added, under the tab *Options*, enable *Mandatory Answer*, and "
"set an *Error message* to be shown when the user tries to submit the survey "
"without answering the respective question."
":guilabel:`Options`: choices for survey respondents to answer the questions"
msgstr ""
"În formularul *Secțiuni și Întrebări*, după ce tipul de întrebare este ales "
"și răspunsul adăugat, sub fila *Opțiuni*, activați *Răspuns obligatoriu* și "
"setați un *Mesaj de eroare* pentru a fi afișat atunci când utilizatorul "
"încearcă să trimită sondajul fără a răspunde întrebării respective."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:29
msgid ""
"Depending on the *Question Type*, the tab *Options* aggregates extra and "
"different possibilities. Examples:"
msgstr ""
"În funcție de *Tipul întrebării*, fila *Opțiuni* agregă extra și "
"posibilități diferite. Exemple:"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:31
msgid ""
"*Single Line Text Box* - can choose a minimum and maximum text length "
"(number of characters - spaces do not count), and its error message."
msgstr ""
"*Caseta de text pe o singură linie* - se poate alege o lungime minimă și "
"maximă a textului (număr de caractere - spațiile nu sunt luate în "
"considerare), și mesajul de eroare."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:33
msgid ""
"*Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed*: choose between radio buttons or"
" a dropdown menu list, and if you would like to have a comment field. If the"
" user select an answer and type a comment, the values are separately "
"recorded. Or, enable the comment field to be displayed as an answer choice, "
"with which a text type field is displayed."
msgstr ""
"*Răspunsuri multiple: răspunsuri multiple permise*: alegeți între butoane "
"radio sau o listă de meniu dropdown, și dacă doriți să aveți un câmp de "
"comentarii. Dacă utilizatorul selectează un răspuns și tipărește un "
"comentariu, valorile sunt înregistrate separat. Sau, activați câmpul de "
"comentarii pentru a fi afișat ca o opțiune de răspuns, cu care un câmp de "
"tip text este afișat."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:37
msgid ""
"*Matrix Type*: choose if you would like to have one or multiple choices per "
"row."
msgstr ""
"*Tipul matricei*: alegeți dacă doriți să aveți o sau mai multe opțiuni pe "
"rând."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rstNone
msgid "Sections and questions view of a survey in Odoo Surveys"
msgstr "Secțiuni și întrebări vizualizate în Odoo Sondaje"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:44
msgid "Tab: Description"
msgstr "Fila: Descriere"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:46
msgid ""
"Write a *Description* to be displayed under the title of the survey's "
"homepage."
msgid "Various tabs that can be found on the survey template page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:34
msgid "Questions tab"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:36
msgid ""
"Add questions and sections to the survey in the :guilabel:`Questions` tab. A"
" section divides the survey into parts in order to visually group similar "
"questions together. To make a section, click :guilabel:`Add a section` and "
"type in a section name. Then, add questions or drag and drop questions into "
"the divided sections."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:41
msgid ""
"Clicking :guilabel:`Add a question` opens the :guilabel:`Create Sections and"
" Questions` pop-up to create and customize the survey question."
msgstr ""
"Scrieți o *Descriere* pentru a fi afișată sub titlul paginii de start a "
"sondajului."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rstNone
msgid "The survey question pop-up window."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:49
msgid "Create questions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:51
msgid ""
"Frontend of a survey showing the title and description of a survey for Odoo "
"Surveys"
"In the :guilabel:`Create Sections and Questions` pop-up, type the question "
"in the :guilabel:`Question` field. Then, choose the :guilabel:`Question "
"Type`. A preview of how the question type looks is shown in the preview "
"window."
msgstr ""
"Frontend-ul unui sondaj care arată titlul și descrierea unui sondaj pentru "
"Odoo Sondaje"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:53
msgid "Click on *Edit* to personalize your pages with the website builder."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:55
msgid "Choose from the following :guilabel:`Question Types`:"
msgstr ""
"Clic pe *Editare* pentru a personaliza paginile cu constructorul de site-"
"uri."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:56
msgid "Tab: Options"
msgstr "Fila: Opțiuni"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:57
msgid ":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:58
msgid ""
"Under the tab *Options*, choose the *Layout* of your questions. If choosing "
"*One page per section* or *One page per question*, an option *Back Button* "
"becomes available, which allows the user to go back pages."
msgid ":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`"
msgstr ""
"Sub fila *Opțiuni*, alegeți *Aspectul* întrebărilor. Dacă alegeți *O pagină "
"pe secțiune* sau *O pagină pe întrebare*, o opțiune *Butonul de înapoi* "
"devine disponibilă, care permite utilizatorului să revină la pagini."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rstNone
msgid ""
"Form view of a survey emphasizing the layout feature under options in Odoo "
"Surveys"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:59
msgid ":guilabel:`Numerical Value`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:60
msgid ":guilabel:`Date`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:61
msgid ":guilabel:`Datetime`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:62
msgid ":guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:63
msgid ":guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:64
msgid ":guilabel:`Matrix`"
msgstr ""
"Vizualizarea formularului a unui sondaj care subliniază caracteristica "
"aspectului în opțiunile Odoo Sondaje"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:67
msgid "Test and share the survey"
msgstr "Testați și partajați sondajul"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:70
msgid ""
"Once your Survey is ready, *Test* it to avoid *Sharing* it with potential "
"errors. As answers get collected, click on *Answers* to access all the "
"details of the respondent and his answers."
"Different features appear in the :guilabel:`Answers` and :guilabel:`Options`"
" tabs, depending on the :guilabel:`Question Type` chosen. However, the "
":guilabel:`Description` tab always remains the same, regardless of what "
"question is chosen."
msgstr ""
"Odată ce sondajul este gata, *Testați* pentru a evita *Partajarea* cu "
"posibile erori. În timp ce răspunsurile sunt colectate, clic pe *Răspunsuri*"
" pentru a accesa toate detaliile respondenților și răspunsurile lor."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:72
msgid "Create sections and questions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:74
msgid ""
"By default, a filter *Except Test Entries* is applied to keep the list of "
"entries clean with only real participants."
"Once a :guilabel:`Question Type` has been selected, there are three possible"
" tabs where information can be customized for the question. These include "
"the :guilabel:`Answers` (if applicable), :guilabel:`Description`, and "
":guilabel:`Options` tabs."
msgstr ""
"În mod implicit, un filtru *Exceptând intrările de test* este aplicat pentru"
" a păstra lista de intrări curate cu doar participanți reali."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rstNone
msgid "View list of the participations of a survey in Odoo Surveys"
msgstr "Vizualizarea listei de participări la un sondaj în Odoo Sondaje"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:79
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:78
msgid ""
"Another way to access detailed answers is by going to "
":menuselection:`Participations --> Participations`."
"Each tab offers a variety of different features depending on what "
":guilabel:`Question Type` was chosen."
msgstr ""
"O altă modalitate de accesare a răspunsurilor detaliate este prin accesarea "
":menuselection:`Participări --> Participări`."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:80
msgid "Click on *See results* to be redirected to an analytical page."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:81
msgid ""
"For example, in the :guilabel:`Options` tab, the following options may "
"appear:"
msgstr ""
"Clic pe *Vizualizați rezultatele* pentru a fi redirecționat către o pagină "
"analitică."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rstNone
msgid "View of an analytical page for Odoo Surveys"
msgstr "Vizualizarea unei pagini analitice pentru Odoo Sondaje"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:83
msgid ":guilabel:`Mandatory Answer`: the question must be answered."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:84
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Matrix Type`: for matrix-type questions, select if one choice or "
"multiple choices can be selected per row."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:86
msgid ":guilabel:`Number of columns`: select how many columns are displayed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:87
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:34
msgid ":doc:`scoring`"
msgstr ":doc:`scoring`"
msgid ":guilabel:`Images on answers`: allow images on the answer options."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:88
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:35
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Conditional Display`: determine if the question is displayed "
"based on the participant's answer to a previous question."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:90
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Show Comments Field`: allow the participant to type a comment in "
"a text box."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:91
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Question Time Limit`: for live session surveys, set a time limit "
"for the question."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:94
msgid "Conditional Display"
msgstr "Afișaj Condiționat"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:96
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Conditional Display` means the question is only displayed if the "
"specified conditional answer has been selected in a previous question."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:99
msgid ""
"When the box next to :guilabel:`Conditional Display` is selected, the "
":guilabel:`Triggering Question` field appears. Select a question from the "
"survey."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:102
msgid ""
"Then, a :guilabel:`Triggering Answer` field appears. Here, select which "
"answer will trigger this :guilabel:`Conditional Display` question."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:106
msgid "Options tab"
msgstr "Fila opțiuni"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:108
msgid ""
"Back on the main survey template form, under the :guilabel:`Options` tab, "
"there are different sections of settings that can be modified."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:111
msgid "The sections include:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:113
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Questions`: focuses on the overall presentation of the survey"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:114
msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring`: decides how the survey is scored"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:115
msgid ":guilabel:`Candidates`: manages access to the survey"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:116
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Live Session`: enables the survey into a real-time group "
"activity."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:119
msgid "Questions"
msgstr "Întrebări"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:121
msgid ""
"First, select the :guilabel:`Layout` of the survey. The following options "
"can be chosen:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:123
msgid ":guilabel:`One page with all the questions`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:124
msgid ":guilabel:`One page per section`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:125
msgid ":guilabel:`One page per question`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:127
msgid ""
"If either the :guilabel:`One page per section` or :guilabel:`One page per "
"question` options are chosen, then the :guilabel:`Back Button` option "
"appears. If selected, the :guilabel:`Back Button` option allows the "
"participant to go back to a question during the survey."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:131
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Layout` options is the :guilabel:`Progression Mode` "
"setting, which indicates how the participant's progress during the survey is"
" displayed. It is shown as either a :guilabel:`Percentage` or a "
":guilabel:`Number`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:135
msgid ""
"Next, there is an option available to add a :guilabel:`Survey Time Limit`. "
"To implement this option, simply check the box, and enter the amount of time"
" (in minutes) participants have to complete the survey."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:139
msgid ""
"After the :guilabel:`Survey Time Limit` option is a section labeled "
":guilabel:`Selection`. Here, questions can be :guilabel:`Randomized per "
"section`, in other words, the number of random questions can be configured "
"by section. This mode is ignored in a live session."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:144
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:56
msgid ":doc:`time_random`"
msgstr ":doc:`time_random`"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:147
msgid "Scoring"
msgstr "Punctaj"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:149
msgid ""
"The following options are available when deciding how a :guilabel:`Scoring` "
"method:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:151
msgid ":guilabel:`No scoring`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:152
msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:153
msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:155
msgid ""
"If either the :guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end` or "
":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end` options are selected, a "
":guilabel:`Success %` field appears. Set the percentage of correct answers "
"needed to pass the survey."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:159
msgid ""
"Next, there is the option to make the survey a certification. To do so, "
"check the box next to the option labeled :guilabel:`Is a Certification`, and"
" two additional fields appear. Select a color theme in the "
":guilabel:`Certification Template` field and then choose an :guilabel:`Email"
" Template`. When a participant passes the certification with the required "
"score, an email from Odoo will automatically be sent to that person using "
"the selected email template."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:165
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Give Badge` feature is enabled and the "
":guilabel:`Certification Badge` is set, the survey participant also receives"
" a badge upon passing the certification."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:169
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:48
msgid ":doc:`scoring`"
msgstr ":doc:`scoring`"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:172
msgid "Candidates"
msgstr "Candidați"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:174
msgid ""
"To determine access to the survey, the :guilabel:`Access Mode` has two "
"options to choose between: :guilabel:`Anyone with the link` and "
":guilabel:`Invited people only`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:177
msgid ""
"Below the :guilabel:`Appraisal Managers Only` checkbox is the "
":guilabel:`Login Required` option to require a login to participate in the "
"survey. If this option is activated, an :guilabel:`Attempts Limit` field "
"also populates, in which the number of survey attempts is defined for the "
"participant."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:182
msgid "Live Session"
msgstr "Sesiune Live"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:184
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Live Session` section is dedicated to users who are "
"conducting surveys in real-time, wherein they directly engage with and "
"collect answers from a live audience."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:187
msgid ""
"Customize the :guilabel:`Session Code` here; this code is needed for "
"participants to access the live session survey. Reward participants for "
"quick answers by selecting the checkbox labeled :guilabel:`Reward quick "
"answers`. By checking it, attendees will get more points if they answer "
"quickly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:193
msgid "Description tab"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:195
msgid ""
"Back on the main survey template page is the :guilabel:`Description` tab, "
"where a custom description of the survey can be added. This is displayed "
"beneath the title on the survey's homepage, which is on the front end of the"
" website made through the Odoo :guilabel:`Website` app."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:200
msgid "Test and share the survey"
msgstr "Testați și partajați sondajul"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:202
msgid ""
"Once the survey is created and saved, run a test to check for possible "
"errors before finally sending it out to the participants by clicking "
":guilabel:`Test` in the upper left corner of the survey template page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:206
msgid ""
"When activated, Odoo redirects the page to a test version of the survey on "
"the front end of the website. This page displays how the survey will look to"
" participants. Proceed to run through the survey, like a normal participant,"
" to check for errors."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:210
msgid ""
"To return to the survey template form in the backend, simply click the "
":guilabel:`This is a test survey. Edit Survey` link in the blue banner along"
" the top of the page. Once Odoo redirects the page to the survey template in"
" the backend, make any further changes, as needed, before officially sending"
" the survey out to participants."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:215
msgid ""
"When the survey is ready to be shared with the audience, click the "
":guilabel:`Start Survey` button in the upper-left corner of the survey "
"template form. Then, click :guilabel:`Share`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:218
msgid ""
"In the pop-up window, add the survey recipients in the "
":guilabel:`Recipients` field (for existing contacts in the Odoo database) or"
" the :guilabel:`Additional emails` field (for contacts that do not want to "
"be listed in the Odoo database). Finally, click :guilabel:`Send`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:222
msgid ""
"As answers are received, check them by clicking the :guilabel:`Answers` "
"smart button on the survey template form, or the :guilabel:`See Results` "
"button in the upper left corner. To end the survey, click the "
":guilabel:`Close` button on the survey template form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:3
msgid "Scoring Surveys"
msgstr "Sondaje de notare"
msgid "Scoring surveys"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:5
msgid ""
"To measure your respondents performance, knowledge of a subject, or overall"
" satisfaction, attach points to the answers of specific questions. The "
"points are summed up to give your respondent a final score."
"To measure a survey participant's performance, knowledge, or overall "
"satisfaction, Odoo ascribes points to survey answers. At the end of the "
"survey, these points are summed up, resulting in the participant's final "
"score."
msgstr ""
"Pentru a măsura performanța respondenților, cunoștințele unui subiect sau "
"satisfacția generală, atașați puncte la răspunsurile întrebărilor specifice."
" Punctele sunt adunate pentru a da respondenților un scor final."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:9
msgid ""
"On your surveys form, click on *Add a question* and, under the tab "
"*Options*, choose between *Scoring with answers at the end* or *Scoring "
"without answers at the end*. Now, on your questions form, set the right "
"answer and score."
"To add points to questions, open the :guilabel:`Surveys` application, choose"
" the desired survey form, and then click on the :guilabel:`Options` tab. "
"Under the :guilabel;`Scoring` section, choose between :guilabel:`Scoring "
"with answers at the end` or :guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`."
msgstr ""
"Pe formularul sondajului, clic pe *Adăugați o întrebare* și, sub fila "
"*Opțiuni*, alegeți între *Notare cu răspunsuri la sfârșit* sau *Notare fără "
"răspunsuri la sfârșit*. Acum, pe formularul întrebării, setați răspunsul și "
"scorul corect."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rstNone
msgid "Form view of a survey showing a list of answers in Odoo Surveys"
msgstr ""
"Vizualizarea formularului unui sondaj care arată o listă de răspunsuri în "
"Odoo Sondaje"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:17
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:14
msgid ""
"Set the percentage score the user needs to achieve to have successfully "
"taken the survey. If enabling *Certificate*, choose its template. The "
"certification is automatically sent by email to the users who successfully "
"finish it."
":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end` shows the survey participant "
"their answers after completing the survey, and displays which questions they"
" got right or wrong. On questions where there was an incorrect answer, the "
"correct answer will be highlighted."
msgstr ""
"Setați scorul procentual pe care utilizatorul trebuie să îl atingă pentru a "
"avea un sondaj cu succes. Dacă activați *Certificat*, alegeți șablonul. "
"Certificatul este trimis automat prin e-mail utilizatorilor care îl termină "
"cu succes."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rstNone
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:18
msgid ""
"Form view of a survey emphasizing the scoring and candidates section in Odoo"
" Surveys"
":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end` does not show the survey "
"participant their answer choices after completing the survey, only their "
"final score."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:21
msgid ""
"To indicate correct answers, click on the :guilabel:`Questions tab` and "
"choose a question. In the question form, check the :guilabel:`Is a correct "
"answer` box for the choice that is the correct answer and attach a score "
"value."
msgstr ""
"Vizualizarea formularului unui sondaj care subliniază secțiunea de notare și"
" candidați în Odoo Sondaje"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:25
msgid ""
"Enable *Login required* to be able to *Give Badges*. Badges are related to "
"the eLearning section of your website. Besides the logged-in user, visitors "
"of the website that access the page *Courses* can also see the granted "
"badges."
"Back on the :guilabel:`Options` tab of the survey, set the "
":guilabel:`Success %`. The percentage entered determines what percentage of "
"correct answers is needed to pass the survey."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:28
msgid ""
"Further on the :guilabel:`Options` tab of the survey, survey administrators "
"can also choose to make the survey a certification. A certification "
"indicates that the survey asks questions to test the participants' knowledge"
" level on a subject."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:32
msgid ""
"When enabling the :guilabel:`Is a certification` option, choose a "
":guilabel:`Certification email template`. The certification will "
"automatically be emailed using this email template to users who pass the "
"survey with a final score that is greater than or equal to the set "
":guilabel:`Success %`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:36
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Candidates` section, participants can be required to log "
"in to take the survey. If the :guilabel:`Login Required` setting is enabled,"
" two new options appear: the :guilabel:`Attempts Limit` checkbox, which "
"limits the number of times a participant can attempt the survey, and the "
"option to :guilabel:`Give Badge`, located beneath the "
":guilabel:`Certification` options in the :guilabel:`Scoring` section."
msgstr ""
"Activați *Autentificare necesară* pentru a putea *Acorda Insigne*. Insignele"
" sunt legate de secțiunea eLearning a site-ului dvs. În afară de "
"utilizatorul autentificat, vizitatorii site-ului care accesează pagina "
"*Cursuri* pot vedea, de asemenea, insignele acordate."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rstNone
msgid ""
"View of the courses tab emphasizing the latest achievements section on the website for\n"
"Odoo Surveys"
"Setting the Required Score (percentage), login required, and certification "
"template."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:46
msgid ""
"Badges are displayed on the eLearning portion of a given user's portal, and "
"are a way to set milestones and reward participants for passing surveys or "
"gaining points. Besides the awardee, website visitors who access the "
":guilabel:`Courses` page will also be able to see the granted badges."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rstNone
msgid "Example of how a badge looks on the eLearning portion of the website."
msgstr ""
"Vizualizarea filei Cursuri care subliniază secțiunea ultimelor realizări pe site-ul pentru\n"
"Odoo Sondaje"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:3
msgid "Time and Randomize Questions"
msgstr "Timp și întrebări aleatorii"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:6
msgid "Time Limit"
msgstr "Limită de timp"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:10
msgid ""
"On timed surveys, respondents need to complete the survey within a certain "
"period of time. It can be used to ensure that all respondents get the same "
"amount of time to find the answers, or to decrease the chance of having them"
" looking at external resources."
msgid "Timed and randomized questions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:5
msgid ""
"When creating a survey in Odoo, there are options to set a time limit on the"
" survey and randomize the questions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:9
msgid "Time limit"
msgstr ""
"Pe sondajele cu timp limitat, respondenții trebuie să completeze sondajul "
"într-un anumit interval de timp. Poate fi utilizat pentru a asigura că toți "
"respondenții primesc aceeași cantitate de timp pentru a găsi răspunsurile, "
"sau pentru a reduce șansa de a le vedea resursele externe."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:11
msgid "Set the *Time limit* under the tab *Options*."
msgstr "Setați *Limita de timp* sub fila *Opțiuni*."
msgid ""
"During a timed survey, participants must finish the survey within a "
"specified period of time. A common use case for implementing a time limit is"
" that it greatly reduces the chance of participants looking up responses via"
" external resources (e.g. web search), and reduces the survey to a \"closed "
"book\" testing environment."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:16
msgid ""
"Find the :guilabel:`Survey Time Limit` setting in the :guilabel:`Options` "
"tab of the survey form, under the :guilabel:`Questions` section."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rstNone
msgid ""
"View of a survey form emphasizing the time limit feature in Odoo Surveys"
msgid "Time limit field in the options tab of a survey template form."
msgstr ""
"Vizualizarea formularului unui sondaj care subliniază funcția limită de timp"
" în Odoo Sondaje"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:17
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:23
msgid ""
"A timer is shown on the pages so the user can keep track of the remaining "
"time. Surveys not \\ submitted by the *Time limit* do not have their answers"
" saved."
"When the :guilabel:`Survey Time Limit` option is checked, a timer will be "
"displayed on every page of the survey, letting participants keep track of "
"the time remaining while the survey is active."
msgstr ""
"Un cronometru este afișat pe pagini astfel încât utilizatorul să poată "
"urmări timpul rămas. Sondajele nu \\ trimise de *Limita de timp* nu au "
"răspunsurile salvate."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:21
msgid "Selection"
msgstr "Selecție"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:25
msgid ""
"When you randomize a survey, you allow for the questions to be shuffled in a"
" random order every time someone opens the questionnaire. This can be useful"
" to avoid having respondents looking at each others' answers."
msgstr ""
"Când randomizați un sondaj, permiteți întrebărilor să fie amestecate într-o "
"ordine aleatoare de fiecare dată când cineva deschide chestionarul. Acest "
"lucru poate fi util pentru a evita ca respondenții să vadă răspunsurile "
"celorlalți."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:27
msgid ""
"To do so, under the tab *Options*, enable *Randomized per section*. Now, "
"under the tab *Questions*, set how many of the questions in that section "
"should be taken into account during the shuffling."
"Participants that do not submit their survey by the preconfigured time limit"
" will *not* have their answers saved."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:31
msgid "Randomized selection"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:33
msgid ""
"When a survey is randomized, Odoo shuffles the questions and reveals them in"
" a random order every time a participant begins the questionnaire. Using "
"randomization as a survey method discourages participants from looking at "
"each other's responses, and helps control for individual testing."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:37
msgid ""
"To randomize a survey, click the :guilabel:`Options` tab on the survey form."
" In the :guilabel:`Questions` section, select :guilabel:`Randomized per "
"section` for the :guilabel:`Selection` field. After enabling, navigate to "
"the :guilabel:`Questions` tab and look in the :guilabel:`Random questions "
"count` column. From there, determine how many questions (per section) Odoo "
"should select and display during the shuffling of questions."
msgstr ""
"Pentru a face acest lucru, sub fila *Opțiuni*, activați *Aleatorizat pe "
"secțiune*. Acum, sub fila *Întrebări*, setați câte dintre întrebările din "
"această secțiune ar trebui luate în considerare în timpul amestecării."
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rstNone
msgid ""
"View of a survey form emphasizing the random questions count column in Odoo "
"Surveys"
msgid "Randomized question count in the questions tab of a survey."
msgstr ""
"Vizualizarea formularului unui sondaj care subliniază coloana numărul de "
"întrebări aleatorii în Odoo Sondaje"

View File

@ -5,17 +5,21 @@
#
# Translators:
# Emanuel Bruda, 2023
# Dorin Hongu <dhongu@gmail.com>, 2023
# Cozmin Candea <office@terrabit.ro>, 2023
# Foldi Robert <foldirobert@nexterp.ro>, 2023
# Hongu Cosmin <cosmin513@gmail.com>, 2023
# Claudia Baisan, 2023
# Dorin Hongu <dhongu@gmail.com>, 2023
# Martin Trigaux, 2023
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-12-23 09:13+0000\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-31 10:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Cozmin Candea <office@terrabit.ro>, 2023\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n"
"Language-Team: Romanian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ro/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -2135,6 +2139,757 @@ msgstr ""
"Dispozitive --> (dispozitiv ecran)` permite utilizatorului să aleagă un URL "
"de site web anume pentru a-l afișa pe ecran cu câmpul :guilabel:`URL ecran`."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge.rst:7
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:202
msgid "Knowledge"
msgstr "Cunoștințe"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge.rst:9
msgid ""
"**Odoo Knowledge** is a multipurpose productivity app that allows internal "
"users to enrich their business knowledge base and provide individually or "
"collaboratively gathered information."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge.rst:12
msgid ""
"The pages on which they gather content are called *articles*. They are "
"mainly composed of a title and a body. The latter is an HTML field "
"containing text, images, links to other articles, records from other models,"
" templates, etc."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge.rst:17
msgid "`Knowledge product page <https://www.odoo.com/app/knowledge>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:3
msgid "Articles editing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:6
msgid "Add and style content"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:8
msgid ""
"To start adding content, click anywhere on the page. Your cursor is "
"automatically set to write the article's first-level header. Once you are "
"done writing the title, press **enter** on your keyboard to move to the next"
" line."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rstNone
msgid "knowledge's user interface"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:17
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Untitled` on the left side of the top bar to automatically "
"match your :dfn:`h1 (First-level header)` title and the article's name. To "
"change the name of your article later, you must do it manually. To do so, "
"click the name on the top bar and proceed to the modification."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:22
msgid "Text editor"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:24
msgid "To stylize the text using the text editor, select the text to format."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:26
msgid "Then, you can:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:28
msgid ""
"Change the style by clicking :guilabel:`Normal`. Doing so opens a dropdown "
"menu with multiple styles to choose from (:guilabel:`Normal, Code, Header 1 "
"→ Header 6, Quote`);"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:30
msgid ""
"Format the text. Click :guilabel:`B` to put it in bold, :guilabel:`I` to put"
" it in italic, :guilabel:`U` to underline, and :guilabel:`S` to "
"strikethrough;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:32
msgid ""
"Change the font color by clicking :guilabel:`A` or the background color by "
"clicking the **pencil** icon:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:35
msgid ""
"To choose from a predefined theme color, click :guilabel:`Theme` and select "
"the desired color."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:36
msgid ""
"To customize, click :guilabel:`Solid` and define a color using the wheel, by"
" typing its hex code, or its RGBA values."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:38
msgid ""
"To use a gradient, click :guilabel:`Gradient`, choose a predefined gradient "
"or click :guilabel:`Custom` to create a personalized gradient."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:41
msgid ""
"To change the text's size, click the **size number** and select the desired "
"size;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:42
msgid ""
"Click the **lists** icons to turn the paragraph into an unordered list, an "
"ordered list, or a checklist;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:44
msgid "Click the **chain** icon to insert or edit an URL link."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rstNone
msgid "Text editor's toolbox"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:50
msgid ""
"To format a whole paragraph, type `/` anywhere in the text. Doing so opens "
"the **powerbox**, which allows:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:53
msgid "Changing a paragraph into lists (unordered, ordered, checklists)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:54
msgid ""
"Changing a paragraph into a header (1 → 6), normal text, `code`, or "
"*quotes*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:57
msgid "Add a cover"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:59
msgid ""
"You can customize your article by adding a cover picture and an icon. Hover "
"above the h1 title and click :guilabel:`Add Cover`. A pop-up window opens to"
" set a cover picture."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:62
msgid ""
"If your database and your Unsplash account are associated, the cover picture"
" is automatically selected based on the article's name. To modify it, hover "
"over the picture to make the buttons appear, click :guilabel:`Change Cover`,"
" and select another image."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:66
msgid "Retrieve images from different sources:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:68
msgid "Search the **Unsplash** database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:69
msgid "Enter a picture's **URL**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:70
msgid "**Upload** an image from a computer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:72
msgid ""
"To remove the cover, hover over it to make the buttons appear and click "
":guilabel:`Remove Cover`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:75
msgid ""
"To associate Unsplash with your database, please refer to "
":doc:`../../websites/website/optimize/unsplash`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:77
msgid ""
"The articles are responsive, and so are the cover pictures. As a result, the"
" images cannot be repositioned manually to fit a particular screen, as they "
"automatically resize depending on the device."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:82
msgid "Add an icon"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:84
msgid ""
"To add an icon, hover above the h1 title and click :guilabel:`Add Icon`. "
"Doing this sets a random emoji automatically. To change it, click it and "
"select one from the emoji window. To remove it, proceed equally and click "
"the red-circled :guilabel:`x`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:89
msgid ""
"The emoji is also displayed before the corresponding article in the side "
"panel hierarchic tree."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:90
msgid ""
"Click the emoji on the side panel to change it without opening the related "
"article."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:93
msgid "Commands"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:95
msgid ""
"To use a command, type `/` and open the **powerbox**. Type the command's "
"name or select from multiple features to insert blocks, images, files, etc. "
"Some of them, such as `/Image` or `/Article` are common to all the apps, but"
" others are inherent to the knowledge app and cannot be found or used in any"
" other application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:101
msgid "List of commands"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:103
msgid "Commands are divided into multiple categories depending on their use."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:106
msgid "Structure"
msgstr "Structura"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:113
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:143
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:163
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:177
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:195
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:209
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:234
msgid "Command"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:114
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:144
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:164
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:178
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:196
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:210
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:235
msgid "Use"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:115
msgid ":guilabel:`Bulleted list`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:116
msgid "Create a bulleted list."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:117
msgid ":guilabel:`Numbered list`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:118
msgid "Create a list with numbering."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:119
msgid ":guilabel:`Checklist`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:120
msgid "Track tasks with a checklist."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:121
msgid ":guilabel:`Table`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:122
msgid "Insert a table."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:123
msgid ":guilabel:`Separator`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:124
msgid "Insert an horizontal rule separator."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:125
msgid ":guilabel:`Quote`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:126
msgid "Add a blockquote section."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:127
msgid ":guilabel:`Code`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:128
msgid "Add a code section."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:129
msgid ":guilabel:`2 columns`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:130
msgid "Convert into 2 columns."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:131
msgid ":guilabel:`3 columns`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:132
msgid "Convert into 3 columns."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:133
msgid ":guilabel:`4 columns`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:134
msgid "Convert into 4 columns."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:136
msgid "Format"
msgstr "Format"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:145
msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 1`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:146
msgid "Big section heading."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:147
msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 2`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:148
msgid "Medium section heading."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:149
msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 3`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:150
msgid "Small section heading."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:151
msgid ":guilabel:`Switch direction`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:152
msgid "Switch the text's direction."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:153
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:34
msgid ":guilabel:`Text`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:154
msgid "Paragraph block."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:156
msgid "Media"
msgstr "Media"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:165
msgid ":guilabel:`Image`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:166
msgid "Insert an image."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:167
msgid ":guilabel:`Article`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:168
msgid "Link an article."
msgstr "Legați un articol."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:170
msgid "Navigation"
msgstr "Navigare"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:179
msgid ":guilabel:`Link`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:180
msgid "Add a link."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:181
msgid ":guilabel:`Button`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:182
msgid "Add a button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:183
msgid ":guilabel:`Appointment`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:184
msgid "Add a specific appointment."
msgstr "Adăugați o programare specifică."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:185
msgid ":guilabel:`Calendar`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:186
msgid "Schedule an appointment."
msgstr "Programați o întâlnire."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:188
msgid "Widget"
msgstr "Widget"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:197
msgid ":guilabel:`3 Stars`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:198
msgid "Insert a rating over 3 stars."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:199
msgid ":guilabel:`5 Stars`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:200
msgid "Insert a rating over 5 stars."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:211
msgid ":guilabel:`Table of Content`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:212
msgid "Add a table of content with the article's headings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:213
msgid ":guilabel:`Index`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:214
msgid "Show the first level of nested articles."
msgstr "Afișați primul nivel de articole încapsulate."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:215
msgid ":guilabel:`Outline`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:216
msgid "Show all nested articles."
msgstr "Afișați toate articolele încapsulate."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:217
msgid ":guilabel:`Item Kanban`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:218
msgid "Insert a kanban view of article items."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:219
msgid ":guilabel:`Item List`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:220
msgid "Insert a list view of article items."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:221
msgid ":guilabel:`File`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:222
msgid "Embed a file that can be downloaded."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:223
msgid ":guilabel:`Template`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:224
msgid ""
"Add a template section that can be inserted in messages, terms & conditions,"
" or description in other applications."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:227
msgid "Basic Blocks"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:236
msgid ":guilabel:`Signature`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:237
msgid "Insert your signature."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:240
msgid "Content from other app"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:242
msgid ""
"Knowledge allows to retrieve content views from other applications. To do "
"so, go to the targeted app and create the desired view. Then, click "
":menuselection:`Favorite --> Insert view in article` and select an article. "
"The view is inserted at the bottom of the selected article."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:247
msgid ""
"To retrieve the view below, we created it by going to :menuselection:`Sales "
"--> Graph icon --> Pie Chart icon` and inserted it by clicking "
":menuselection:`Favorite --> Insert view in article` and selecting the "
"*Sales Playbook* article."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:0
msgid "article view from the Sales app"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:256
msgid ""
"Users who do **not** have access to the view will **not** be able to access "
"it in **Knowledge** even though they have access to the article containing "
"the view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:3
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:453
msgid "Properties"
msgstr "Proprietăți"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:5
msgid ""
"Properties are fields containing data and that can be added to articles by "
"any user with **write** access. These fields are shared between all the "
"child articles and article items under the same parent."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:10
msgid ""
"To be able to add properties, an article must be either a **child article** "
"or an **article item**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:14
msgid "Add property fields"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:16
msgid ""
"Hover above the first-level header to make the buttons appear. Click "
":menuselection:`⚙ Add Properties --> Field Type`, select the type and add a "
"default value if needed. To make the fields appear in **kanban views**, "
"check :guilabel:`View in Kanban` as well. To validate and close the property"
" creation window, click anywhere."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rstNone
msgid "Dropdown of property fields types"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:25
msgid "The different types assess what the field content can be:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:32
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:58
msgid "Types"
msgstr "Tipuri"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:33
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:59
msgid "Uses"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:35
msgid "Allows adding any content with no restriction."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:36
msgid ":guilabel:`Checkbox`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:37
msgid "Add a checkbox."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:38
msgid ":guilabel:`Integer`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:39
msgid "Allows adding integer numbers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:40
msgid ":guilabel:`Decimal`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:41
msgid "Allows adding any number."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:42
msgid ":guilabel:`Date`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:43
msgid "Allows selecting a date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:44
msgid ":guilabel:`Date & Time`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:45
msgid "Allows selecting a date and time."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:47
msgid "Some **field types** need to be configured:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rstNone
msgid "property configuration form"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:60
msgid ":guilabel:`Selection`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:61
msgid ""
"Add a drop-down selection menu with restricted values that have been set at "
"the property creation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:64
msgid ""
"To set it up, click :guilabel:`Add a Value` next to the :guilabel:`Values` "
"field. Enter predetermined values and press **enter** to validate; you can "
"enter as many values as needed. Click anywhere to close the property "
"creation window."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:67
msgid ":guilabel:`Tags`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:68
msgid "Allows creating and applying as many tags as needed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:70
msgid ""
"To set it up, enter your `new_tag` in the :guilabel:`Tags` field, and press "
"**enter** or click :guilabel:`Create \"new_tag\"`. Click anywhere to close "
"the window. Then, add the tags into the property field. To do so, click the "
"property field and choose from the created tags; enter the tags' name and "
"press **enter**; enter a new tag's name and create a new one on the spot."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:75
msgid ":guilabel:`Many2one`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:76
msgid ""
"Choose from a list of records that result from a model's domain. You can "
"only select one result."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:79
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:86
msgid ""
"To set it up, click :guilabel:`Search a Model` in the :guilabel:`Model` "
"field, select the model. Match all records by clicking :guilabel:`## "
"Record(s)`, or filter the results by clicking :guilabel:`+ Add Filter` and "
"show the records by clicking :guilabel:`## Record(s)`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:82
msgid ":guilabel:`Many2many`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:83
msgid ""
"Choose from a list of records that result from a model's domain. You can "
"select as many results as needed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:91
msgid "Delete property fields"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:93
msgid ""
"To remove a property, click the **pencil** icon next to the targeted "
"property, then click :menuselection:`Delete --> Delete`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:97
msgid "Once a property field is deleted, you cannot retrieve it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:100
msgid "Hide the property panel"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:102
msgid ""
"To hide the property sidebar panel, click the gear :guilabel:`(⚙)` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:5
msgid "Mail Plugins"
msgstr "Pluginuri de e-mail"
@ -2608,10 +3363,9 @@ msgstr "Add-ins personalizate în Outlook"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:43
msgid ""
"Enter the following URL "
"`https://download.odoo.com/plugins/outlook/manifest.xml` and press *OK*."
"`https://download.odoocdn.com/plugins/v15/outlook/manifest.xml` and press "
"*OK*."
msgstr ""
"Introdiți următorul URL "
"`https://download.odoo.com/plugins/outlook/manifest.xml` și apăsați *OK*."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:0
msgid "Entering the add-in URL in Outlook"
@ -4159,10 +4913,6 @@ msgstr ""
"Vânzare*, utilizați câmpul :guilabel:`Câmp Relaționat` `partner_id.email` "
"prin selectarea :guilabel:`Client` și apoi :guilabel:`Email`."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:453
msgid "Properties"
msgstr "Proprietăți"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:455
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Invisible`: When it is not necessary for users to view a field on"

View File

@ -5,17 +5,18 @@
#
# Translators:
# Emanuel Bruda, 2023
# Dorin Hongu <dhongu@gmail.com>, 2023
# Cozmin Candea <office@terrabit.ro>, 2023
# Hongu Cosmin <cosmin513@gmail.com>, 2023
# Dorin Hongu <dhongu@gmail.com>, 2023
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-19 15:37+0000\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-31 10:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Cozmin Candea <office@terrabit.ro>, 2023\n"
"Last-Translator: Dorin Hongu <dhongu@gmail.com>, 2023\n"
"Language-Team: Romanian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ro/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -94,7 +95,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:14
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:11
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:9
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:10
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:17
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:8
#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:20
@ -4775,68 +4776,108 @@ msgid "Shop Features"
msgstr "Caracteristici magazin"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:3
msgid "Using barcodes in PoS"
msgstr "Utilizarea codurilor de bare în PdV"
msgid "Barcodes"
msgstr "Coduri de bare"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:5
msgid ""
"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your "
"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers."
"Using a barcode scanner to process point-of-sale orders improves your "
"efficiency in providing quicker customer service. Barcode scanners can be "
"used both to scan products or to log employees into a POS session."
msgstr ""
"Utilizarea unui scanner de coduri de bare pentru a procesa comenzile de la "
"punctul de vânzare vă îmbunătățește eficiența și vă ajută să economisiți "
"timp pentru dumneavoastră și clienții dumneavoastră."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:11
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:12
msgid ""
"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> "
"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
"To use a barcode scanner, you must enable the feature in the Inventory app. "
"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, in the "
":guilabel:`Barcode` section, tick :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` and save."
msgstr ""
"Pentru a utiliza un scanner de coduri de bare, accesați "
":menuselection:`Punct de vânzare --> Configurare --> Punct de vânzare` și "
"selectați interfața PdV."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:14
msgid ""
"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* "
"select it."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rstNone
msgid "barcode setting in the Inventory application"
msgstr ""
"În categoria IoT Box / Hardware, veți găsi *Scanner de coduri de bare* "
"selectați-l."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:21
msgid "Add barcodes to product"
msgstr "Adăugați coduri de bare la produs"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:23
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a "
"product."
":doc:`Set up a barcode "
"scanner<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware>`"
msgstr ""
"Accesați :menuselection:`Punct de vânzare --> Catalog --> Produse` și "
"selectați un produs."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:26
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:22
msgid ""
"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you "
"can input any barcode."
":doc:`Activate barcode "
"scanners<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software>`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:24
msgid ""
"Once enabled in **Inventory**, you can use the barcode feature in **Point of"
" Sale** with products that have a barcode number assigned."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:28
msgid "Assign barcodes"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:31
msgid "To your products"
msgstr ""
"În fila Informații generale, puteți găsi un câmp de cod de bare unde puteți "
"introduce orice cod de bare."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:33
msgid "Scanning products"
msgstr "Scanare produse"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:35
msgid ""
"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The "
"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple "
"times or change the quantity manually on the screen."
"To use this feature in POS, your products must have barcodes assigned. To do"
" so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Products` and open"
" a **product form**. Add a barcode number in the :guilabel:`Barcode` field "
"in the :guilabel:`General Information` tab."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:38
msgid "To your employees"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:40
msgid ""
"To add an identification number to an employee, go to the **Employees** app "
"and open an **employee form**. Choose an identification number for your "
"employee and fill in the :guilabel:`PIN Code` field in the :guilabel:`HR "
"Settings` tab."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:45
msgid "Use barcodes"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:48
msgid "Scan products"
msgstr "Scanați produse"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:50
msgid ""
"Scan a product's barcode using a barcode scanner. Doing so adds it directly "
"to the cart. To change the quantity, scan a product as many times as needed,"
" or click :guilabel:`Qty` and enter the number of products using the keypad."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:54
msgid ""
"You can also enter the barcode number manually in the search bar to look for"
" the product. Then, click it to add it to the cart."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:58
msgid ":doc:`Get started <../overview/getting_started>`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:61
msgid "Log employees"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:63
msgid ""
"You can also use a barcode scanner to log your employees. To do so, "
":ref:`restrict access <restrict-employee-pos>` to the POS and :ref:`use "
"barcodes to log your employees in <employee-barcode>` your POS."
msgstr ""
"De la interfața PdV, scanați orice cod de bare cu scannerul de coduri de "
"bare. Produsul va fi adăugat, puteți scana același produs pentru a-l adăuga "
"de mai multe ori sau puteți modifica cantitatea manual pe ecran."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:3
msgid "Cash Rounding"
@ -5088,11 +5129,11 @@ msgstr ""
"Pentru a gestiona mai mulți casieri, aveți nevoie de mai mulți angajați (cel"
" puțin doi)."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:16
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:18
msgid "Set up log in with employees"
msgstr "Configurați autentificarea angajaților"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:18
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:20
msgid ""
"To enable the feature, go to your *PoS settings* and check log in with "
"employees on your *PoS form*. Then, add the employees that have access to "
@ -5102,15 +5143,15 @@ msgstr ""
"autentificarea angajaților în formularul *PoS*. Apoi, adăugați angajații "
"care au acces la casierie."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:25
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:27
msgid "Now, you can switch cashier easily."
msgstr "Acum, puteți comuta între casieri ușor."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:28
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:30
msgid "Switch without pin codes"
msgstr "Comutați fără coduri PIN"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:30
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:32
msgid ""
"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. To do so, click on the"
" cashier name in your PoS interface."
@ -5118,15 +5159,15 @@ msgstr ""
"Cel mai ușor mod de a comuta între casieri este fără cod. Pentru a face "
"acest lucru, faceți clic pe numele casierului în interfața PoS."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:36
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:38
msgid "Now, you just have to click on your name."
msgstr "Acum, trebuie doar să faceți clic pe numele dvs."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:42
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:46
msgid "Switch cashier with pin codes"
msgstr "Comutați între casieri cu coduri PIN"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:44
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:48
msgid ""
"You can set a pin code on each cashier. To set up a pin code, go to the "
"employee form and add a security PIN, in the *HR settings tab*."
@ -5135,15 +5176,15 @@ msgstr ""
"accesați formularul angajatului și adăugați un cod PIN de securitate, în "
"fila *Setări HR*."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:50
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:54
msgid "Now, when switching cashier, a PIN password will be asked."
msgstr "Acum, când comutați între casieri, va fi solicitată o parolă PIN."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:56
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:62
msgid "Switch cashier with barcodes"
msgstr "Comutați între casieri cu coduri de bare"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:58
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:64
msgid ""
"You can ask your employees to log themselves with their badges. To do so, "
"set up a barcode at the same place you add the PIN code. Print the badge and"
@ -5154,11 +5195,11 @@ msgstr ""
"unde adăugați codul PIN. Imprimați cartela și când vor scana, casierul va fi"
" comutat la acel angajat."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:67
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:73
msgid "Find who was the cashier"
msgstr "Găsiți cine a fost casierul"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:69
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:75
msgid ""
"Once you have closed your *PoS session*, you can have an overview of the "
"amount each cashier sold for. To do so, go to the orders menu."
@ -5167,7 +5208,7 @@ msgstr ""
" sumei vândute de fiecare casier. Pentru a face acest lucru, accesați meniul"
" comenzi."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:75
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:81
msgid "Now, you can open the order and have a summary of the sold products."
msgstr ""
"Acum, puteți deschide comanda și aveți un rezumat al produselor vândute."
@ -9028,16 +9069,10 @@ msgstr "După facturare"
msgid ""
"Sometimes, customers return an item after they receive and/or pay for their "
"invoice. In these cases, a return using only *Reverse Transfers* is "
"impossible since validated or sent invoices cannot be changed. However, "
"insufficient since validated or sent invoices cannot be changed. However, "
"*Reverse Transfers* can be used in conjunction with *Credit Notes* to "
"complete the customer's return."
msgstr ""
"Câteodată, clienții returnează un produs după ce primesc și/sau plătesc "
"pentru factura lor. În aceste cazuri, o returnare folosind numai "
"*Transferurile inverse* este imposibilă deoarece facturile validate sau "
"trimise nu pot fi modificate. Cu toate acestea, *Transferurile inverse* pot "
"fi utilizate împreună cu *Notele de credit* pentru completarea acțiunii de "
"returnare din partea clienților."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:49
msgid ""
@ -9076,42 +9111,10 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:61
msgid ""
"Since the returned products have already been paid for, the validated "
"invoice must be modified to reflect the return. Navigate to the relevant "
"invoice (from the sales order, click on the :guilabel:`Invoices` smart "
"button). Then, click on the :guilabel:`i` icon next to the :guilabel:`Paid` "
"line at the bottom of the invoice to open the :guilabel:`Payment Info` "
"window. Next, click :guilabel:`Unreconcile`."
"To process a refund, navigate to the relevant invoice (from the sales order,"
" click on the :guilabel:`Invoices` smart button). Click :guilabel:`Add "
"Credit Note` from the validated invoice."
msgstr ""
"Deoarece produsele returnate au fost deja plătite, factura validată trebuie "
"modificată pentru a reflecta returnarea. Navigați la factura relevantă (de "
"pe comanda de vânzări, faceți clic pe butonul inteligent "
":guilabel:`Facturi`). Apoi, faceți clic pe pictograma :guilabel:`i` lângă "
"linia :guilabel:`Plătit` de la partea de jos a facturii pentru a deschide "
"fereastra :guilabel:`Informații de plată` apoi faceți clic pe "
":guilabel:`Dereconciliere`."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rstNone
msgid "The \"Unreconcile\" button."
msgstr "Butonul \"Dereconciliere\"."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:71
msgid ""
"After the invoice is unreconciled, the options for :guilabel:`Send & Print` "
"and :guilabel:`Register Payment` become available again alongside a note "
"that there are outstanding payments for the customer."
msgstr ""
"După ce factura este dereconciliată, opțiunile pentru :guilabel:`Trimite și "
"tipărește` și :guilabel:`Înregistrează plată` devin din nou disponibile "
"alături de o notă care arată că există plăți în așteptare pentru client."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:75
msgid ""
"To process a refund, click :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` from the validated "
"invoice."
msgstr ""
"Pentru a procesa un ramburs, faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Adaugă nota de "
"credit` de pe factura validată."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rstNone
msgid ""
@ -9121,49 +9124,20 @@ msgstr ""
"Fereastra pop-up \"Nota de credit\", pentru a emite o notă credit către "
"client după facturare."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:81
msgid ""
"Choose whether to issue a :guilabel:`Partial Refund`, :guilabel:`Full "
"Refund`, or :guilabel:`Full refund and new draft invoice`. The "
":guilabel:`Partial Refund` option creates a draft credit note that can be "
"edited before posting. The :guilabel:`Full refund and new draft invoice` "
"option validates the credit note and duplicates the original invoice as a "
"new draft."
msgstr ""
"Alegeți dacă să emiteți o :guilabel:`Rambursare parțială`, "
":guilabel:`Rambursare totală` sau :guilabel:`Rambursare totală și factură "
"ciornă nouă`. Opțiunea :guilabel:`Rambursare parțială` creează o notă credit"
" ciornă care poate fi editată înainte de postare. Opțiunea "
":guilabel:`Rambursare totală și factură ciornă nouă` validează nota de "
"credit și dublează factura originală ca o factură ciornă nouă."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:86
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:68
msgid ""
"A :guilabel:`Reason` for the credit and a :guilabel:`Specific Journal` to "
"use to process the credit can also be specified. If a :guilabel:`Specific "
"use to process the credit can be specified. If a :guilabel:`Specific "
"Reversal Date` is selected, then a :guilabel:`Refund Date` must also be "
"selected."
msgstr ""
"Un :guilabel:`Motiv` pentru credit și un :guilabel:`Jurnal specific` pentru "
"a utiliza pentru a procesa creditul pot fi de asemenea specificate. Dacă un "
":guilabel:`Data anulării specifică` este selectată, atunci o :guilabel:`Data"
" rambursării` trebuie de asemenea selectată."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:90
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:72
msgid ""
"After the information is filled, click :guilabel:`Reverse`. Then, for a "
":guilabel:`Partial Refund` or :guilabel:`Full refund and new draft invoice`,"
" :guilabel:`Edit` the draft as needed, and finally, click "
":guilabel:`Confirm`."
"After the information is filled in, click :guilabel:`Reverse`. Then, "
":guilabel:`Edit` the draft as needed, and finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm`"
" to confirm the credit note."
msgstr ""
"După ce informațiile sunt completate, faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Anulează`. "
"Apoi, pentru o :guilabel:`Rambursare parțială` sau :guilabel:`Rambursare "
"totală și factură ciornă nouă`, :guilabel:`Editează` ciorna după nevoie, și "
"în cele din urmă, faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Confirmă`."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rstNone
msgid "The \"outstanding payments\" banner."
msgstr "Bannerul \"plăți în așteptare\"."
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:5
msgid "Set taxes"

View File

@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-19 15:37+0000\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-31 10:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Cozmin Candea <office@terrabit.ro>, 2023\n"
"Language-Team: Romanian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ro/)\n"
@ -289,95 +289,81 @@ msgstr ""
"programs-640?fullscreen=1>`_"
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:3
msgid "Allow Customers to Close their Tickets"
msgstr "Permite clienților să își închidă singuri tichetele"
msgid "Allow customers to close their tickets"
msgstr "Permiteți clienților să își închidă tichetele"
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:5
msgid ""
"Allowing customers to close their tickets gives them autonomy and minimize "
"misunderstandings about when an issue is considered solved, or not. It makes"
" communication and actions more efficient."
"Allowing customers to close their own tickets gives them autonomy and "
"minimizes misunderstandings around when an issue is considered solved or "
"not. This results in operational capacity for support teams, and higher "
"satisfaction for the customer."
msgstr ""
"Permițând clienților să își închidă tichetele, le oferi autonomie și "
"minimizezi neînțelegerile despre punctul în care o problemă este considerată"
" rezolvată sau nu. Asta face comunicarea și acțiunile mai eficiente."
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:9
msgid "Configure the feature"
msgstr "Configurează funcția"
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:10
msgid "Enable ticket closing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:11
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:12
msgid ""
"To configure the feature go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> "
"Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable *Ticket closing*."
"Start by navigating to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> "
"Helpdesk Teams` and choose the appropriate team. Then click :guilabel:`Edit`"
" and enable :guilabel:`Ticket closing` by checking the field box."
msgstr ""
"Pentru a configura funcția, mergi la :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Setări -->"
" Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` și activează *Închiderea tichetelor*."
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rstNone
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rstNone
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rstNone
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rstNone
msgid "Ticket closing in Odoo Helpdesk"
msgstr "Închiderea tichetelor în Odoo Helpdesk"
msgid "Ticket closing feature in Odoo Helpdesk."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:18
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:19
msgid ""
"In order to designate to which stage the ticket migrates to once it is "
"closed, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Overview --> Tickets`."
"To designate which stage the ticket migrates to once it is closed, navigate "
"to the ticket pipeline by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Overview` "
"and clicking :guilabel:`Tickets` on the team's card."
msgstr ""
"Pentru a configura în ce etapă se mută tichetul odată închis, mergi la "
":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Prezentare generală --> Tichete`."
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:25
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:23
msgid ""
"You can either create a new Kanban stage or work with an existing one. For "
"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> Edit Stage` "
"and enable *Closing Stage*."
"There are two options: create a new Kanban stage or work with an existing "
"one. For both scenarios, click the :guilabel:`Settings (gear)` icon next to "
"the stage name, select :guilabel:`Edit Stage`, and enable :guilabel:`Closing"
" Stage`. After checking the field box, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish."
msgstr ""
"Poți crea o nouă etapă Kanban sau să lucrezi cu una existentă. Pentru ambele"
" scenarii, mergi la :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Setări --> Editare etapă` "
"și activează *Etapă de închidere*."
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:32
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:29
msgid ""
"If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket is moved to the "
"last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage set as closing, the "
"ticket is put in the first one."
"last stage in the kanban. If more than one stage is set as a closing stage, "
"the ticket is placed in the first closing stage column."
msgstr ""
"Dacă nu este specificată o etapă de închidere, implicit, tichetul este mutat"
" în ultima etapă; în schimb, dacă ai mai mult de o etapă setată ca "
"închidere, tichetul este pus în prima."
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:36
msgid "The Costumer Portal"
msgstr "Portalul clienților"
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:38
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:33
msgid ""
"Now, once the user logs into his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is "
"available."
"With the ticket closing settings now complete, customers can now view the "
"option to :guilabel:`Close this ticket` when they log into their portal."
msgstr ""
"Acum, după ce utilizatorul se autentifică în Portal, opțiunea *Închide acest"
" tichet* este disponibilă."
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:45
msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by costumers"
msgstr "Obține rapoarte despre tichetele închise de clienți"
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:47
msgid ""
"To do an analysis of the tickets that have been closed by costumers go to "
":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add "
"Custom filter --> Closed by partner --> Applied`."
msgstr ""
"Pentru a face o analiză a tichetelor care au fost închise de clienți, mergi "
"la :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Raportare --> Tichete --> Filtre --> Adaugă "
"filtru personalizat --> Închis de partener --> Aplicat`."
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rstNone
msgid "Reports on Ticket closing in Odoo Helpdesk"
msgstr "Rapoarte despre închiderea tichetelor în Odoo Helpdesk"
msgid "Customer view of ticket closing in Odoo Helpdesk."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:40
msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by customers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:42
msgid ""
"To analyze the tickets that have been closed by customers, go to "
":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Tickets`. Then, click on the "
":guilabel:`Filters` menu and choose :guilabel:`Add Custom filter`. Next, set"
" the custom filter parameters to :guilabel:`Closed by partner` and "
":guilabel:`is true`. Finally, click :guilabel:`Apply`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rstNone
msgid ""
"Filter for tickets closed by customers on Odoo Helpdesk's reporting page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview.rst:5
#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview.rst:5

View File

@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-19 15:37+0000\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-31 10:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Emanuel Bruda, 2023\n"
"Language-Team: Romanian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ro/)\n"

View File

@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-19 15:37+0000\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-31 10:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-13 14:30+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Raymond Yu <cl_yu@hotmail.com>, 2023\n"
"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
@ -4884,6 +4884,10 @@ msgstr "无"
msgid "March 2022"
msgstr "三月 2022"
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:31
msgid "January 2023"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:33
msgid "Odoo saas~15.1"
msgstr "Odoo saas~15.1"
@ -4918,6 +4922,10 @@ msgstr "|red|"
msgid "February 2022"
msgstr "二月 2022"
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:33
msgid "July 2022"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:35
msgid "**Odoo 15.0**"
msgstr "**Odoo 15.0**"
@ -8712,7 +8720,7 @@ msgstr "从另一个 ERP 迁移到 Odoo"
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:29
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:148
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:252
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:251
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:81
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:92
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:119
@ -9056,7 +9064,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "这是升级前要考虑的一个因素。如果您使用的是旧版本,我们建议您更喜欢最新版本,以便从更长的支持中受益(在必须再次升级之前)。"
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:218
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:257
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:256
msgid ":doc:`maintain/supported_versions`"
msgstr ":doc:`维护/supported_versions`"
@ -9070,7 +9078,7 @@ msgstr "企业牌照涵盖哪些内容?"
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:228
msgid ""
"Databases hosted on Odoos Cloud platforms (Odoo Online and Odoo.sh) or On-"
"Databases hosted on Odoo's Cloud platforms (Odoo Online and Odoo.sh) or On-"
"Premise (Self-Hosting) enjoy the following services at all times."
msgstr ""
@ -9089,46 +9097,46 @@ msgstr "工作室自定义(只要 guilabel`Studio` 应用仍处于活动
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:235
msgid ""
"customizations done by our consulting and developer services *if* they are "
"covered by a Maintenance of Customisations subscription"
msgstr "由我们的咨询和开发人员服务完成的自定义*如果*它们包含在“自定义维护”订阅中"
"customizations *if* they are covered by a \"Maintenance of Customizations\" "
"subscription"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:238
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:237
msgid ""
"The Upgrade Service is limited to your database's technical conversion and "
"adaptation (standard modules and data) to make it compatible with the "
"targeted version."
msgstr "升级服务仅限于数据库的技术转换和调整(标准模块和数据),以使其与目标版本兼容。"
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:242
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:241
msgid "What upgrading does NOT cover"
msgstr "升级不包括哪些内容"
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:244
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:243
msgid "The cleaning of pre-existing data & configuration while upgrading"
msgstr "升级时清理预先存在的数据和配置"
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:245
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:244
msgid ""
"Any new developments and/or upgrades of your own :ref:`custom modules "
"<upgrade-faq/custom-modules>`"
msgstr "您自己的任何新开发和/或升级ref`自定义模块<升级-faq/自定义-模块>`"
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:247
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:246
msgid "`Training <https://www.odoo.com/learn>`_ on the latest version"
msgstr "最新版本上的“培训<https://www.odoo.com/learn>”_"
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:249
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:248
msgid ""
"You can get more information about your Enterprise Licence on our :ref:`Odoo"
" Enterprise Subscription Agreement <upgrade>` page."
msgstr "您可以在我们的ref`Odoo企业订阅协议`页面上获取有关您的企业许可证 <upgrade>的更多信息。</upgrade>"
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:255
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:254
msgid ":doc:`upgrade/faq`"
msgstr ":doc:`升级/常见问题`"
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:256
#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:255
msgid ":doc:`odoo_sh`"
msgstr ":d`odoo_sh`"

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -15,17 +15,18 @@
# diaojiaolou <124412206@qq.com>, 2022
# Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2022
# liAnGjiA <liangjia@qq.com>, 2022
# Martin Trigaux, 2022
# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2022
# zhao yonghui, 2023
# Martin Trigaux, 2023
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-19 15:37+0000\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-31 10:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2022\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n"
"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -1168,6 +1169,7 @@ msgstr ""
"尽管如此,在发货之前,您公司的业务流程也许还存在一个或多个步骤。在两步处理流程中,实际交运之前,交付单中的部分商品将会先在仓库中进行分拣,并挪动到出货区。"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:33
msgid "Warehouse configuration"
msgstr "仓库配置"
@ -7099,6 +7101,440 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"您需要写邮件至 xmlrequests@dhl.com 并且随附您账户的详细信息诸如账号, region区域, 地址, 等访问API 访问信息。"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:3
msgid "Set up Sendcloud shipping services in Odoo"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:5
msgid ""
"Sendcloud is a shipping service aggregator that facilitates the integration "
"of European shipping carriers with Odoo. Once integrated, users can select "
"shipping carriers on inventory operations in their Odoo database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:10
msgid ""
"`Sendcloud integration documentation <https://support.sendcloud.com/hc/en-"
"us/articles /360059470491-Odoo-integration>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:14
msgid "Setup in Sendcloud"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:17
msgid "Create an account and activate carriers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:19
msgid ""
"To get started, go to `Sendcloud's platform <https://www.sendcloud.com>`_ to"
" configure the account and generate the connector credentials. Log in with "
"the Sendcloud account, or create a new one if needed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:24
msgid ""
"For new account creation, Sendcloud will ask for a :abbr:`VAT (Value-Added "
"Tax Identification)` number or :abbr:`EORI (Economic Operators' Registration"
" and Identification)` number. After completing the account setup, activate "
"(or deactivate) the shipping carriers that will be used in the Odoo "
"database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:30
msgid ""
"Odoo integration of Sendcloud does **not** work on free plans of Sendcloud."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:35
msgid ""
"Once logged into the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings"
" --> Shipping --> Addresses`, and fill in the field for :guilabel:`Warehouse"
" address`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rstNone
msgid "Adding addresses in the Sendcloud settings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:42
msgid ""
"To allow Sendcloud to process returns as well, a :guilabel:`Return Address` "
"is required. Under the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous section`, there is a field "
"called :guilabel:`Address Name (optional)`. The Odoo warehouse name should "
"be entered here, and the characters should be exactly the same."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid "**SendClould configuration**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Address Name (optional)`: `Warehouse #1`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Brand`: `Default`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid "**Odoo warehouse configuration**"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: `Warehouse #1`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Short Name`: `WH`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: `My company (San Francisco)`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: `My Company (San Francisco)`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:59
msgid ""
"Notice how the inputs for the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field, for both the Odoo"
" configuration and the Sendcloud configuration, are the exact same."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:63
msgid "Generate Sendcloud credentials"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:65
msgid ""
"In the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> "
"Integrations` in the menu on the right. Next, search for :guilabel:`Odoo "
"Native`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Connect`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:68
msgid ""
"After clicking on :guilabel:`Connect`, the page redirects to the "
":guilabel:`Sendcloud API` settings page, where the :guilabel:`Public and "
"Secret Keys` are produced. The next step is to name the "
":guilabel:`Integration`. The naming convention is as follows: `Odoo "
"CompanyName`, with the user's company name replacing `CompanyName` (e.g. "
"`Odoo StealthyWood`)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:73
msgid ""
"Then, check the box next to :guilabel:`Service Points` and select the "
"shipping services for this integration. After saving, the :guilabel:`Public "
"and Secret Keys` are generated."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rstNone
msgid "Configuring the Sendcloud integration and receiving the credentials."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:81
msgid "Setup in Odoo"
msgstr "设置Odoo"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:84
msgid "Install the Sendcloud shipping module"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:86
msgid ""
"After the Sendcloud account is set up and configured, it's time to configure"
" the Odoo database. To get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, "
"search for the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` integration, and install it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rstNone
msgid "Sendcloud Shipping module in the Odoo Apps module."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:95
msgid "Sendcloud shipping connector configuration"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:97
msgid ""
"Once installed, activate the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` module in "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. The "
":guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector` setting is found under the "
":guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` section."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:101
msgid ""
"After activating the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector`, click on the "
":guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping Methods` link below the listed connector. Once"
" on the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, click :guilabel:`Create`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:106
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Shipping Methods` can also be accessed by going to "
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping "
"Methods`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:109
msgid ""
"Fill out the following fields in the :guilabel:`New Shipping Method` form:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:111
msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: type `Sendcloud DPD`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:112
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Provider`: select :guilabel:`Sendcloud` from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:113
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: set the product that was configured for this "
"shipping method or create a new product."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:115
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the "
":guilabel:`Sendcloud Public Key`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:116
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the "
":guilabel:`Sendcloud Secret Key`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:117
msgid ""
"Manually :guilabel:`Save` the form by clicking the cloud icon next to the "
":guilabel:`Shipping Methods / New` breadcrumbs."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:120
msgid ""
"After configuring and saving the form, follow these steps to load the "
"shipping products:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:122
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab of the :guilabel:`New "
"Shipping Method` form, click on the :guilabel:`Load your SendCloud shipping "
"products` link."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:124
msgid ""
"Select the shipping products the company would like to use for deliveries "
"and returns."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:125
msgid "Click :guilabel:`Select`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:128
msgid "Sample Sendcloud shipping products configured in Odoo:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`DELIVERY`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Product`: `DPD Home 0-31.5kg`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Carrier`: `DPD`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Minimum Weight`: `0.00`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Maximum Weight`: `31.50`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:136
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Countries`: `Austria` `Belgium` `Bosnia` `Herzegovina` `Bulgaria`"
" `Croatia` `Czech` `Republic` `Denmark` `Estonia` `Finland` `France` "
"`Germany` `Greece` `Hungary` `Iceland` `Ireland` `Italy` `Latvia` "
"`Liechtenstein` `Lithuania` `Luxembourg` `Monaco` `Netherlands` `Norway` "
"`Poland` `Portugal` `Romania` `Serbia` `Slovakia` `Slovenia` `Spain` "
"`Sweden` `Switzerland`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`RETURN`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Shipping Product`: `DPD Return 0-20kg`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Carrier`: `DPD`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Minimum Weight`: `0.00`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Minimum Weight`: `20.00`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0
msgid ":guilabel:`Return Countries`: `Belgium` `Netherlands`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rstNone
msgid "Example of shipping products configured in Odoo."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:154
msgid ""
"Sendcloud does not provide test keys when a company tests the sending of a "
"package in Odoo. This means if a package is created, the configured "
"Sendcloud account will be charged, unless the associated package is canceled"
" within 24 hours of creation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:158
msgid ""
"Odoo has a built-in layer of protection against unwanted charges when using "
"test environments. Within a test environment, if a shipping method is used "
"to create labels, then those labels are immediately canceled after the "
"creation — this occurs automatically. The test and production environment "
"settings can be toggled back and forth from the :guilabel:`Smart Buttons`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:164
msgid "Generate a label with Sendcloud"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:166
msgid ""
"When creating a quotation in Odoo, add shipping and a :guilabel:`Sendcloud "
"shipping product`. Then, :guilabel:`Validate` the delivery. Shipping label "
"documents are automatically generated in the chatter, which include the "
"following:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:170
msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping label(s)` depending on the number of packages."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:171
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Return label(s)` if the Sendcloud connector is configured for "
"returns."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:172
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Customs document(s)` should the destination country require them."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:174
msgid "Additionally, the tracking number is now available."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:177
msgid ""
"When return labels are created, Sendcloud will automatically charge the "
"configured Sendcloud account."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:181
msgid "FAQ"
msgstr "FAQ"
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:184
msgid "Shipment is too heavy"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:186
msgid ""
"If the shipment is too heavy for the Sendcloud service that is configured, "
"then the weight is split to simulate multiple packages. Products will need "
"to be put in different :guilabel:`Packages` to :guilabel:`Validate` the "
"transfer and generate labels."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:190
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Rules` can also be set up in Sendcloud to use other shipping "
"methods when the weight is too heavy. However, note that these rules will "
"not apply to the shipping price calculation on the calculation on the sales "
"order."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:195
msgid "When using a personal carrier contract"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:197
msgid ""
"When using a personal carrier contract in Sendcloud, if the the price is not"
" accurately reflected when creating a quotation in Odoo, then the pricing "
"information needs to be updated in Sendcloud."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:201
msgid "Measuring volumetric weight"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:203
msgid ""
"Many carriers have several measures for weight. There is the actual weight "
"of the products in the parcel, and there is the *volumetric weight* "
"(:dfn:`Volumetric weight is the volume that a package occupies when in "
"transit. In other words it is the physical size of a package`)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:208
msgid ""
"Check to see if selected carrier(s) already have defined formulas to compute"
" the volumetric weight."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:212
msgid ""
"`Sendcloud: How to calculate & automate parcel volumetric weight "
"<https://support.sendcloud.com/ hc/en-us/articles/360059644051-How-to-"
"calculate-automate-parcel-volumetric-weight>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:217
msgid "Unable to calculate shipping rate"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:219
msgid ""
"First, verify that product being shipped has a weight that is supported by "
"the selected shipping method. If this is set, then verify that the "
"destination country (from the customer address) is supported by the carrier."
" The country of origin (warehouse address) should also be supported by the "
"carrier."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3
msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?"
msgstr "如何和第三方货代集成?"

View File

@ -4,23 +4,22 @@
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
# Translators:
# Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2022
# diaojiaolou <124412206@qq.com>, 2022
# Martin Trigaux, 2022
# Felix Yuen <fyu@odoo.com>, 2022
# 稀饭~~ <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2022
# Emily Jia <eji@odoo.com>, 2022
# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2022
# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2022
# Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2023
# Martin Trigaux, 2023
# Emily Jia <eji@odoo.com>, 2023
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-12-23 09:13+0000\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-31 10:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2022\n"
"Last-Translator: Emily Jia <eji@odoo.com>, 2023\n"
"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -987,283 +986,640 @@ msgid "Overview"
msgstr "概述"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:3
msgid "Get Started with Surveys"
msgstr "开始调查"
msgid "Survey essentials"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:5
msgid ""
"Surveys can be used for a range of purposes that can go from collecting "
"customer feedback, evaluate the success of an event, measure how pleased "
"customers are with your products/services, gauge whether employees are happy"
" and satisfied with their work environment, and even to find out what your "
"market is thinking."
"Companies often use surveys to collect valuable information from their "
"customers and employees, which in turn, allows them to make more informed "
"business decisions."
msgstr ""
"调查可用于一系列目的,这些目的包括收集客户反馈、评估活动的成功、衡量客户对您的产品/服务是否满意、衡量员工是否对工作环境感到满意以及甚至了解市场的想法。"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:11
msgid "Get started"
msgstr "开始"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:8
msgid ""
"In Odoo, surveys are used to collect customer feedback, evaluate the success"
" of a recent event, measure the satisfaction of customers (or employees), "
"and gain more insight into shifting market sentiments."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:13
msgid ""
"When creating your survey, choose a *Title* and *Category*. The *Category* "
"field is used to know in which context the survey is being conducted, as "
"different applications might use it for different purposes such as "
"recruitment, certification, or employee appraisal."
msgstr ""
"创建调查时,请选择 *Title* 和 *Category*。 *Category* "
"字段用于了解调查的上下文,因为不同的应用程序可能会将调查用于不同的目的,如招聘、认证或员工评估。"
msgid "Getting started"
msgstr "POS 入门"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rstNone
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:15
msgid ""
"Form view of a survey with a title and category being chosen in Odoo Surveys"
"To begin, open the :guilabel:`Surveys` application and click "
":guilabel:`Create`. Odoo then redirects the page to a blank survey template "
"form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:18
msgid ""
"On the survey form, add a :guilabel:`Survey Title` and then add a cover "
"image to the survey by hovering over the photo icon and clicking on the "
":guilabel:`Edit (pencil)` icon. When the file explorer window opens, choose "
"an image from the local files."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:22
msgid "Tab: Questions"
msgstr "选项卡:问题"
msgid ""
"Below the :guilabel:`Survey Title` are various tabs in which the survey "
"questions and format can be created and customized. These tabs are labeled "
"as follows:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:24
msgid "Add sections and questions by clicking on the respective links."
msgstr "单击相应的链接添加部分和问题。"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:25
msgid ":guilabel:`Questions`: the list of questions to be asked in the survey"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:26
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Description`: contextual information to aid in understanding the "
"survey"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:27
msgid ""
"On the *Sections and Questions* form, once the question type is chosen and "
"the answer added, under the tab *Options*, enable *Mandatory Answer*, and "
"set an *Error message* to be shown when the user tries to submit the survey "
"without answering the respective question."
":guilabel:`Options`: choices for survey respondents to answer the questions"
msgstr ""
"在 *Sections and Questions* 窗体上,一旦选择了问题类型并添加了答案,在选项卡 *Options*下,启用 "
"*Mandatory Answer*,并设置 *Error message*在用户尝试提交调查时显示,而不回答相应的问题。"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:29
msgid ""
"Depending on the *Question Type*, the tab *Options* aggregates extra and "
"different possibilities. Examples:"
msgstr "根据 *Question Type*,选项卡 *Options*聚合额外和不同的可能性。例子:"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:31
msgid ""
"*Single Line Text Box* - can choose a minimum and maximum text length "
"(number of characters - spaces do not count), and its error message."
msgstr "*Single Line Text Box* - 可以选择最小和最大文本长度(字符数 - 空格不计算),及其错误消息。"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:33
msgid ""
"*Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed*: choose between radio buttons or"
" a dropdown menu list, and if you would like to have a comment field. If the"
" user select an answer and type a comment, the values are separately "
"recorded. Or, enable the comment field to be displayed as an answer choice, "
"with which a text type field is displayed."
msgstr ""
"*Multiple choice: multiple answers "
"allowed*:在单选按钮或下拉菜单列表之间进行选择,以及您是否想要有一个注释字段。如果用户选择答案并键入注释,则值将单独记录。或者,启用注释字段显示为答案选项,其中显示文本类型字段。"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:37
msgid ""
"*Matrix Type*: choose if you would like to have one or multiple choices per "
"row."
msgstr "*Matrix Type*:选择是否希望每行有一个或多个选项。"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rstNone
msgid "Sections and questions view of a survey in Odoo Surveys"
msgid "Various tabs that can be found on the survey template page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:44
msgid "Tab: Description"
msgstr "选项卡:描述"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:34
msgid "Questions tab"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:46
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:36
msgid ""
"Write a *Description* to be displayed under the title of the survey's "
"homepage."
msgstr "写一个*Description*显示在调查主页的标题下。"
"Add questions and sections to the survey in the :guilabel:`Questions` tab. A"
" section divides the survey into parts in order to visually group similar "
"questions together. To make a section, click :guilabel:`Add a section` and "
"type in a section name. Then, add questions or drag and drop questions into "
"the divided sections."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:41
msgid ""
"Clicking :guilabel:`Add a question` opens the :guilabel:`Create Sections and"
" Questions` pop-up to create and customize the survey question."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rstNone
msgid ""
"Frontend of a survey showing the title and description of a survey for Odoo "
"Surveys"
msgid "The survey question pop-up window."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:53
msgid "Click on *Edit* to personalize your pages with the website builder."
msgstr "点击 *Edit* 使用网站构建器个性化您的网页。"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:49
msgid "Create questions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:56
msgid "Tab: Options"
msgstr "选项卡:选项"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:51
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Create Sections and Questions` pop-up, type the question "
"in the :guilabel:`Question` field. Then, choose the :guilabel:`Question "
"Type`. A preview of how the question type looks is shown in the preview "
"window."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:55
msgid "Choose from the following :guilabel:`Question Types`:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:57
msgid ":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:58
msgid ""
"Under the tab *Options*, choose the *Layout* of your questions. If choosing "
"*One page per section* or *One page per question*, an option *Back Button* "
"becomes available, which allows the user to go back pages."
msgid ":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`"
msgstr ""
"在*Options*选项卡下,选择问题 *Layout*。如果选择 *One page per section* 或 *One page per "
"question*,则选项 *Back Button* 将变为可用,允许用户返回页面。"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rstNone
msgid ""
"Form view of a survey emphasizing the layout feature under options in Odoo "
"Surveys"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:59
msgid ":guilabel:`Numerical Value`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:60
msgid ":guilabel:`Date`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:61
msgid ":guilabel:`Datetime`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:62
msgid ":guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:63
msgid ":guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:64
msgid ":guilabel:`Matrix`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:67
msgid "Test and share the survey"
msgstr "测试和共享调查"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:70
msgid ""
"Once your Survey is ready, *Test* it to avoid *Sharing* it with potential "
"errors. As answers get collected, click on *Answers* to access all the "
"details of the respondent and his answers."
"Different features appear in the :guilabel:`Answers` and :guilabel:`Options`"
" tabs, depending on the :guilabel:`Question Type` chosen. However, the "
":guilabel:`Description` tab always remains the same, regardless of what "
"question is chosen."
msgstr ""
"一旦您的调查准备就绪,*Test*它,以避免*Sharing* 它的潜在错误。收集答案后,单击 *Answers* 访问受访者的所有详细信息及其答案。"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:72
msgid ""
"By default, a filter *Except Test Entries* is applied to keep the list of "
"entries clean with only real participants."
msgstr "默认情况下,将应用筛选器*Except Test Entries* 以保持条目列表的干净,只有实际参与者。"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rstNone
msgid "View list of the participations of a survey in Odoo Surveys"
msgid "Create sections and questions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:79
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:74
msgid ""
"Another way to access detailed answers is by going to "
":menuselection:`Participations --> Participations`."
msgstr "访问详细答案的另一种方式是:菜单选择:`Participations --> Participations`."
"Once a :guilabel:`Question Type` has been selected, there are three possible"
" tabs where information can be customized for the question. These include "
"the :guilabel:`Answers` (if applicable), :guilabel:`Description`, and "
":guilabel:`Options` tabs."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:80
msgid "Click on *See results* to be redirected to an analytical page."
msgstr "单击 *See results*可重定向到分析页面。"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:78
msgid ""
"Each tab offers a variety of different features depending on what "
":guilabel:`Question Type` was chosen."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rstNone
msgid "View of an analytical page for Odoo Surveys"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:81
msgid ""
"For example, in the :guilabel:`Options` tab, the following options may "
"appear:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:83
msgid ":guilabel:`Mandatory Answer`: the question must be answered."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:84
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Matrix Type`: for matrix-type questions, select if one choice or "
"multiple choices can be selected per row."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:86
msgid ":guilabel:`Number of columns`: select how many columns are displayed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:87
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:34
msgid ":doc:`scoring`"
msgstr ":doc:`scoring`"
msgid ":guilabel:`Images on answers`: allow images on the answer options."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:88
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:35
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Conditional Display`: determine if the question is displayed "
"based on the participant's answer to a previous question."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:90
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Show Comments Field`: allow the participant to type a comment in "
"a text box."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:91
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Question Time Limit`: for live session surveys, set a time limit "
"for the question."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:94
msgid "Conditional Display"
msgstr "条件显示"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:96
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Conditional Display` means the question is only displayed if the "
"specified conditional answer has been selected in a previous question."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:99
msgid ""
"When the box next to :guilabel:`Conditional Display` is selected, the "
":guilabel:`Triggering Question` field appears. Select a question from the "
"survey."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:102
msgid ""
"Then, a :guilabel:`Triggering Answer` field appears. Here, select which "
"answer will trigger this :guilabel:`Conditional Display` question."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:106
msgid "Options tab"
msgstr "“选项”选项卡"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:108
msgid ""
"Back on the main survey template form, under the :guilabel:`Options` tab, "
"there are different sections of settings that can be modified."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:111
msgid "The sections include:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:113
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Questions`: focuses on the overall presentation of the survey"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:114
msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring`: decides how the survey is scored"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:115
msgid ":guilabel:`Candidates`: manages access to the survey"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:116
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Live Session`: enables the survey into a real-time group "
"activity."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:119
msgid "Questions"
msgstr "问题"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:121
msgid ""
"First, select the :guilabel:`Layout` of the survey. The following options "
"can be chosen:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:123
msgid ":guilabel:`One page with all the questions`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:124
msgid ":guilabel:`One page per section`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:125
msgid ":guilabel:`One page per question`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:127
msgid ""
"If either the :guilabel:`One page per section` or :guilabel:`One page per "
"question` options are chosen, then the :guilabel:`Back Button` option "
"appears. If selected, the :guilabel:`Back Button` option allows the "
"participant to go back to a question during the survey."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:131
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Layout` options is the :guilabel:`Progression Mode` "
"setting, which indicates how the participant's progress during the survey is"
" displayed. It is shown as either a :guilabel:`Percentage` or a "
":guilabel:`Number`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:135
msgid ""
"Next, there is an option available to add a :guilabel:`Survey Time Limit`. "
"To implement this option, simply check the box, and enter the amount of time"
" (in minutes) participants have to complete the survey."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:139
msgid ""
"After the :guilabel:`Survey Time Limit` option is a section labeled "
":guilabel:`Selection`. Here, questions can be :guilabel:`Randomized per "
"section`, in other words, the number of random questions can be configured "
"by section. This mode is ignored in a live session."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:144
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:56
msgid ":doc:`time_random`"
msgstr ":doc:`time_random`"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:147
msgid "Scoring"
msgstr "评分"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:149
msgid ""
"The following options are available when deciding how a :guilabel:`Scoring` "
"method:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:151
msgid ":guilabel:`No scoring`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:152
msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:153
msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:155
msgid ""
"If either the :guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end` or "
":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end` options are selected, a "
":guilabel:`Success %` field appears. Set the percentage of correct answers "
"needed to pass the survey."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:159
msgid ""
"Next, there is the option to make the survey a certification. To do so, "
"check the box next to the option labeled :guilabel:`Is a Certification`, and"
" two additional fields appear. Select a color theme in the "
":guilabel:`Certification Template` field and then choose an :guilabel:`Email"
" Template`. When a participant passes the certification with the required "
"score, an email from Odoo will automatically be sent to that person using "
"the selected email template."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:165
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Give Badge` feature is enabled and the "
":guilabel:`Certification Badge` is set, the survey participant also receives"
" a badge upon passing the certification."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:169
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:48
msgid ":doc:`scoring`"
msgstr ":doc:`scoring`"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:172
msgid "Candidates"
msgstr "考生"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:174
msgid ""
"To determine access to the survey, the :guilabel:`Access Mode` has two "
"options to choose between: :guilabel:`Anyone with the link` and "
":guilabel:`Invited people only`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:177
msgid ""
"Below the :guilabel:`Appraisal Managers Only` checkbox is the "
":guilabel:`Login Required` option to require a login to participate in the "
"survey. If this option is activated, an :guilabel:`Attempts Limit` field "
"also populates, in which the number of survey attempts is defined for the "
"participant."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:182
msgid "Live Session"
msgstr "在线会话"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:184
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Live Session` section is dedicated to users who are "
"conducting surveys in real-time, wherein they directly engage with and "
"collect answers from a live audience."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:187
msgid ""
"Customize the :guilabel:`Session Code` here; this code is needed for "
"participants to access the live session survey. Reward participants for "
"quick answers by selecting the checkbox labeled :guilabel:`Reward quick "
"answers`. By checking it, attendees will get more points if they answer "
"quickly."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:193
msgid "Description tab"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:195
msgid ""
"Back on the main survey template page is the :guilabel:`Description` tab, "
"where a custom description of the survey can be added. This is displayed "
"beneath the title on the survey's homepage, which is on the front end of the"
" website made through the Odoo :guilabel:`Website` app."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:200
msgid "Test and share the survey"
msgstr "测试和共享调查"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:202
msgid ""
"Once the survey is created and saved, run a test to check for possible "
"errors before finally sending it out to the participants by clicking "
":guilabel:`Test` in the upper left corner of the survey template page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:206
msgid ""
"When activated, Odoo redirects the page to a test version of the survey on "
"the front end of the website. This page displays how the survey will look to"
" participants. Proceed to run through the survey, like a normal participant,"
" to check for errors."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:210
msgid ""
"To return to the survey template form in the backend, simply click the "
":guilabel:`This is a test survey. Edit Survey` link in the blue banner along"
" the top of the page. Once Odoo redirects the page to the survey template in"
" the backend, make any further changes, as needed, before officially sending"
" the survey out to participants."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:215
msgid ""
"When the survey is ready to be shared with the audience, click the "
":guilabel:`Start Survey` button in the upper-left corner of the survey "
"template form. Then, click :guilabel:`Share`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:218
msgid ""
"In the pop-up window, add the survey recipients in the "
":guilabel:`Recipients` field (for existing contacts in the Odoo database) or"
" the :guilabel:`Additional emails` field (for contacts that do not want to "
"be listed in the Odoo database). Finally, click :guilabel:`Send`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:222
msgid ""
"As answers are received, check them by clicking the :guilabel:`Answers` "
"smart button on the survey template form, or the :guilabel:`See Results` "
"button in the upper left corner. To end the survey, click the "
":guilabel:`Close` button on the survey template form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:3
msgid "Scoring Surveys"
msgstr "评分调查"
msgid "Scoring surveys"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:5
msgid ""
"To measure your respondents performance, knowledge of a subject, or overall"
" satisfaction, attach points to the answers of specific questions. The "
"points are summed up to give your respondent a final score."
msgstr "要衡量受访者的绩效、对主题的了解或总体满意度,请附上特定问题的答案。积分汇总,让您的被调查者获得最终分数。"
"To measure a survey participant's performance, knowledge, or overall "
"satisfaction, Odoo ascribes points to survey answers. At the end of the "
"survey, these points are summed up, resulting in the participant's final "
"score."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:9
msgid ""
"On your surveys form, click on *Add a question* and, under the tab "
"*Options*, choose between *Scoring with answers at the end* or *Scoring "
"without answers at the end*. Now, on your questions form, set the right "
"answer and score."
msgstr ""
"在调查的表格上,单击 *Add a question*,并在选项卡 *Options* 下,在 *Scoring with answers at the"
" end* 或*Scoring without answers at the end*之间进行选择。现在,在问题的形式上,设置正确的答案并评分。"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rstNone
msgid "Form view of a survey showing a list of answers in Odoo Surveys"
"To add points to questions, open the :guilabel:`Surveys` application, choose"
" the desired survey form, and then click on the :guilabel:`Options` tab. "
"Under the :guilabel;`Scoring` section, choose between :guilabel:`Scoring "
"with answers at the end` or :guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:17
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:14
msgid ""
"Set the percentage score the user needs to achieve to have successfully "
"taken the survey. If enabling *Certificate*, choose its template. The "
"certification is automatically sent by email to the users who successfully "
"finish it."
msgstr "设置用户成功参加调查所需的百分比分数。如果启用 *Certificate*,请选择其模板。认证将自动通过电子邮件发送给成功完成认证的用户。"
":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end` shows the survey participant "
"their answers after completing the survey, and displays which questions they"
" got right or wrong. On questions where there was an incorrect answer, the "
"correct answer will be highlighted."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rstNone
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:18
msgid ""
"Form view of a survey emphasizing the scoring and candidates section in Odoo"
" Surveys"
":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end` does not show the survey "
"participant their answer choices after completing the survey, only their "
"final score."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:21
msgid ""
"To indicate correct answers, click on the :guilabel:`Questions tab` and "
"choose a question. In the question form, check the :guilabel:`Is a correct "
"answer` box for the choice that is the correct answer and attach a score "
"value."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:25
msgid ""
"Enable *Login required* to be able to *Give Badges*. Badges are related to "
"the eLearning section of your website. Besides the logged-in user, visitors "
"of the website that access the page *Courses* can also see the granted "
"badges."
"Back on the :guilabel:`Options` tab of the survey, set the "
":guilabel:`Success %`. The percentage entered determines what percentage of "
"correct answers is needed to pass the survey."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:28
msgid ""
"Further on the :guilabel:`Options` tab of the survey, survey administrators "
"can also choose to make the survey a certification. A certification "
"indicates that the survey asks questions to test the participants' knowledge"
" level on a subject."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:32
msgid ""
"When enabling the :guilabel:`Is a certification` option, choose a "
":guilabel:`Certification email template`. The certification will "
"automatically be emailed using this email template to users who pass the "
"survey with a final score that is greater than or equal to the set "
":guilabel:`Success %`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:36
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Candidates` section, participants can be required to log "
"in to take the survey. If the :guilabel:`Login Required` setting is enabled,"
" two new options appear: the :guilabel:`Attempts Limit` checkbox, which "
"limits the number of times a participant can attempt the survey, and the "
"option to :guilabel:`Give Badge`, located beneath the "
":guilabel:`Certification` options in the :guilabel:`Scoring` section."
msgstr ""
"启用 *Login required*能够*Give Badges*。徽章与网站的电子学习部分相关。除了登录用户,访问页面 *Courses* "
"的网站访问者还可以查看已授予的徽章。"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rstNone
msgid ""
"View of the courses tab emphasizing the latest achievements section on the website for\n"
"Odoo Surveys"
"Setting the Required Score (percentage), login required, and certification "
"template."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:46
msgid ""
"Badges are displayed on the eLearning portion of a given user's portal, and "
"are a way to set milestones and reward participants for passing surveys or "
"gaining points. Besides the awardee, website visitors who access the "
":guilabel:`Courses` page will also be able to see the granted badges."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rstNone
msgid "Example of how a badge looks on the eLearning portion of the website."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:3
msgid "Time and Randomize Questions"
msgstr "时间和随机化问题"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:6
msgid "Time Limit"
msgstr "时间限制"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:10
msgid ""
"On timed surveys, respondents need to complete the survey within a certain "
"period of time. It can be used to ensure that all respondents get the same "
"amount of time to find the answers, or to decrease the chance of having them"
" looking at external resources."
msgstr "在定时调查中,受访者需要在一定的时间内完成调查。它可用于确保所有受访者获得相同的时间来查找答案,或减少让他们查看外部资源的机会。"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:11
msgid "Set the *Time limit* under the tab *Options*."
msgstr "在选项卡 *Options*下设置 *Time limit*。"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rstNone
msgid ""
"View of a survey form emphasizing the time limit feature in Odoo Surveys"
msgid "Timed and randomized questions"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:17
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:5
msgid ""
"A timer is shown on the pages so the user can keep track of the remaining "
"time. Surveys not \\ submitted by the *Time limit* do not have their answers"
" saved."
msgstr "页面上会显示一个计时器,以便用户可以跟踪剩余时间。未按*Time limit* 提交的调查没有保存其答案。"
"When creating a survey in Odoo, there are options to set a time limit on the"
" survey and randomize the questions."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:21
msgid "Selection"
msgstr "选中内容"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:9
msgid "Time limit"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:25
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:11
msgid ""
"When you randomize a survey, you allow for the questions to be shuffled in a"
" random order every time someone opens the questionnaire. This can be useful"
" to avoid having respondents looking at each others' answers."
msgstr "随机化调查时,允许每次有人打开调查问卷时按随机顺序排列问题。这对于避免受访者查看对方的答案非常有用。"
"During a timed survey, participants must finish the survey within a "
"specified period of time. A common use case for implementing a time limit is"
" that it greatly reduces the chance of participants looking up responses via"
" external resources (e.g. web search), and reduces the survey to a \"closed "
"book\" testing environment."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:16
msgid ""
"Find the :guilabel:`Survey Time Limit` setting in the :guilabel:`Options` "
"tab of the survey form, under the :guilabel:`Questions` section."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rstNone
msgid "Time limit field in the options tab of a survey template form."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:23
msgid ""
"When the :guilabel:`Survey Time Limit` option is checked, a timer will be "
"displayed on every page of the survey, letting participants keep track of "
"the time remaining while the survey is active."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:27
msgid ""
"To do so, under the tab *Options*, enable *Randomized per section*. Now, "
"under the tab *Questions*, set how many of the questions in that section "
"should be taken into account during the shuffling."
"Participants that do not submit their survey by the preconfigured time limit"
" will *not* have their answers saved."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:31
msgid "Randomized selection"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:33
msgid ""
"When a survey is randomized, Odoo shuffles the questions and reveals them in"
" a random order every time a participant begins the questionnaire. Using "
"randomization as a survey method discourages participants from looking at "
"each other's responses, and helps control for individual testing."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:37
msgid ""
"To randomize a survey, click the :guilabel:`Options` tab on the survey form."
" In the :guilabel:`Questions` section, select :guilabel:`Randomized per "
"section` for the :guilabel:`Selection` field. After enabling, navigate to "
"the :guilabel:`Questions` tab and look in the :guilabel:`Random questions "
"count` column. From there, determine how many questions (per section) Odoo "
"should select and display during the shuffling of questions."
msgstr ""
"为此,在选项卡 *Options*下,启用 *Randomized per section* "
"。现在,在*Questions*选项卡下,设置在洗牌过程中应考虑该部分中的问题中有多少问题。"
#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rstNone
msgid ""
"View of a survey form emphasizing the random questions count column in Odoo "
"Surveys"
msgid "Randomized question count in the questions tab of a survey."
msgstr ""

View File

@ -13,18 +13,20 @@
# Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2022
# Raymond Yu <cl_yu@hotmail.com>, 2022
# diaojiaolou <124412206@qq.com>, 2022
# Martin Trigaux, 2022
# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2022
# Emily Jia <eji@odoo.com>, 2023
# liulixia <liu.lixia@elico-corp.com>, 2023
# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2023
# digitalliuzg8888, 2023
# Martin Trigaux, 2023
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-12-23 09:13+0000\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-31 10:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Emily Jia <eji@odoo.com>, 2023\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n"
"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -1751,6 +1753,757 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"用户可以在:menuselection:`物联网IoT-->设备-->(屏幕设备)`打开屏幕表单视图,选择在屏幕的:guilabel:`屏幕URL`字段显示的特定网址。"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge.rst:7
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:202
msgid "Knowledge"
msgstr "知识"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge.rst:9
msgid ""
"**Odoo Knowledge** is a multipurpose productivity app that allows internal "
"users to enrich their business knowledge base and provide individually or "
"collaboratively gathered information."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge.rst:12
msgid ""
"The pages on which they gather content are called *articles*. They are "
"mainly composed of a title and a body. The latter is an HTML field "
"containing text, images, links to other articles, records from other models,"
" templates, etc."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge.rst:17
msgid "`Knowledge product page <https://www.odoo.com/app/knowledge>`_"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:3
msgid "Articles editing"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:6
msgid "Add and style content"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:8
msgid ""
"To start adding content, click anywhere on the page. Your cursor is "
"automatically set to write the article's first-level header. Once you are "
"done writing the title, press **enter** on your keyboard to move to the next"
" line."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rstNone
msgid "knowledge's user interface"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:17
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Untitled` on the left side of the top bar to automatically "
"match your :dfn:`h1 (First-level header)` title and the article's name. To "
"change the name of your article later, you must do it manually. To do so, "
"click the name on the top bar and proceed to the modification."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:22
msgid "Text editor"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:24
msgid "To stylize the text using the text editor, select the text to format."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:26
msgid "Then, you can:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:28
msgid ""
"Change the style by clicking :guilabel:`Normal`. Doing so opens a dropdown "
"menu with multiple styles to choose from (:guilabel:`Normal, Code, Header 1 "
"→ Header 6, Quote`);"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:30
msgid ""
"Format the text. Click :guilabel:`B` to put it in bold, :guilabel:`I` to put"
" it in italic, :guilabel:`U` to underline, and :guilabel:`S` to "
"strikethrough;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:32
msgid ""
"Change the font color by clicking :guilabel:`A` or the background color by "
"clicking the **pencil** icon:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:35
msgid ""
"To choose from a predefined theme color, click :guilabel:`Theme` and select "
"the desired color."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:36
msgid ""
"To customize, click :guilabel:`Solid` and define a color using the wheel, by"
" typing its hex code, or its RGBA values."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:38
msgid ""
"To use a gradient, click :guilabel:`Gradient`, choose a predefined gradient "
"or click :guilabel:`Custom` to create a personalized gradient."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:41
msgid ""
"To change the text's size, click the **size number** and select the desired "
"size;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:42
msgid ""
"Click the **lists** icons to turn the paragraph into an unordered list, an "
"ordered list, or a checklist;"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:44
msgid "Click the **chain** icon to insert or edit an URL link."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rstNone
msgid "Text editor's toolbox"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:50
msgid ""
"To format a whole paragraph, type `/` anywhere in the text. Doing so opens "
"the **powerbox**, which allows:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:53
msgid "Changing a paragraph into lists (unordered, ordered, checklists)."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:54
msgid ""
"Changing a paragraph into a header (1 → 6), normal text, `code`, or "
"*quotes*."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:57
msgid "Add a cover"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:59
msgid ""
"You can customize your article by adding a cover picture and an icon. Hover "
"above the h1 title and click :guilabel:`Add Cover`. A pop-up window opens to"
" set a cover picture."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:62
msgid ""
"If your database and your Unsplash account are associated, the cover picture"
" is automatically selected based on the article's name. To modify it, hover "
"over the picture to make the buttons appear, click :guilabel:`Change Cover`,"
" and select another image."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:66
msgid "Retrieve images from different sources:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:68
msgid "Search the **Unsplash** database."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:69
msgid "Enter a picture's **URL**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:70
msgid "**Upload** an image from a computer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:72
msgid ""
"To remove the cover, hover over it to make the buttons appear and click "
":guilabel:`Remove Cover`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:75
msgid ""
"To associate Unsplash with your database, please refer to "
":doc:`../../websites/website/optimize/unsplash`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:77
msgid ""
"The articles are responsive, and so are the cover pictures. As a result, the"
" images cannot be repositioned manually to fit a particular screen, as they "
"automatically resize depending on the device."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:82
msgid "Add an icon"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:84
msgid ""
"To add an icon, hover above the h1 title and click :guilabel:`Add Icon`. "
"Doing this sets a random emoji automatically. To change it, click it and "
"select one from the emoji window. To remove it, proceed equally and click "
"the red-circled :guilabel:`x`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:89
msgid ""
"The emoji is also displayed before the corresponding article in the side "
"panel hierarchic tree."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:90
msgid ""
"Click the emoji on the side panel to change it without opening the related "
"article."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:93
msgid "Commands"
msgstr "命令"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:95
msgid ""
"To use a command, type `/` and open the **powerbox**. Type the command's "
"name or select from multiple features to insert blocks, images, files, etc. "
"Some of them, such as `/Image` or `/Article` are common to all the apps, but"
" others are inherent to the knowledge app and cannot be found or used in any"
" other application."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:101
msgid "List of commands"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:103
msgid "Commands are divided into multiple categories depending on their use."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:106
msgid "Structure"
msgstr "结构"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:113
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:143
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:163
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:177
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:195
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:209
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:234
msgid "Command"
msgstr "命令"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:114
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:144
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:164
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:178
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:196
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:210
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:235
msgid "Use"
msgstr "使用"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:115
msgid ":guilabel:`Bulleted list`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:116
msgid "Create a bulleted list."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:117
msgid ":guilabel:`Numbered list`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:118
msgid "Create a list with numbering."
msgstr "创建一个带编号的列表."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:119
msgid ":guilabel:`Checklist`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:120
msgid "Track tasks with a checklist."
msgstr "使用清单跟踪任务。"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:121
msgid ":guilabel:`Table`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:122
msgid "Insert a table."
msgstr "插入表格。"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:123
msgid ":guilabel:`Separator`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:124
msgid "Insert an horizontal rule separator."
msgstr "插入水平线尺规分隔。"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:125
msgid ":guilabel:`Quote`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:126
msgid "Add a blockquote section."
msgstr "添加块引用章节."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:127
msgid ":guilabel:`Code`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:128
msgid "Add a code section."
msgstr "添加代码部分."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:129
msgid ":guilabel:`2 columns`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:130
msgid "Convert into 2 columns."
msgstr "转换为2栏"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:131
msgid ":guilabel:`3 columns`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:132
msgid "Convert into 3 columns."
msgstr "转换为3栏"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:133
msgid ":guilabel:`4 columns`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:134
msgid "Convert into 4 columns."
msgstr "转换为4栏"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:136
msgid "Format"
msgstr "格式"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:145
msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 1`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:146
msgid "Big section heading."
msgstr "大型章节标题。"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:147
msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 2`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:148
msgid "Medium section heading."
msgstr "中等章节标题。"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:149
msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 3`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:150
msgid "Small section heading."
msgstr "小型章节标题。"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:151
msgid ":guilabel:`Switch direction`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:152
msgid "Switch the text's direction."
msgstr "切换文本的方向."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:153
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:34
msgid ":guilabel:`Text`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:154
msgid "Paragraph block."
msgstr "段落构造块。"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:156
msgid "Media"
msgstr "媒介"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:165
msgid ":guilabel:`Image`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:166
msgid "Insert an image."
msgstr "插入图像."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:167
msgid ":guilabel:`Article`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:168
msgid "Link an article."
msgstr "链接文章"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:170
msgid "Navigation"
msgstr "导航"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:179
msgid ":guilabel:`Link`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:180
msgid "Add a link."
msgstr "添加一个链接."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:181
msgid ":guilabel:`Button`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:182
msgid "Add a button."
msgstr "添加按钮."
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:183
msgid ":guilabel:`Appointment`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:184
msgid "Add a specific appointment."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:185
msgid ":guilabel:`Calendar`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:186
msgid "Schedule an appointment."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:188
msgid "Widget"
msgstr "小工具"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:197
msgid ":guilabel:`3 Stars`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:198
msgid "Insert a rating over 3 stars."
msgstr "插入3星以上的评级。"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:199
msgid ":guilabel:`5 Stars`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:200
msgid "Insert a rating over 5 stars."
msgstr "插入3星以上的评级。"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:211
msgid ":guilabel:`Table of Content`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:212
msgid "Add a table of content with the article's headings."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:213
msgid ":guilabel:`Index`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:214
msgid "Show the first level of nested articles."
msgstr "显示第一级嵌套文章"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:215
msgid ":guilabel:`Outline`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:216
msgid "Show all nested articles."
msgstr "显示所有嵌套文章"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:217
msgid ":guilabel:`Item Kanban`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:218
msgid "Insert a kanban view of article items."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:219
msgid ":guilabel:`Item List`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:220
msgid "Insert a list view of article items."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:221
msgid ":guilabel:`File`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:222
msgid "Embed a file that can be downloaded."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:223
msgid ":guilabel:`Template`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:224
msgid ""
"Add a template section that can be inserted in messages, terms & conditions,"
" or description in other applications."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:227
msgid "Basic Blocks"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:236
msgid ":guilabel:`Signature`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:237
msgid "Insert your signature."
msgstr "插入你的签名。"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:240
msgid "Content from other app"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:242
msgid ""
"Knowledge allows to retrieve content views from other applications. To do "
"so, go to the targeted app and create the desired view. Then, click "
":menuselection:`Favorite --> Insert view in article` and select an article. "
"The view is inserted at the bottom of the selected article."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:247
msgid ""
"To retrieve the view below, we created it by going to :menuselection:`Sales "
"--> Graph icon --> Pie Chart icon` and inserted it by clicking "
":menuselection:`Favorite --> Insert view in article` and selecting the "
"*Sales Playbook* article."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:0
msgid "article view from the Sales app"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:256
msgid ""
"Users who do **not** have access to the view will **not** be able to access "
"it in **Knowledge** even though they have access to the article containing "
"the view."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:3
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:453
msgid "Properties"
msgstr "权益"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:5
msgid ""
"Properties are fields containing data and that can be added to articles by "
"any user with **write** access. These fields are shared between all the "
"child articles and article items under the same parent."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:10
msgid ""
"To be able to add properties, an article must be either a **child article** "
"or an **article item**."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:14
msgid "Add property fields"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:16
msgid ""
"Hover above the first-level header to make the buttons appear. Click "
":menuselection:`⚙ Add Properties --> Field Type`, select the type and add a "
"default value if needed. To make the fields appear in **kanban views**, "
"check :guilabel:`View in Kanban` as well. To validate and close the property"
" creation window, click anywhere."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rstNone
msgid "Dropdown of property fields types"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:25
msgid "The different types assess what the field content can be:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:32
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:58
msgid "Types"
msgstr "类型"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:33
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:59
msgid "Uses"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:35
msgid "Allows adding any content with no restriction."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:36
msgid ":guilabel:`Checkbox`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:37
msgid "Add a checkbox."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:38
msgid ":guilabel:`Integer`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:39
msgid "Allows adding integer numbers."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:40
msgid ":guilabel:`Decimal`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:41
msgid "Allows adding any number."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:42
msgid ":guilabel:`Date`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:43
msgid "Allows selecting a date."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:44
msgid ":guilabel:`Date & Time`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:45
msgid "Allows selecting a date and time."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:47
msgid "Some **field types** need to be configured:"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rstNone
msgid "property configuration form"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:60
msgid ":guilabel:`Selection`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:61
msgid ""
"Add a drop-down selection menu with restricted values that have been set at "
"the property creation."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:64
msgid ""
"To set it up, click :guilabel:`Add a Value` next to the :guilabel:`Values` "
"field. Enter predetermined values and press **enter** to validate; you can "
"enter as many values as needed. Click anywhere to close the property "
"creation window."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:67
msgid ":guilabel:`Tags`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:68
msgid "Allows creating and applying as many tags as needed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:70
msgid ""
"To set it up, enter your `new_tag` in the :guilabel:`Tags` field, and press "
"**enter** or click :guilabel:`Create \"new_tag\"`. Click anywhere to close "
"the window. Then, add the tags into the property field. To do so, click the "
"property field and choose from the created tags; enter the tags' name and "
"press **enter**; enter a new tag's name and create a new one on the spot."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:75
msgid ":guilabel:`Many2one`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:76
msgid ""
"Choose from a list of records that result from a model's domain. You can "
"only select one result."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:79
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:86
msgid ""
"To set it up, click :guilabel:`Search a Model` in the :guilabel:`Model` "
"field, select the model. Match all records by clicking :guilabel:`## "
"Record(s)`, or filter the results by clicking :guilabel:`+ Add Filter` and "
"show the records by clicking :guilabel:`## Record(s)`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:82
msgid ":guilabel:`Many2many`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:83
msgid ""
"Choose from a list of records that result from a model's domain. You can "
"select as many results as needed."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:91
msgid "Delete property fields"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:93
msgid ""
"To remove a property, click the **pencil** icon next to the targeted "
"property, then click :menuselection:`Delete --> Delete`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:97
msgid "Once a property field is deleted, you cannot retrieve it."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:100
msgid "Hide the property panel"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:102
msgid ""
"To hide the property sidebar panel, click the gear :guilabel:`(⚙)` button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:5
msgid "Mail Plugins"
msgstr "邮件插件"
@ -2139,9 +2892,9 @@ msgstr "在Outlook中定制附加程序"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:43
msgid ""
"Enter the following URL "
"`https://download.odoo.com/plugins/outlook/manifest.xml` and press *OK*."
"`https://download.odoocdn.com/plugins/v15/outlook/manifest.xml` and press "
"*OK*."
msgstr ""
"输入以下URL`https://download.odoo.com/plugins/outlook/manifest.xml`,点击*确定*。"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:0
msgid "Entering the add-in URL in Outlook"
@ -3416,10 +4169,6 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"要在*销售订单*模型上显示客户的电子邮件地址,选择:guilabel:`客户`,然后选择:gullabel:`电子邮件`,以使用使用:guilable:`相关字段``partner_id.email`。"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:453
msgid "Properties"
msgstr "权益"
#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:455
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Invisible`: When it is not necessary for users to view a field on"

View File

@ -19,19 +19,20 @@
# 稀饭~~ <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2022
# diaojiaolou <124412206@qq.com>, 2022
# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2022
# Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2022
# Emily Jia <eji@odoo.com>, 2022
# Martin Trigaux, 2023
# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2023
# snow wang <147156565@qq.com>, 2023
# Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2023
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-19 15:37+0000\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-31 10:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2023\n"
"Last-Translator: Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2023\n"
"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -101,7 +102,7 @@ msgstr "你可从CRM设置启用这一模式。它默认适用于你的所有销
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:14
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:11
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:9
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:10
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:17
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:8
#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:20
@ -3827,53 +3828,108 @@ msgid "Shop Features"
msgstr "购物功能"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:3
msgid "Using barcodes in PoS"
msgstr "POS终端上使用条形码"
msgid "Barcodes"
msgstr "条形码"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:5
msgid ""
"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your "
"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers."
msgstr "使用条码扫描器处理POS订单可以提高效率并为你和客户节省时间。"
"Using a barcode scanner to process point-of-sale orders improves your "
"efficiency in providing quicker customer service. Barcode scanners can be "
"used both to scan products or to log employees into a POS session."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:11
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:12
msgid ""
"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> "
"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface."
msgstr "如要使用条码扫描器,前往 :menuselection:`POS --> 配置 --> POS`并选择你的POS接口。"
"To use a barcode scanner, you must enable the feature in the Inventory app. "
"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, in the "
":guilabel:`Barcode` section, tick :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` and save."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:14
msgid ""
"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* "
"select it."
msgstr "在物联网盒子/硬件类别下,你可找到*条码扫描器*并选择它。"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rstNone
msgid "barcode setting in the Inventory application"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:21
msgid "Add barcodes to product"
msgstr "将条形码增加到产品上"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:23
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a "
"product."
msgstr "前往 :menuselection:`POS --> 目录 --> 产品`并选择一个产品。"
":doc:`Set up a barcode "
"scanner<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware>`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:26
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:22
msgid ""
"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you "
"can input any barcode."
msgstr "在一般信息选项卡下,你可找到条码字段,你可在此输入任何条码。"
":doc:`Activate barcode "
"scanners<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software>`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:24
msgid ""
"Once enabled in **Inventory**, you can use the barcode feature in **Point of"
" Sale** with products that have a barcode number assigned."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:28
msgid "Assign barcodes"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:31
msgid "To your products"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:33
msgid "Scanning products"
msgid ""
"To use this feature in POS, your products must have barcodes assigned. To do"
" so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Products` and open"
" a **product form**. Add a barcode number in the :guilabel:`Barcode` field "
"in the :guilabel:`General Information` tab."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:38
msgid "To your employees"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:40
msgid ""
"To add an identification number to an employee, go to the **Employees** app "
"and open an **employee form**. Choose an identification number for your "
"employee and fill in the :guilabel:`PIN Code` field in the :guilabel:`HR "
"Settings` tab."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:45
msgid "Use barcodes"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:48
msgid "Scan products"
msgstr "扫描产品"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:35
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:50
msgid ""
"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The "
"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple "
"times or change the quantity manually on the screen."
msgstr "从你的PoS接口用条码扫描器扫描任何条码。产品将被添加你可以多次扫描同一件产品将它添加多次也可在屏幕上手动更改数量。"
"Scan a product's barcode using a barcode scanner. Doing so adds it directly "
"to the cart. To change the quantity, scan a product as many times as needed,"
" or click :guilabel:`Qty` and enter the number of products using the keypad."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:54
msgid ""
"You can also enter the barcode number manually in the search bar to look for"
" the product. Then, click it to add it to the cart."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:58
msgid ":doc:`Get started <../overview/getting_started>`"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:61
msgid "Log employees"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:63
msgid ""
"You can also use a barcode scanner to log your employees. To do so, "
":ref:`restrict access <restrict-employee-pos>` to the POS and :ref:`use "
"barcodes to log your employees in <employee-barcode>` your POS."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:3
msgid "Cash Rounding"
@ -4064,71 +4120,71 @@ msgid ""
"To manage multiple cashiers, you need several employees (at least two)."
msgstr "如要使用管理多个收银员功能,你必须有多位员工(至少两位)。"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:16
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:18
msgid "Set up log in with employees"
msgstr "设置员工登录"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:18
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:20
msgid ""
"To enable the feature, go to your *PoS settings* and check log in with "
"employees on your *PoS form*. Then, add the employees that have access to "
"the cash register."
msgstr "如要启用本功能,进入*PoS设置*并在*PoS表单*中勾选员工登录。然后,添加有收银机权限的员工。"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:25
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:27
msgid "Now, you can switch cashier easily."
msgstr "现在,你可以很容易地切换成出纳员身份"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:28
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:30
msgid "Switch without pin codes"
msgstr "切换不需要识别码"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:30
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:32
msgid ""
"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. To do so, click on the"
" cashier name in your PoS interface."
msgstr "切换收银员的最简单方法是无需代码直接切换。为此点击PoS界面中的收银员姓名。"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:36
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:38
msgid "Now, you just have to click on your name."
msgstr "现在,你只需要在你的名字上点击"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:42
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:46
msgid "Switch cashier with pin codes"
msgstr "用识别码切换至出纳"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:44
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:48
msgid ""
"You can set a pin code on each cashier. To set up a pin code, go to the "
"employee form and add a security PIN, in the *HR settings tab*."
msgstr "你可为每位收银员设置pin码。如要设置pin码前往*HR设置选项卡*的员工表单并添加安全PIN码。"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:50
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:54
msgid "Now, when switching cashier, a PIN password will be asked."
msgstr "现在在切换收银员时必须输入PIN码。"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:56
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:62
msgid "Switch cashier with barcodes"
msgstr "通过条码切换收银员"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:58
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:64
msgid ""
"You can ask your employees to log themselves with their badges. To do so, "
"set up a barcode at the same place you add the PIN code. Print the badge and"
" when they will scan it, the cashier will be switched to that employee."
msgstr "你可要求员工用自己的徽章登录。为此在添加PIN码的同一位置设置条码。打印徽章之后收银员将切换为该员工。"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:67
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:73
msgid "Find who was the cashier"
msgstr "查找谁是收银员"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:69
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:75
msgid ""
"Once you have closed your *PoS session*, you can have an overview of the "
"amount each cashier sold for. To do so, go to the orders menu."
msgstr "在关闭*PoS会话*后,你可整体查看每位收银员的销售额。为此,你需进入订单菜单。"
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:75
#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:81
msgid "Now, you can open the order and have a summary of the sold products."
msgstr "现在,打开订单,即可看到已售出产品的摘要。"
@ -7188,7 +7244,7 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ""
"Sometimes, customers return an item after they receive and/or pay for their "
"invoice. In these cases, a return using only *Reverse Transfers* is "
"impossible since validated or sent invoices cannot be changed. However, "
"insufficient since validated or sent invoices cannot be changed. However, "
"*Reverse Transfers* can be used in conjunction with *Credit Notes* to "
"complete the customer's return."
msgstr ""
@ -7216,29 +7272,9 @@ msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:61
msgid ""
"Since the returned products have already been paid for, the validated "
"invoice must be modified to reflect the return. Navigate to the relevant "
"invoice (from the sales order, click on the :guilabel:`Invoices` smart "
"button). Then, click on the :guilabel:`i` icon next to the :guilabel:`Paid` "
"line at the bottom of the invoice to open the :guilabel:`Payment Info` "
"window. Next, click :guilabel:`Unreconcile`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rstNone
msgid "The \"Unreconcile\" button."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:71
msgid ""
"After the invoice is unreconciled, the options for :guilabel:`Send & Print` "
"and :guilabel:`Register Payment` become available again alongside a note "
"that there are outstanding payments for the customer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:75
msgid ""
"To process a refund, click :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` from the validated "
"invoice."
"To process a refund, navigate to the relevant invoice (from the sales order,"
" click on the :guilabel:`Invoices` smart button). Click :guilabel:`Add "
"Credit Note` from the validated invoice."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rstNone
@ -7247,34 +7283,19 @@ msgid ""
"invoicing."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:81
msgid ""
"Choose whether to issue a :guilabel:`Partial Refund`, :guilabel:`Full "
"Refund`, or :guilabel:`Full refund and new draft invoice`. The "
":guilabel:`Partial Refund` option creates a draft credit note that can be "
"edited before posting. The :guilabel:`Full refund and new draft invoice` "
"option validates the credit note and duplicates the original invoice as a "
"new draft."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:86
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:68
msgid ""
"A :guilabel:`Reason` for the credit and a :guilabel:`Specific Journal` to "
"use to process the credit can also be specified. If a :guilabel:`Specific "
"use to process the credit can be specified. If a :guilabel:`Specific "
"Reversal Date` is selected, then a :guilabel:`Refund Date` must also be "
"selected."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:90
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:72
msgid ""
"After the information is filled, click :guilabel:`Reverse`. Then, for a "
":guilabel:`Partial Refund` or :guilabel:`Full refund and new draft invoice`,"
" :guilabel:`Edit` the draft as needed, and finally, click "
":guilabel:`Confirm`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rstNone
msgid "The \"outstanding payments\" banner."
"After the information is filled in, click :guilabel:`Reverse`. Then, "
":guilabel:`Edit` the draft as needed, and finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm`"
" to confirm the credit note."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:5

View File

@ -5,21 +5,21 @@
#
# Translators:
# as co02 <asco02@163.com>, 2022
# Martin Trigaux, 2022
# diaojiaolou <124412206@qq.com>, 2022
# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2022
# 稀饭~~ <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2022
# Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2022
# Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2022
# Martin Trigaux, 2023
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-10-04 12:47+0000\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-31 10:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Jeffery CHEN Fan <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2022\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n"
"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@ -248,80 +248,80 @@ msgstr ""
"`优惠券 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/coupon-programs-640?fullscreen=1>`_"
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:3
msgid "Allow Customers to Close their Tickets"
msgstr "允许客户关闭工单"
msgid "Allow customers to close their tickets"
msgstr "允许客户关闭他们的工单"
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:5
msgid ""
"Allowing customers to close their tickets gives them autonomy and minimize "
"misunderstandings about when an issue is considered solved, or not. It makes"
" communication and actions more efficient."
msgstr "允许客户关闭服务单让客户有了自主性,尽可能避免对是否已解决问题的误解。让交流和行动更有效率。"
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:9
msgid "Configure the feature"
msgstr "配置功能"
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:11
msgid ""
"To configure the feature go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> "
"Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable *Ticket closing*."
msgstr "如要配置此项功能,前往 :menuselection:`服务台 --> 设置 --> 服务台团队 --> 编辑`并启用 *关闭服务单* 。"
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rstNone
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rstNone
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rstNone
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rstNone
msgid "Ticket closing in Odoo Helpdesk"
"Allowing customers to close their own tickets gives them autonomy and "
"minimizes misunderstandings around when an issue is considered solved or "
"not. This results in operational capacity for support teams, and higher "
"satisfaction for the customer."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:18
msgid ""
"In order to designate to which stage the ticket migrates to once it is "
"closed, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Overview --> Tickets`."
msgstr "为了指定票证在关闭后迁移到哪个阶段,请转到 :menuselection:`服务台 --> 概述 --> 工单`。"
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:25
msgid ""
"You can either create a new Kanban stage or work with an existing one. For "
"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> Edit Stage` "
"and enable *Closing Stage*."
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:10
msgid "Enable ticket closing"
msgstr ""
"您可以创建新的看板阶段,也可以使用现有的看板阶段。 对于这两种情况,请转到::menuselection:`服务台 --> 设定 --> 编辑阶段` "
"并启用 *结束阶段* 。"
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:32
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:12
msgid ""
"Start by navigating to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> "
"Helpdesk Teams` and choose the appropriate team. Then click :guilabel:`Edit`"
" and enable :guilabel:`Ticket closing` by checking the field box."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rstNone
msgid "Ticket closing feature in Odoo Helpdesk."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:19
msgid ""
"To designate which stage the ticket migrates to once it is closed, navigate "
"to the ticket pipeline by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Overview` "
"and clicking :guilabel:`Tickets` on the team's card."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:23
msgid ""
"There are two options: create a new Kanban stage or work with an existing "
"one. For both scenarios, click the :guilabel:`Settings (gear)` icon next to "
"the stage name, select :guilabel:`Edit Stage`, and enable :guilabel:`Closing"
" Stage`. After checking the field box, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:29
msgid ""
"If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket is moved to the "
"last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage set as closing, the "
"ticket is put in the first one."
msgstr "如果未指定关闭阶段,则在默认情况下,工单将移至最后一个阶段; 相反,如果您将多个阶段设置为关闭阶段,则该票证将放入第一个阶段。"
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:36
msgid "The Costumer Portal"
msgstr "客户门户"
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:38
msgid ""
"Now, once the user logs into his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is "
"available."
msgstr "现在,一旦用户登录到他的门户, *关闭此工单* 选项将可用。"
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:45
msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by costumers"
msgstr "获取关于客户所关闭服务单的报告"
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:47
msgid ""
"To do an analysis of the tickets that have been closed by costumers go to "
":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add "
"Custom filter --> Closed by partner --> Applied`."
"last stage in the kanban. If more than one stage is set as a closing stage, "
"the ticket is placed in the first closing stage column."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:33
msgid ""
"With the ticket closing settings now complete, customers can now view the "
"option to :guilabel:`Close this ticket` when they log into their portal."
msgstr ""
"要分析客户已关闭的工单,请转到 :menuselection:`服务台 --> 报告 --> 工单 --> 过滤器 --> 添加自定义过滤器 "
"-->被合作伙伴关闭 --> 已应用`。"
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rstNone
msgid "Reports on Ticket closing in Odoo Helpdesk"
msgid "Customer view of ticket closing in Odoo Helpdesk."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:40
msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by customers"
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:42
msgid ""
"To analyze the tickets that have been closed by customers, go to "
":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Tickets`. Then, click on the "
":guilabel:`Filters` menu and choose :guilabel:`Add Custom filter`. Next, set"
" the custom filter parameters to :guilabel:`Closed by partner` and "
":guilabel:`is true`. Finally, click :guilabel:`Apply`."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rstNone
msgid ""
"Filter for tickets closed by customers on Odoo Helpdesk's reporting page."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview.rst:5
@ -1365,7 +1365,14 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Project"
msgstr "项目"
#: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:11
#: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:10
msgid ""
"Odoo Project is a tool to manage your ongoing projects. Schedule tasks, "
"assign activities to coworkers, and keep track of each project's "
"profitability."
msgstr ""
#: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:14
#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets.rst:11
msgid ""
"`Odoo Tutorials: Project and Timesheets "